Concise Fluid Mechanics - WVU Mechanical and Aerospace ...
Concise Fluid Mechanics - WVU Mechanical and Aerospace ...
Concise Fluid Mechanics - WVU Mechanical and Aerospace ...
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
<strong>Concise</strong> <strong>Fluid</strong> <strong>Mechanics</strong><br />
A.V.Smirnov<br />
c Draft date September 12, 2004
Contents<br />
Contents<br />
Preface<br />
Nomenclature<br />
i<br />
v<br />
vii<br />
1 Properties <strong>and</strong> Variables 1<br />
1.1 Kinematic variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1<br />
1.1.1 Velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1<br />
1.1.2 Substantial derivative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3<br />
1.1.3 Acceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4<br />
1.1.4 Strain rate <strong>and</strong> vorticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4<br />
1.2 Thermodynamic Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5<br />
1.2.1 Equations of state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5<br />
1.2.2 Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6<br />
1.3 <strong>Fluid</strong> Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8<br />
1.3.1 Thermodynamic properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8<br />
1.3.2 Transport Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9<br />
1.3.3 Other properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12<br />
1.4 Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13<br />
2 Fundamental Laws 15<br />
2.1 Conservation of Mass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15<br />
i
ii<br />
CONTENTS<br />
2.1.1 General formulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15<br />
2.1.2 Constant density flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16<br />
2.1.3 Stream function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17<br />
2.2 Conservation of Momentum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18<br />
2.2.1 General formulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18<br />
2.2.2 Constant density flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21<br />
2.2.3 Vorticity formulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21<br />
2.2.4 Potential flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23<br />
2.2.5 2D limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24<br />
2.2.6 Viscous limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27<br />
2.2.7 Inviscid limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28<br />
2.2.8 Boundary conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29<br />
2.3 Pressure Equation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32<br />
2.3.1 General formulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32<br />
2.3.2 Constant density flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32<br />
2.3.3 Viscous limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33<br />
2.3.4 Boundary conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33<br />
2.4 Energy Equation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34<br />
2.4.1 General formulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34<br />
2.4.2 Constant density flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37<br />
2.4.3 Boundary conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39<br />
2.5 Curvilinear Coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39<br />
2.5.1 Invariant forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40<br />
2.5.2 Non-inertial coordinate systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40<br />
2.6 The Law of Similarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43<br />
2.6.1 PI-Theorem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44<br />
2.6.2 Non-dimensional formulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46<br />
2.7 Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50<br />
3 Laminar flows 53
CONTENTS<br />
iii<br />
3.1 Assumptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53<br />
3.2 Confined flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54<br />
3.2.1 Flow between parallel plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54<br />
3.2.2 Axially moving concentric cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56<br />
3.2.3 Rotating concentric cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57<br />
3.2.4 Poiseuille flow through ducts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59<br />
3.2.5 Combined Couette-Poiseuille flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63<br />
3.2.6 Non-circular ducts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64<br />
3.3 Unsteady flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65<br />
3.3.1 <strong>Fluid</strong> oscillation above infinite plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66<br />
3.3.2 Unsteady flow between infinite plates . . . . . . . . . . . . 68<br />
3.4 Creeping flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71<br />
3.4.1 Stokes flow around a sphere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72<br />
3.4.2 2D Creeping flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76<br />
3.4.3 Lubrication theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76<br />
3.5 Boundary layers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81<br />
3.5.1 Flat plate integral analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81<br />
3.5.2 Laminar boundary layer equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85<br />
3.5.3 Blasius solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87<br />
3.5.4 Reynolds analogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92<br />
3.5.5 Free shear flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94<br />
3.6 Integral methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98<br />
3.7 Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101<br />
4 Turbulent flows 105<br />
4.1 Transition to turbulence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105<br />
4.2 Turbulence Modeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105<br />
4.2.1 LES models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106<br />
4.2.2 RANS models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
iv<br />
CONTENTS<br />
Bibliography 113<br />
A Introduction to Tensor Calculus 115<br />
A.1 Coordinates <strong>and</strong> Tensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116<br />
A.2 Cartesian Tensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119<br />
A.2.1 Tensor Notation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120<br />
A.2.2 Tensor Derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126<br />
A.3 Curvilinear coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128<br />
A.3.1 Tensor invariance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128<br />
A.3.2 Covariant differentiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132<br />
A.3.3 Orthogonal coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134<br />
A.4 Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140<br />
B Curvilinear coordinate systems 143<br />
C Solutions to problems 147<br />
D Midterm Exam Topics: Laminar Flow Solutions 193<br />
E Final Exam Topics 197<br />
E.1 Fundamental Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197<br />
E.2 Analytical Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198<br />
E.3 Boundary Layers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200<br />
E.4 Turbulence Modeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202<br />
Index 203
Preface<br />
The idea behind this book is to provide a formal but concise introduction to theoretical<br />
fluid mechanics.<br />
The book covers the traditional topics of fluid mechanics, such as the fundamental<br />
equations of motion, compressible <strong>and</strong> incompressible forms, <strong>and</strong> invariant<br />
formulations, special analytical solutions, laminar flows, elements of boundary<br />
layer theory, main aspects of turbulence modeling <strong>and</strong> numerical methods. The<br />
emphasis is on viscous flow phenomena.<br />
The author tried to put more emphasis on mathematical rigor rather than<br />
on lengthy narrative. Tensor notation is used extensively throughout the book.<br />
However, the knowledge of tensor calculus is not required of the reader, since<br />
enough introductory material is provided in the appendix.<br />
v
!<br />
"<br />
<br />
)<br />
<br />
¦<br />
'<br />
is defined as ¤ , or ¡ is equivalent to ¤<br />
¦<br />
<br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
Nomenclature<br />
. Note: ¡§¦¨¤©¦¡¤<br />
partial derivative over time: <br />
¡£¢¥¤ ¡<br />
¡§¦¨¤©¦<br />
¦ ¡©¦¨¤§¦ ¢<br />
¡ <br />
¡ ¦<br />
partial derivative over<br />
control volume<br />
time<br />
:<br />
<br />
¡ ¢¡ <br />
¦/ .<br />
021¨3<br />
6 ¦7<br />
"54<br />
-th component of a coordinate ( # =0,1,2), or <br />
fluid velocity:<br />
strain tensor<br />
any variable of coordinates <strong>and</strong> time<br />
stress tensor<br />
viscosity<br />
8<br />
¢ 8(:
¦<br />
¦ "<br />
'<br />
Chapter 1<br />
Properties <strong>and</strong> Variables<br />
Consider =?>@ a dimensional space of real ACBEDGF numbers representing physical<br />
space of = (= dimension =2,3) <strong>and</strong> time. The state of the fluid will be represented<br />
, @JIKIL= ), continuous with their<br />
#H<br />
by real functions of coordinates <strong>and</strong> ( time<br />
derivatives up to the second order. This is an Eulerian description in which both<br />
<strong>and</strong> represent a set of independent variables. In an alternative Lagrangian<br />
description the fluid is specified by a set of moving particles. These fluid particles<br />
form a continuum <strong>and</strong> their coordinates are themselves functions of time. Consequently,<br />
time becomes the only independent variable in this case. Our objective<br />
"<br />
will be to formulate the laws of fluid motion in Eulerian, fixed-space coordinates.<br />
The set of independent variables can be extended beyond space coordinates<br />
<strong>and</strong> time by introducing properties of the fluid. These properties describe<br />
different physical processes <strong>and</strong> are classified accordingly as thermodynamic<br />
properties, transport properties, etc.<br />
Dependent variables are functions of the independent variables implicitly<br />
expressed in a physical law. Dependent variables can also be classified according<br />
to the physical process they describe, <strong>and</strong> we shall consider only two types:<br />
kinematic variables <strong>and</strong> thermodynamic variables.<br />
1.1 Kinematic variables<br />
1.1.1 Velocity<br />
Let’s define a fluid particle as an infinitely small element of the fluid.<br />
1
(1.1) )<br />
¦<br />
'<br />
¦<br />
R<br />
"<br />
<br />
<br />
F<br />
'<br />
<br />
B<br />
)<br />
R<br />
"<br />
R<br />
Y<br />
R<br />
¢<br />
¦<br />
"<br />
'<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
'<br />
'<br />
2 CHAPTER 1. PROPERTIES AND VARIABLES<br />
Definition 1.1.1 <strong>Fluid</strong> velocity<br />
<strong>Fluid</strong> velocity, )<br />
¦ 1M3<br />
, 3 ¢N% "54<br />
<br />
at a given point in space <strong>and</strong> time, 1¨3 '<br />
IOIL<br />
is equal to the velocity of a fluid particle<br />
-<br />
:<br />
QP<br />
¦<br />
"54<br />
1¨3<br />
"54<br />
¦ 1M3<br />
"54 ¢SR QP<br />
The definition above can be inverted to define a particle trajectory.<br />
Definition 1.1.2 Particle trajectory<br />
For a given vector field of fluid ) velocities,<br />
a solution to the following problem:<br />
¦ 1¨3<br />
"54<br />
, particle P<br />
¦ 1 "54<br />
trajectory, , is<br />
R QP<br />
¦ 1¨3<br />
"54<br />
¦ 1 "54<br />
P '<br />
QP<br />
¦ 1UT 4 <br />
WV<br />
¦<br />
From these definitions it follows that the vector of velocity is tangential to<br />
particle trajectory at each point in the fluid. Particle trajectory is also called a<br />
streamline.<br />
In what follows we shall drop the super-index X , <strong>and</strong> also adopt the following<br />
dot-notation for particle velocity:<br />
(1.2)<br />
¦¢<br />
meaning that a time derivative of fluid particle position is taken along the particle’s<br />
trajectory at a space point . This notation should not create a confusion since<br />
space <br />
coordinates do not depend on time, while the fluid-particle coordinates<br />
do. Hence when using time derivatives of coordinates, as in (1.2), we will mean<br />
fluid particle coordinates.<br />
We shall use the same dot notation for partial time derivatives of other fluid<br />
variables at a fixed point in space. For example, for any variable, 021¨3 '<br />
"54<br />
(1.3)<br />
0 ¢SY <br />
021¨3<br />
"54<br />
"
¦<br />
¦<br />
¦ "<br />
'<br />
[<br />
¦ "<br />
'<br />
V<br />
<br />
"<br />
<br />
[<br />
[<br />
¦<br />
<br />
0<br />
"<br />
<br />
¦<br />
'<br />
<br />
¦<br />
'<br />
<br />
0<br />
¦<br />
'<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
[<br />
¦ "<br />
'<br />
"<br />
[<br />
R<br />
0<br />
"<br />
><br />
<br />
><br />
><br />
¦<br />
"<br />
Y<br />
¦<br />
0 <br />
<br />
¦<br />
'<br />
<br />
<br />
¦<br />
'<br />
¦<br />
'<br />
¦<br />
'<br />
¦ "<br />
'<br />
<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
'<br />
¦<br />
[<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
"<br />
><br />
><br />
Y<br />
T<br />
<br />
Y<br />
¦<br />
'<br />
¦<br />
'<br />
[<br />
"<br />
"<br />
1.1. KINEMATIC VARIABLES 3<br />
1.1.2 Substantial derivative<br />
Definition 1.1.3 <strong>Fluid</strong> element<br />
By fluid element we shall underst<strong>and</strong> a finite volume of a fluid, which is small<br />
enough that the velocity of all it’s points can be approximated by the velocity of a<br />
single fluid particle inside the element.<br />
Partial derivatives (1.3) describe changes in a variable at a fixed space point<br />
attributed to the explicit time dependence of the variable. There are also changes<br />
brought about solely by the motion of the fluid, i.e. due to the fact that different<br />
fluid elements cross the given space point, changing the fluid variable at that<br />
point. To account for all the changes we introduce a substantial derivative. It is<br />
equal to the rate of change of fluid variable inside a fluid element moving with the<br />
velocity of the fluid.<br />
Consider a change of a fluid variable <br />
fluid element moved to a nearby position 1 0Z1 <br />
"54<br />
inside a fluid element as the<br />
:<br />
"54<br />
>\[]<br />
>\[<br />
(1.4)<br />
021<br />
"54<br />
021<br />
"54<br />
021<br />
"54 0Z1<br />
"54<br />
>\[]<br />
>\[<br />
¦ []<br />
" [<br />
Y <br />
where we used a Taylor expansion up to the first order. We can rewrite it in a<br />
more compact tensor notation (Sec.A):<br />
(1.5)<br />
021 <br />
<br />
021<br />
"54 021<br />
"54<br />
0 ¦ 1<br />
"54<br />
"54<br />
[^ ¦_<br />
[]<br />
[<br />
Considering that the displacement follows the fluid element, it should be<br />
a product of velocity <strong>and</strong> time: . Then we can rewrite the expression<br />
above in terms of variable change, , as follows:<br />
>^[^<br />
>\[<br />
[^<br />
0 ¢ 021<br />
"54a`<br />
0Z1<br />
"54<br />
(1.6)<br />
>\[]<br />
>\[<br />
021<br />
"54<br />
0 ¦ 1<br />
"54<br />
And dividing both sides by [<br />
, <strong>and</strong> taking the limit of [<br />
we have:<br />
"cb<br />
(1.7)<br />
dfefg Oi h<br />
¢ R<br />
¦ 0 ¦<br />
>^)
. ¦/k @<br />
l<br />
(1.9)<br />
(1.10) n<br />
)<br />
1<br />
)<br />
R<br />
¦<br />
"<br />
<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
1<br />
)<br />
1<br />
)<br />
><br />
1<br />
)<br />
<br />
)<br />
)<br />
4 CHAPTER 1. PROPERTIES AND VARIABLES<br />
this expression represents a substantial derivative of a fluid variable, which describes<br />
the change of that variable in the coordinate system moving with the fluid<br />
, in (1.7) is also called a convective derivative.<br />
element. The last term 1 )<br />
¦ 0 ¦ 4<br />
1.1.3 Acceleration<br />
Applying (1.7) to velocity itself, we have the relation for flow acceleration:<br />
(1.8)<br />
R )<br />
¦f<br />
j<br />
>^)Wj)<br />
where we used the dummy index rule (A.2.16).<br />
1.1.4 Strain rate <strong>and</strong> vorticity<br />
We can formally represent a velocity ) derivative<br />
an asymmetric parts:<br />
¦f<br />
as a sum of a symmetric <strong>and</strong><br />
@<br />
l<br />
¦f `<br />
m ¦ 4<br />
¦fk<br />
@<br />
l<br />
¦f<br />
m ¦ 4<br />
>^)<br />
¦7<br />
where these parts becomes the newly introduced strain rate ( . ¦/<br />
¦/<br />
(n<br />
) tensors.<br />
) <strong>and</strong> vorticity<br />
>on<br />
. ¦/<br />
Definition 1.1.4 Strain rate tensor<br />
The strain rate tensor, . ¦/<br />
, is defined as:<br />
m ¦ 4<br />
¦f<br />
Definition 1.1.5 Vorticity tensor<br />
The vorticity tensor, n<br />
¦/<br />
is defined as<br />
>^)<br />
¦7k<br />
¦f `<br />
m ¦ 4<br />
@<br />
l
(1.11) n<br />
(1.12) n<br />
(1.13) X<br />
¦<br />
n<br />
n<br />
F<br />
<br />
<br />
1<br />
1<br />
)<br />
1<br />
)<br />
<br />
F<br />
j<br />
rq<br />
F<br />
X<br />
1<br />
)<br />
`<br />
`<br />
1 ; '5s<br />
)<br />
)<br />
<br />
j<br />
`<br />
F<br />
4<br />
F<br />
4<br />
1.2. THERMODYNAMIC VARIABLES 5<br />
Definition 1.1.6 Vorticity vector<br />
The vorticity vector, n<br />
, is defined as<br />
¦Gp5¦/<br />
j n<br />
From this definition, <strong>and</strong> the definition of vorticity tensor (1.10), we have:<br />
¦$<br />
p5¦/<br />
4<br />
@<br />
l<br />
m<br />
j<br />
)Wj<br />
Using the definition (A.23) of the permutation tensor pq¦/ j we can write the<br />
components of (1.11) explicitly as:<br />
r `<br />
@<br />
l<br />
rq<br />
<br />
) <br />
r<br />
@<br />
l<br />
<br />
<br />
) <br />
r 4<br />
@<br />
l<br />
n <br />
1.2 Thermodynamic Variables<br />
Classical thermodynamics was formulated for equilibrium states. Even though<br />
fluid flow is not generally in equilibrium, we can apply thermodynamical concepts<br />
using a quasi-equilibrium approximation, which assumes that the flow changes<br />
slowly enough, so that at each point a local thermodynamic equilibrium is reached.<br />
1.2.1 Equations of state<br />
The equation of state relates important thermodynamic variables, such as pressure,<br />
X , temperature, s , <strong>and</strong> density, ; :<br />
4
(1.14) X<br />
u<br />
†<br />
<br />
l<br />
P<br />
(1.15) R „<br />
(1.16) R ˆ<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
; Ats<br />
`<br />
P<br />
`<br />
R<br />
u<br />
†<br />
><br />
l<br />
P<br />
<br />
@<br />
6 CHAPTER 1. PROPERTIES AND VARIABLES<br />
such as an ideal gas law:<br />
A where is the gas constant. Depending on the number of parameters in the<br />
system, there can be several equations of state so as to keep the number of<br />
independent uv5wyx variables, to comply to the Gibbs rule [1]:<br />
uzU{}| where is the u<br />
P ~<br />
number of components <strong>and</strong> is the number of<br />
1}<br />
phases<br />
r,‚<br />
in the<br />
system. For example, for the<br />
4<br />
uz¨{€|<br />
water-vapor mixture we have <strong>and</strong><br />
. Thus the state of water-vapor mixture @ can be completely<br />
described by the pressure or temperature only.<br />
, then uƒv5wyx<br />
P ~<br />
uvmwmx<br />
uzU{}|<br />
P ~<br />
1.2.2 Energy<br />
The first law of thermodynamics expresses the principle of energy conservation<br />
related to the thermodynamic variables: internal energy 1 , „ , heat, … , <strong>and</strong> work,<br />
:<br />
that is, the change of energy of the fluid element is equal to the heat inflow plus<br />
the work done on that element. Rewriting this in terms of specific values, i.e.<br />
values related to the unit of mass (ˆ‰'qŠ'*‹ ), we have:<br />
R …‡><br />
R ŠŒ> R ‹<br />
Considering only the mechanical work, we have<br />
! :< <br />
@ : ;<br />
where is the specific volume:<br />
, <strong>and</strong> the minus sign signifies<br />
that the work done on the system is positive when it is compressed <strong>and</strong> negative<br />
when it is inflated. From the definition of entropy [1] we have:<br />
R ‹<br />
X RŽ<br />
1 In thermodynamics books it is usually denoted by ‘ , but we reserve this symbol for fluid velocity
(1.17) R ˆ<br />
(1.18) R ˆ<br />
(1.19) ˆ<br />
(1.20) ’<br />
(1.21) R ’<br />
`<br />
<br />
¢<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
ˆ<br />
`<br />
<br />
<br />
1.2. THERMODYNAMIC VARIABLES 7<br />
Thus (1.16) becomes:<br />
R Š<br />
s R .<br />
s R . `<br />
RQ X<br />
which can be expressed in terms of density:<br />
s R . ><br />
X<br />
;<br />
r R ;<br />
This relation implies that ˆ is a function of . <strong>and</strong> ; only:<br />
1 . ' ; 4<br />
Relation (1.19) constitutes the equation of state as dictated by the energy conservation<br />
law.<br />
as:<br />
Another form of energy identified in thermodynamics is enthalpy. It is defined<br />
X<br />
;<br />
ˆ“>”X<br />
ˆ“><br />
<strong>and</strong> analogously to (1.17), we obtain:<br />
X R<br />
;<br />
s R . ><br />
“R X<br />
s R . ><br />
so-called s<br />
Expressing the entropy, , from relations (1.17) <strong>and</strong> (1.21) we obtain the<br />
.<br />
relations, well known in thermodynamics:<br />
.<br />
s R . <br />
R ˆ•>”X RŽ<br />
R ’<br />
“R X<br />
s R .
(1.22) – v<br />
(1.23) R ˆ<br />
(1.24) –<br />
(1.25) R ’<br />
P<br />
Y ˆ ¢˜—<br />
sZ v Y<br />
<br />
’ ¢˜—§Y<br />
sZ Y<br />
<br />
–<br />
P<br />
P<br />
8 CHAPTER 1. PROPERTIES AND VARIABLES<br />
1.3 <strong>Fluid</strong> Properties<br />
<strong>Fluid</strong> properties are given as free parameters in a physical law. Along with the<br />
space coordinates <strong>and</strong> time they form the set of independent variables of the<br />
system.<br />
1.3.1 Thermodynamic properties<br />
Specific heat at constant volume – v determines the amount of thermal energy<br />
that is needed to be transfered to the substance to heat it up by one degree,<br />
while keeping it at a constant volume:<br />
For ideal gases the internal energy, ˆ depends only on temperature, <strong>and</strong> the<br />
relation above can be rewritten as:<br />
– v R s<br />
Specific heat at constant – pressure, , is defined as the amount of energy<br />
needed to be supplied to the substance to heat it up by one degree at constant<br />
pressure:<br />
P<br />
where the enthalpy, ’ , is used instead of internal energy, ˆ , since it accounts for<br />
the work done by the pressure forces to extend/compress the substance. For an<br />
ideal gas this translates to:<br />
R s
(1.26) š$›M)œ<br />
(1.27)<br />
6 ¦/<br />
¢<br />
¥<br />
R<br />
¥<br />
1.3. FLUID PROPERTIES 9<br />
1.3.2 Transport Properties<br />
A general form for the transport law is presumed to obey the gradient approximation<br />
in a form:<br />
1 ! 4 £Ÿž¡ ¢J£<br />
1 ! 4<br />
where is the kinematic or thermodynamic property, which represents a dependent<br />
variable of the problem, flux is the amount of property passed through a<br />
unit area per unit time <strong>and</strong> gradient is the direction of maximum change in property.<br />
Both flux <strong>and</strong> gradient are a vectors. The coefficient of proportionality,<br />
!<br />
represents the transport property controlling the transport process (1.26).<br />
The coefficient of viscosity<br />
The coefficient of viscosity is introduced to quantify the process of momentum<br />
transport.<br />
In elasticity theory the resistance force is proportional to defor-<br />
Newtonian fluid:<br />
mation:<br />
¤¥<br />
¢ £ " #<br />
R ˆ§š<br />
=<br />
Similarly in fluid mechanics the resistance to fluid motion is proportional to<br />
the velocity change in the direction normal to the fluid motion (strain).<br />
–ˆt¦<br />
¨ " ¢<br />
. " ¢J£Ž#<br />
=<br />
Since generally the stresses <strong>and</strong> strains are tensors (Sec.1.1.4, 2.2.1), the<br />
relation above is usually written as:<br />
ˆ . . ¦<br />
¦ . ¦7<br />
Definition 1.3.1 Newtonian fluid<br />
A fluid with the linear relationship between stresses <strong>and</strong> strains, like (1.27)<br />
is called a Newtonian fluid.
%<br />
6<br />
r 8 )<br />
F<br />
F<br />
¢S©ª<br />
The kinematic viscosity is defined as 9<br />
(1.28)<br />
6<br />
¦<br />
…<br />
<br />
1<br />
<br />
…<br />
¦<br />
8 R ) <br />
® R<br />
R<br />
s<br />
ˆ<br />
…<br />
<br />
)<br />
¢<br />
ˆ<br />
4<br />
r<br />
10 CHAPTER 1. PROPERTIES AND VARIABLES<br />
Definition 1.3.2 Coefficient of viscosity<br />
The coefficient of viscosity is introduced as a proportionality constant between<br />
the shear stress <strong>and</strong> strain. Considering one component of stress tensor<br />
at: i=1, j=2, we have:<br />
r<br />
¦_«%<br />
¦<br />
Using a more common notation for vector components: )<br />
('q®G',+- we have:<br />
'*‹¬-Q' )('<br />
,¯<br />
Viscosity usually decreases with temperature for liquids <strong>and</strong> increases for<br />
rarefied gases [2].<br />
Non-newtonian fluid: For non-Newtonian fluids the relation between the stress<br />
<strong>and</strong> the strain is non-linear, for example<br />
6 ¦/<br />
¦ . B<br />
¦/<br />
Thermal Conductivity<br />
Following the gradient approximation (1.26), we presume the heat transport to<br />
obey the relation:<br />
£ "54<br />
¢J£<br />
1 "<br />
¢
(1.30) º<br />
P<br />
j ¦ <br />
¡<br />
<br />
r<br />
ˆ<br />
‹<br />
¥<br />
£ . .<br />
"<br />
’<br />
`§½¿¾ ¦ ; j `]½Å¾ ¦ 1 ; Ä<br />
ˆ<br />
<br />
4<br />
"<br />
’<br />
4<br />
±<br />
°<br />
P<br />
R<br />
"<br />
ˆ<br />
±<br />
1<br />
"<br />
’<br />
.§. £<br />
"<br />
Ä<br />
®<br />
4<br />
)<br />
¢<br />
ˆ<br />
Ä<br />
j<br />
1.3. FLUID PROPERTIES 11<br />
° ²<br />
conductivity. Dimensionality of , which we shall ± denote as °<br />
by the dimensions of the units in the equation above:<br />
, will be determined<br />
¢ °<br />
¢J£ "<br />
° ²<br />
XWˆ<br />
" #<br />
ž 1<br />
›¨ˆ¡=<br />
›¨ˆ¡=<br />
r <br />
° ²³§·k †<br />
± : 1 ža¸ 4 ° ¹: 1 . ¸ 4<br />
then in SI units: .<br />
Pr<strong>and</strong>tl number: momentum transport / heat transport<br />
¢» 8 –<br />
where –<br />
is specific heat at constant pressure (Sec.1.3.1).<br />
Mass Diffusivity<br />
The gradient approximation (1.26) for the mass transport can be written as:<br />
1 £ . . 4 ¼ ¢
where –<br />
È : –,v<br />
P<br />
–<br />
Ç<br />
<br />
ˆ<br />
¨<br />
<br />
–<br />
9 <br />
½<br />
– ;<br />
P<br />
X —ÃÈ“Y<br />
; Y<br />
°<br />
½<br />
Ê<br />
r<br />
Ä<br />
12 CHAPTER 1. PROPERTIES AND VARIABLES<br />
(1.32)<br />
j ¦ <br />
¡<br />
j 4<br />
`§½ ; j ¾ ¦ dfÆ 1<br />
<strong>and</strong> relating the mass flux to the fluid velocity across the boundary:<br />
we have:<br />
j ¦ ; j ! ¦§¡<br />
,<br />
j ¦ `§½¿¾ ¦ dfÆ 1<br />
!<br />
Ä<br />
j 4<br />
There are two non-dimensional numbers relating the momentum-to-mass<br />
<strong>and</strong> mass-to-heat transport processes:<br />
Schmidt number:<br />
momentum transport / mass transort<br />
Lewis number:<br />
heat transport / mass transport<br />
1.3.3 Other properties<br />
Speed of sound<br />
The speed of sound for compressible flow is defined as the rate of propagation of<br />
small pressure perturbations, <strong>and</strong> it is found to be equal to [3]:<br />
F}É
(1.33) Ë<br />
<br />
ˆ<br />
À<br />
<br />
— Y X ;<br />
; Ê Y<br />
Y ; —<br />
s Y<br />
È<br />
r<br />
À<br />
À<br />
T<br />
<br />
T<br />
1.4. PROBLEMS 13<br />
Bulk modulus<br />
The bulk modulus expresses the change of density with increasing pressure at a<br />
constant temperature:<br />
¸¢<br />
; –<br />
<strong>and</strong> is used in acoustic problems.<br />
Coefficient of thermal expansion<br />
The Coefficient of thermal expansion relates density to temperature changes:<br />
@ `<br />
;<br />
P<br />
<strong>and</strong> is used in the problems of natural convection.<br />
1.4 Problems<br />
Problem 1.4.1 Mass diffusivity in terms of concentration<br />
Show how to obtain (1.31) from (1.32).<br />
Problem 1.4.2 Lubrication<br />
A plate of mass<br />
incline at Î angle<br />
with viscosity 8<br />
l TÅÍ<br />
with an area<br />
°<br />
slides down a long<br />
–<br />
, on which there is a film of oil of ¡Ì<br />
IO@ ¿ ’ thickness ,<br />
. Assuming the plate does not deform the oil<br />
{ T<br />
: 1 ž . 4 `^Ñ•°<br />
ÐÏ<br />
film estimate (1) the terminal sliding velocity , <strong>and</strong> (2) the time required for the<br />
plate to accelerate from rest to Ó T !GÒ of the terminal velocity.<br />
IÕÔ‰Ô
14 CHAPTER 1. PROPERTIES AND VARIABLES
¦<br />
R<br />
"<br />
R<br />
; <br />
R<br />
; R<br />
R<br />
"<br />
R<br />
!<br />
><br />
<br />
T<br />
Ö ; )<br />
–<br />
¥<br />
¦<br />
=<br />
¦<br />
R<br />
£<br />
T<br />
Chapter 2<br />
Fundamental Laws<br />
2.1 Conservation of Mass<br />
2.1.1 General formulation<br />
The conservation of mass dictates that:<br />
Ö<br />
! <br />
= . "<br />
which also means that<br />
The total change of mass inside the control volume will consist of changes<br />
of mass inside the volume because of density changes that may occur at each<br />
point of the flow, <strong>and</strong> the influx or out-flux of mass through the boundary. This can<br />
be expressed as:<br />
Ö<br />
£<br />
= where is the unit normal vector to the R boundary, is the surface area element,<br />
<strong>and</strong> the last integral spans all the boundary of the control volume.<br />
15
(2.1) R<br />
R<br />
"<br />
R<br />
; <br />
R<br />
!<br />
><br />
Ö ; )<br />
Ö 1 ; )<br />
(2.4) )<br />
=<br />
¦ £<br />
R<br />
¦ £Ž¦$ Ö×1 ; ) R<br />
; R<br />
" > ; )<br />
R<br />
; R<br />
"<br />
R<br />
R<br />
¥Ö 1 ; !<br />
><br />
<br />
T<br />
T<br />
R<br />
!<br />
1 ; )<br />
R<br />
16 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTAL LAWS<br />
Let’s define the surface area vector, R<br />
£Ž¦<br />
as:<br />
£‰¦$¢<br />
By Gauss theorem we can convert the last integral to the volume integral:<br />
¦ 4 ¦<br />
<strong>and</strong> finally:<br />
Ö<br />
¦ 4 ¦<br />
¦ 4 ¦ 4<br />
! T<br />
Considering the arbitrary nature of the control volume selection, we conclude:<br />
(2.2)<br />
; <br />
><br />
1 ; )<br />
¦ 4 ¦$ T<br />
This is a general relation of mass conservation valid for both compressible<br />
<strong>and</strong> incompressible flows. Differentiating the second term by parts, <strong>and</strong> using the<br />
relation of substantial differentiation (1.7) the latter can be rewritten as:<br />
(2.3)<br />
¦f ¦G<br />
2.1.2 Constant density flow<br />
For a constant density flow<br />
; T <br />
, <strong>and</strong> from (2.2) it follows:<br />
¦f ¦G<br />
which is also called the continuity equation or incompressibility condition. Vector<br />
field satisfying (2.4) is also called solenoidal or divergence-free.<br />
Another form of this relation can be obtained by combining (2.3) <strong>and</strong> (2.4):<br />
(2.5)<br />
T
(2.6)<br />
; )<br />
(2.7)<br />
; )<br />
<br />
Ø<br />
F<br />
¦<br />
; )<br />
F<br />
Ø<br />
Ø<br />
Ø<br />
F<br />
<br />
<br />
F<br />
<br />
`<br />
F<br />
)<br />
`<br />
`<br />
'<br />
Ø<br />
Ø<br />
r<br />
j<br />
T<br />
Ø<br />
Ø<br />
<br />
F<br />
F<br />
4<br />
<br />
4 <br />
F<br />
F<br />
F<br />
<br />
4 ; r <br />
<br />
)<br />
R ;<br />
¦<br />
R<br />
R<br />
¦<br />
<br />
2.1. CONSERVATION OF MASS 17<br />
2.1.3 Stream function<br />
Let’s introduce the stream function, which is closely related to the mass flow rate.<br />
The stream Ø function , which is a vector in 3D, also called the streamlinevorticity<br />
function is defined such as to satisfy the relation<br />
or, using the nabla operator (A.32):<br />
¦Gp5¦/<br />
<br />
jÙØj<br />
¦G£p5¦/<br />
¾ <br />
Øaj<br />
which analogously to (1.13) is<br />
1<br />
r `<br />
rq<br />
Ø <br />
(2.8)<br />
) ;<br />
) ;<br />
r• 1<br />
Ø <br />
1<br />
rq<br />
r 4<br />
In two dimensions the streamline function is defined as<br />
¦$Ú% T<br />
'*ØŒi.e.<br />
a vector normal to the plane, <strong>and</strong> therefore (2.8) are reduced to:<br />
(2.9)<br />
; )<br />
; )<br />
r<br />
r<br />
The following relation between the stream function <strong>and</strong> the mass flow rate<br />
can be shown for a two dimensional case:<br />
£Ž¦<br />
(2.10)<br />
<br />
R <br />
F<br />
r<br />
r“<br />
R Ø<br />
>^Ø<br />
R <br />
; 1 `<br />
>])<br />
R <br />
R <br />
£‰¦<br />
where is the element of the surface normal to the ) velocity R<br />
also be proved more rigorously for a 3D space.<br />
. This relation can<br />
!
(2.11) )<br />
)<br />
)<br />
F<br />
Ö<br />
)<br />
<br />
F<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
"<br />
"<br />
R<br />
Ø<br />
¦<br />
¤<br />
F<br />
¦<br />
`<br />
¤<br />
T<br />
Ø<br />
r<br />
F<br />
T<br />
18 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTAL LAWS<br />
Remark 2.1.1 Existence of stream-function<br />
It should be noted that sometimes, instead of definition (2.6), the streamfunction<br />
is defined from a simpler relation:<br />
¦Gp5¦7<br />
<br />
jØaj<br />
where the density is omitted. In this case the stream function can only be used to<br />
describe incompressible flow. This can be shown by computing the divergence of<br />
velocity ) vector :<br />
¦K ¦<br />
¦f ¦Gp5¦7<br />
y¦G<br />
¦7<br />
which is true due to the symmetric identity (A.27) <strong>and</strong> ØÛj<br />
the symmetry of with<br />
respect to the order of differentiation. This becomes especially obvious in a 2D<br />
case:<br />
jØaj<br />
¦f ¦G<br />
rq r•<br />
r<br />
Thus, in terms of definition (2.11) the stream function can only exist for incompressible<br />
flows.<br />
>^)<br />
2.2 Conservation of Momentum<br />
2.2.1 General formulation<br />
According to Newton’s law a particle of mass<br />
force as:<br />
is accelerated by the action of a<br />
1 ¦ 4 <br />
which will apply to a particle of both constant <strong>and</strong> a variable mass. Applying this<br />
in a small control volume, we have<br />
to a fluid particle of density ; <strong>and</strong> velocity )<br />
(2.12)<br />
1 ; )<br />
¦ 4<br />
! <br />
¦
¦<br />
¤<br />
Ö<br />
Y<br />
"<br />
Y<br />
¤<br />
R —<br />
R<br />
¦<br />
"<br />
R<br />
R<br />
><br />
"<br />
Ö<br />
¦ !<br />
R š<br />
j<br />
><br />
¦ !<br />
R š<br />
j<br />
`<br />
š<br />
¦<br />
<br />
><br />
j<br />
j<br />
¦<br />
R<br />
!<br />
¦<br />
£<br />
j<br />
2.2. CONSERVATION OF MOMENTUM 19<br />
The forces acting on a fluid element come from the possible external forces,<br />
like gravity, electromagnetic fields, etc. (body forces), <strong>and</strong> forces caused by the<br />
interaction of this fluid element with neighboring fluid elements or boundaries<br />
(surface forces). Body forces relate to the unit of volume <strong>and</strong> surface forces relate<br />
to the unit of area.<br />
¤ƒÜ<br />
¤¬Ý<br />
(2.13)<br />
¤ Ü<br />
¦$<br />
¦ Ö<br />
Ö 6 ¦<br />
j R<br />
š where is the volumetric density of the body force . It corresponds to a force<br />
field like electromagnetic, gravity, etc. Generally it can serve as a source term<br />
connecting this equation to other equations.<br />
Definition 2.2.1 Stress tensor<br />
The surface force term 6 ¦/<br />
in (2.13) is called the stress tensor.<br />
Using this definition <strong>and</strong> applying Gauss theorem to the last term in (2.13),<br />
we have:<br />
(2.14)<br />
<br />
R j<br />
¦<br />
Ö 6 ¦<br />
Now, comparing (2.14) with (2.12), we have<br />
¦ 4a` 6 ¦<br />
! T<br />
1 ; )<br />
<br />
j<br />
Using the fact the control volume was chosen arbitrarily, the integral sign<br />
could be dropped, <strong>and</strong> we have:<br />
(2.15)<br />
1 ; )<br />
<br />
jÛ>Þš<br />
¦ 4 6 ¦<br />
Using the definition of substantial derivative (1.7), we have:<br />
(2.16)<br />
1 ; )<br />
1 ; )<br />
4 ¦<br />
j<br />
<br />
jc>\š<br />
¦ 4<br />
6 ¦<br />
¦<br />
>])Wj
(2.17)<br />
6 ¦/k `§ß ¦/<br />
(2.18)<br />
6 ¦7Œ `§ß ¦/<br />
(2.19) ã 6 ¦/Œ¢ l 8¬. ¦/ `]ß ¦/Ùá<br />
ã 6 ¦7k l 8¬. ¦/ 8 1<br />
)<br />
(2.20)<br />
¦<br />
Y<br />
"<br />
Y<br />
Y<br />
"<br />
Y<br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
`<br />
X<br />
`<br />
X<br />
¦<br />
20 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTAL LAWS<br />
Using the hypothesis of Newtonian fluid (1.27), <strong>and</strong> general considerations<br />
of symmetry for the case of isotropic <strong>and</strong> homogeneous fluid, a general relation<br />
can be written as [2, p.66]:<br />
between the stress tensor 6 ¦7<br />
<strong>and</strong> the strain tensor . ¦/<br />
<br />
j<br />
where X is the pressure, á is the coefficient of bulk viscosity, which is only important<br />
for compressible flows.<br />
Sometimes it is convenient to separate the stress tensor (2.17) into the<br />
pressure-related <strong>and</strong> viscous parts:<br />
X><br />
)Wj<br />
l 8¬. ¦/ `àß ¦/Ùá<br />
Xâ>Úã 6 ¦7<br />
where ã 6 ¦/<br />
is the viscous stress tensor defined as<br />
<br />
j<br />
Parameter á is the coefficient of bulk viscosity, which can only be important for<br />
variable density flows [2]. Thus, for incompressible flows (2.19) becomes:<br />
)Wj<br />
¦f<br />
m ¦ 4<br />
where we used the definition of strain rate tensor (1.9). Using the definition of the<br />
viscous stress (2.19) we can write (2.16) as:<br />
>^)<br />
(2.21)<br />
1 ; )<br />
1 ; )<br />
4 ¦<br />
j<br />
<br />
j<br />
š When<br />
(2.21) as:<br />
represents the gravity forces: š<br />
¦ 4<br />
¦<br />
>])Wj<br />
>Þš<br />
¦H ; ¦<br />
we can rewrite equation<br />
6 ¦<br />
j >äã<br />
(2.22)<br />
¦<br />
¦ 4<br />
> ; ])Wj<br />
1 ; )<br />
1 ; )<br />
4 ¦<br />
j<br />
6 ¦<br />
j ã<br />
<br />
j
)<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
ã<br />
j<br />
<br />
<br />
j<br />
<br />
j<br />
j<br />
p<br />
j<br />
j<br />
)<br />
9 )<br />
j<br />
j<br />
p<br />
j<br />
j<br />
j<br />
1<br />
)<br />
P<br />
1<br />
)<br />
P<br />
1<br />
)<br />
P<br />
<br />
æ<br />
1<br />
`<br />
<br />
`<br />
`<br />
æ<br />
`<br />
æ<br />
X<br />
T<br />
)<br />
¦ <br />
> ;<br />
)<br />
æ<br />
)<br />
)<br />
<br />
P<br />
æ<br />
æ<br />
4<br />
P<br />
4<br />
P<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
2.2. CONSERVATION OF MOMENTUM 21<br />
2.2.2 Constant density flow<br />
The viscous term in equation (2.22) can be further simplified for constant density<br />
flows. Using (2.20) we can rewrite it as:<br />
l 8(. ¦<br />
8 1<br />
¦K<br />
¦ 4 <br />
(2.23)<br />
<br />
j<br />
jc>^)Wj<br />
6 ¦<br />
¦f<br />
j*jÛ>^)Wj<br />
<br />
j<br />
4 ¦ 4 8 )<br />
8 1<br />
¦<br />
4 8 1<br />
¦f<br />
¦f<br />
j*jÛ><br />
)Wj<br />
j*j<br />
where we used the continuity )åj relation:<br />
Substituting this into (2.22), we have:<br />
<br />
j<br />
for incompressible flow (2.4).<br />
(2.24)<br />
¦f<br />
j<br />
¦f<br />
j*j<br />
>^)WjÙ)<br />
which is an incompressible form of momentum equation, also referred to as the<br />
Navier-Stokes equation (NS).<br />
2.2.3 Vorticity formulation<br />
Our objective will be to replace the velocity vector in a constant density NS equation<br />
(2.24) with a vorticity vector (1.11). For this purpose consider a cross product<br />
between nabla operator (A.32) <strong>and</strong> vorticity vector:<br />
(2.25)<br />
p5¦/<br />
¾ <br />
¼p5¦/<br />
<br />
nj<br />
j nj<br />
Using (1.12) the cross product (2.25) can be rewritten as:<br />
p5¦/<br />
“<br />
pm¦/<br />
1 p<br />
454 <br />
@<br />
l<br />
j nj<br />
P æ<br />
p5¦/<br />
@<br />
l<br />
(2.26)<br />
Pæ<br />
¦/ p<br />
@<br />
l<br />
Using the tensor identity (A.29):<br />
Pæ
p<br />
<br />
j<br />
j<br />
1<br />
)<br />
P<br />
ß ¦ 1<br />
P<br />
<br />
`<br />
æ<br />
@<br />
l<br />
æ<br />
)<br />
ß ¦ 1<br />
P<br />
P<br />
)<br />
p<br />
j<br />
æ<br />
j<br />
p5¦<br />
Pæ<br />
4 <br />
P<br />
1<br />
)<br />
P æ<br />
`]ß ¦<br />
P æ<br />
(2.29) )<br />
<br />
T<br />
<br />
j<br />
`<br />
æ<br />
)<br />
æ<br />
<br />
<br />
ß ¦ <br />
P<br />
æ<br />
ß ¦ 1<br />
P<br />
)<br />
æ<br />
P<br />
ß<br />
j<br />
æ<br />
æ<br />
æ<br />
4a`]ß ¦<br />
æ P<br />
`]ß ¦<br />
æ P<br />
@<br />
l<br />
1<br />
)<br />
)<br />
)<br />
<br />
)<br />
<br />
P<br />
)<br />
)<br />
)<br />
æ<br />
)<br />
æ<br />
æ<br />
ß<br />
P<br />
j<br />
P<br />
P<br />
1<br />
)<br />
P P<br />
<br />
æ<br />
1 <br />
) )<br />
<br />
><br />
)<br />
)<br />
)<br />
P<br />
`<br />
æ<br />
`<br />
æ<br />
æ<br />
P<br />
)<br />
)<br />
æ<br />
)<br />
æ<br />
4<br />
P<br />
454<br />
P<br />
)<br />
æ<br />
4<br />
P<br />
)<br />
T<br />
22 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTAL LAWS<br />
p5¦/<br />
ß <br />
`]ß <br />
which can be rewritten as<br />
¦/ p<br />
ß <br />
`àß ¦<br />
ß <br />
P<br />
to match the indexes, we can simplify the cross product (2.25):<br />
P æ<br />
@<br />
l<br />
@<br />
l<br />
¦/p<br />
ß <br />
`]ß ¦<br />
ß <br />
4 1<br />
P æ<br />
ß <br />
ß <br />
ß <br />
ß <br />
ß <br />
ß ¦<br />
ß <br />
@<br />
l<br />
¦f} `<br />
m ¦/ `<br />
m ¦/<br />
¦f} 4<br />
(2.27)<br />
>^)<br />
¦f€ `<br />
m ¦/<br />
And finally (2.26) becomes:<br />
(2.28)<br />
p5¦/<br />
“<br />
¦f€ `<br />
m ¦/<br />
jnj<br />
For constant density flows it follows from (2.4) that )<br />
, <strong>and</strong><br />
m ¦7 1<br />
m 4 ¦G<br />
j nj<br />
¦f}¼p5¦/<br />
<br />
Thus we can replace the diffusive ) term<br />
above.<br />
¦f}<br />
in (2.24) with the cross-product<br />
¦f<br />
Now let’s consider the )<br />
convective term in (2.24). Using the constant<br />
()<br />
density assumption ) <strong>and</strong> now considering the cross product of the type<br />
¦f ¦c<br />
nj , we can repeate the steps as in (2.26) <strong>and</strong> obtain 1 :<br />
pm¦/<br />
jÙ)<br />
(2.30)<br />
p5¦/<br />
çžEžEžQ<br />
¦f `<br />
4 ¦<br />
@<br />
l<br />
jÙ)<br />
nj<br />
1 See Problem 2.7.1
j<br />
<br />
ë<br />
¦<br />
> )<br />
¦<br />
> )<br />
¦<br />
> )<br />
1 <br />
) )<br />
1 <br />
) )<br />
1 <br />
) )<br />
)<br />
<br />
)<br />
><br />
<br />
<br />
)<br />
<br />
><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
ë<br />
1 <br />
) )<br />
j<br />
><br />
<br />
)<br />
<br />
4<br />
T<br />
2.2. CONSERVATION OF MOMENTUM 23<br />
Thus<br />
(2.31)<br />
@<br />
l<br />
¦Kk£p5¦7<br />
4 ¦<br />
jè)<br />
njc><br />
And substituting (2.29) <strong>and</strong> (2.31) into the momentum equation (2.24) we<br />
have:<br />
(2.32)<br />
4 ¦<br />
p5¦7<br />
<br />
¦<br />
@<br />
l<br />
¦ ` ;Ãé F X<br />
j)<br />
nj<br />
j naj<br />
9 pm¦/<br />
Rearranging the terms, <strong>and</strong> using the relation <br />
¦f<br />
(A.34), we have:<br />
ß ¦/<br />
(2.33)<br />
9 p5¦/<br />
@ 1<br />
l<br />
4<br />
` ¡<br />
4 ¦$ ` p5¦/ <br />
<br />
> ;Ãé F X<br />
jÙ)<br />
njê><br />
jnj<br />
This equation can also be rewritten as:<br />
(2.34)<br />
@<br />
X ;<br />
4a` è<br />
4 ¦$¼p5¦/<br />
`<br />
@ 1<br />
l<br />
1 9 nj<br />
naj<br />
This is a NS equation in vorticity formulation for the incompressible flow 2 .<br />
2.2.4 Potential flow<br />
¦<br />
Let’s consider the irrotational flow where the vorticity vector (n is zero ). This<br />
flow is also called potential flow, since the velocity vector can be replaced by a<br />
gradient of a ë scalar function, , also called a velocity potential function:<br />
¦G<br />
¦<br />
This is possible, because the gradient of a scalar function also satisfies the condition<br />
of zero vorticity, which follows from the definition of the vorticity vector (1.12)<br />
<strong>and</strong> the symmetry of the second derivative ë of with respect to order of differentiation,<br />
ë<br />
<br />
<br />
j<br />
:<br />
2 Note that we achieved only a partial success in our objective to replacing the velocity vector with the<br />
vorticity vector, but that’s the best we can do.
(2.35) )<br />
p<br />
Ý<br />
n<br />
¦<br />
><br />
¦<br />
> )<br />
p<br />
j<br />
Ý<br />
1<br />
)<br />
1 <br />
) )<br />
`<br />
s<br />
Ý<br />
<br />
¦<br />
ë<br />
<br />
<br />
><br />
Ý<br />
s<br />
T<br />
j<br />
<br />
1<br />
ë<br />
–<br />
¥<br />
<br />
j<br />
`<br />
ë<br />
T<br />
24 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTAL LAWS<br />
@<br />
l<br />
m<br />
j<br />
@<br />
l<br />
4 <br />
j<br />
¦G<br />
pm¦/<br />
4 <br />
p5¦/<br />
<br />
)åj<br />
In the case of steady state incompressible potential flow the continuity condition<br />
(2.4) translates into the Laplace equation for the velocity potential:<br />
¦f ¦G<br />
¦ì¦G<br />
Thus, the solution of the problem in this case is reduced to finding a single scalar<br />
function ë from equation (2.35). Another important relation in this case can be obtained<br />
from equation (2.34), which, after eliminating time derivatives <strong>and</strong> vorticity<br />
terms reduces to:<br />
(2.36)<br />
X<br />
;<br />
4í` è<br />
@<br />
l<br />
= . "<br />
which is a weak formulation of the Bernoulli’s Equation 3 .<br />
2.2.5 2D limit<br />
Let’s rewrite (2.33) as<br />
(2.37)<br />
¡ ¦G<br />
` p5¦/<br />
<br />
jè)<br />
njc><br />
j naj<br />
Where we denoted the term in parentheses by . The equality above is a first<br />
. Let’s now form a cross product between<br />
this equality <strong>and</strong> ¡ Ý<br />
¦<br />
of the type p î¦ ¾ ¦$p î¦ ¦f <br />
(see also (A.32)):<br />
j p5¦/<br />
rank tensor equality with terms of type s<br />
9 pm¦/<br />
(2.38)<br />
¾ î¦<br />
)<br />
î¦ ¾ ¨¡ ¦$£p<br />
î¦ ¾ 1 ` p5¦/<br />
4<br />
Using the definition of ¾ ¦<br />
(A.32), we get:<br />
jÙ)<br />
njê><br />
jnj<br />
9 p5¦/<br />
3 See also (2.78)
p<br />
Ý<br />
Ý ¤<br />
ß<br />
Then the term ¤<br />
Ý<br />
j<br />
<br />
)<br />
><br />
<br />
p<br />
Ý<br />
j<br />
<br />
><br />
Ý<br />
)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
n<br />
j<br />
`<br />
j<br />
Ý<br />
Ý<br />
Ý<br />
Ý<br />
p<br />
Ý<br />
1 Ý<br />
)<br />
)<br />
<br />
n<br />
<br />
Applying the same manipulations to the Ä<br />
Ä<br />
Ý<br />
<br />
¤<br />
j<br />
<br />
Ý<br />
<br />
'<br />
T<br />
)<br />
Ý<br />
<br />
`<br />
<br />
n<br />
)<br />
<br />
Ý<br />
Ý<br />
ß<br />
Ý<br />
n<br />
n<br />
n<br />
j<br />
Ý<br />
Ý<br />
)<br />
`<br />
)<br />
<br />
n<br />
Ý<br />
n<br />
)<br />
Ý<br />
` ³<br />
)<br />
)<br />
j<br />
Ý<br />
Ý<br />
F<br />
n<br />
p<br />
Ý<br />
Ý<br />
Ý<br />
n<br />
n<br />
Ý<br />
j<br />
><br />
Ý<br />
Ý<br />
r<br />
'<br />
T<br />
)<br />
1<br />
)<br />
T<br />
T<br />
Ý<br />
Ý<br />
Ý<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
n<br />
<br />
n<br />
<br />
n<br />
)<br />
Ý<br />
Ý<br />
Ý<br />
2.2. CONSERVATION OF MOMENTUM 25<br />
9 pm¦/<br />
¦f <br />
î¦M¡ ¦ì£p<br />
î¦ 1 ` p5¦7<br />
4 <br />
î¦<br />
)<br />
(2.39)<br />
nj<br />
> 9 p5¦7<br />
nj<br />
jè)<br />
njê><br />
j naj<br />
` p5¦7<br />
î¦ 1<br />
4 <br />
î¦<br />
y<br />
£¤<br />
Ý<br />
Ý<br />
where we used abbreviations<br />
is a symmetric tensor then by (A.2.22), we have p<br />
¤<br />
Noticing that by the definition of vorticity n vector:<br />
the equation (2.39) to the form:<br />
'*Ä<br />
for the last two terms on the RHS. Since<br />
.<br />
î¦M¡ƒ ¦ì<br />
£p<br />
î¦<br />
¦K <br />
¡¬ ¦/<br />
, we can reduce<br />
>\Ä<br />
(2.40)<br />
Using the permutation property (A.24): p Ý<br />
, we have:<br />
£¤<br />
>\Ä<br />
î¦$<br />
` p<br />
¦ì(pm¦<br />
4 <br />
` pm¦/<br />
p5¦<br />
1<br />
naj<br />
4 $ ` 1 ß <br />
`]ß y ß<br />
4 1<br />
naj<br />
4 <br />
`tß <br />
1<br />
naj<br />
4 <br />
ß m ß<br />
naj<br />
4 $ ` 1<br />
4 <br />
<br />
<br />
³ <br />
>])<br />
³ <br />
>^)<br />
where we used the incompressibility condition (2.4): )<br />
ï% T<br />
In a 2D n<br />
limit we have<br />
the 3-rd component of the equation above, i.e.<br />
'mnŒ- <strong>and</strong> )<br />
¦aï%<br />
¦f ¦G<br />
'q)<br />
.<br />
- . Let’s consider only<br />
<br />
`<br />
³ <br />
<br />
>^)<br />
(2.41)<br />
<br />
n<br />
¼¤<br />
>^Ä <br />
can be simplified as:<br />
<br />
<br />
term, we have:<br />
T ` T<br />
>^)<br />
(2.42)<br />
yÚžEžEžQ 9 1<br />
î 4<br />
9 p5¦/<br />
pm¦<br />
nj<br />
And in the 2D limit:
(2.44) )<br />
<br />
@ ß ¦<br />
±<br />
P<br />
l<br />
<br />
ß ¦ 1<br />
P<br />
Ø<br />
æ<br />
æ<br />
æ<br />
`]ß ¦<br />
æ P<br />
(2.46) n<br />
<br />
F<br />
r<br />
n<br />
æ<br />
<br />
<br />
n<br />
<br />
FðF<br />
n<br />
<br />
P<br />
<br />
n<br />
P<br />
Ø<br />
<br />
4<br />
Ø<br />
<br />
æ<br />
@<br />
l<br />
)<br />
æ<br />
¦<br />
n<br />
`<br />
j<br />
n<br />
n<br />
`<br />
P<br />
òß<br />
P<br />
1<br />
Ø<br />
<br />
`<br />
)<br />
<br />
<br />
Ø<br />
j<br />
j<br />
@<br />
l<br />
j<br />
P<br />
F<br />
`<br />
`<br />
Ø<br />
n<br />
n<br />
` 9 n<br />
æ<br />
Ø<br />
r<br />
j<br />
æ<br />
j<br />
P<br />
Ø<br />
Ø<br />
`<br />
P<br />
æ<br />
<br />
P<br />
æ<br />
æ<br />
`<br />
P<br />
Ø<br />
<br />
p<br />
j<br />
j<br />
æ<br />
ß<br />
Ø<br />
j<br />
æ<br />
¦ ß<br />
P<br />
T<br />
T '<br />
¦ ß<br />
P<br />
Ø<br />
Ø<br />
4<br />
Ø<br />
æ<br />
Ø<br />
Ø<br />
æ<br />
æ<br />
<br />
P<br />
<br />
P<br />
æ<br />
<br />
P<br />
<br />
P<br />
j<br />
j<br />
4<br />
4<br />
j<br />
²<br />
j<br />
4<br />
j<br />
'<br />
T<br />
26 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTAL LAWS<br />
9 1<br />
rðr 4<br />
Ä <br />
ð<br />
9 1}T `<br />
rðr 4<br />
FðF<br />
FðF<br />
` 9 1<br />
rðr 4 <br />
¦Õ¦<br />
After substituting ¡ , Ä into (2.41), it becomes:<br />
>on<br />
(2.43)<br />
9 n<br />
¦ `<br />
¦ì¦<br />
which is the 2D limit of (2.37).<br />
Stream-function formulation<br />
By the definition of the stream-function (2.6) we have:<br />
jØaj<br />
¦Gp5¦7<br />
<br />
Substituting (2.44) into (1.12) we can find relation between the vorticity vector<br />
<strong>and</strong> the stream-function:<br />
@<br />
l<br />
¦$<br />
p5¦/<br />
1 p<br />
pñ<br />
P æ<br />
Pæ<br />
1 p<br />
¦/ p<br />
¦/pñ<br />
@<br />
l<br />
Pæ<br />
Pæ<br />
ß <br />
`]ß ¦<br />
ß <br />
1 ß<br />
ß ¦<br />
`àß<br />
@<br />
l<br />
ß <br />
ß <br />
ß ¦<br />
jc><br />
m ¦/ `<br />
¦f} `<br />
¦f<br />
¦<br />
(2.45)<br />
j*jê>]Øaj<br />
m ¦/ `<br />
¦f}<br />
In the 2D limit:<br />
the first of the last two terms in (2.45) will Ø vanish:<br />
¦ò«%<br />
'q<br />
- , )<br />
¦ò«%<br />
'*)<br />
- , n<br />
¦òÐ% T<br />
y k<br />
<br />
, <strong>and</strong> we have:<br />
'5nŒ- , <strong>and</strong> Ø<br />
«% T<br />
'*،- ,<br />
¦ì¦
1<br />
<br />
¦<br />
'<br />
(2.48) Ø<br />
<br />
Ø<br />
<br />
)<br />
<br />
<br />
n<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
Ø<br />
<br />
T<br />
`<br />
T<br />
1<br />
<br />
¦<br />
'<br />
2.2. CONSERVATION OF MOMENTUM 27<br />
Now (2.43) can be rewritten in terms of the stream-function only:<br />
(2.47)<br />
<br />
jqj<br />
9 Ø<br />
Thus, the flow is now completely defined by a<br />
"54<br />
Ø<br />
scalar field , which<br />
is obtained as a solution of (2.47). Note that since (2.47) contains 4th order<br />
"54<br />
Ø<br />
derivatives of , it involves more complex boundary conditions, <strong>and</strong> poses<br />
higher differentiability ë requirements on .<br />
In the case of irrotational (n flow<br />
Laplace equation for the stream-function:<br />
), equation (2.46) reduces to the<br />
¦<br />
¦ì¦<br />
j*j<br />
j*j<br />
¦Õ¦<br />
with the boundary conditions derived from the relation between Ø <strong>and</strong> the velocity<br />
field (2.9). Solving the equation for stream function is usually preferred over solving<br />
an equation for the vorticity, since the velocity field can be obtained from the<br />
stream function by a simple differentiation of type (2.6) or (2.9), whereas obtaining<br />
the velocity field from the vorticity as in (1.12) would require a more laborious<br />
integration.<br />
2.2.6 Viscous limit<br />
Consider the incompressible NS equation (2.24). In the viscous limit we shall<br />
assume the viscous term to be much larger than the convective term. Thus in the<br />
viscous formulation we shall simply neglect the convective terms:<br />
(2.49)<br />
¦<br />
¦G 9 )<br />
¦f<br />
j*j<br />
` º<br />
;<br />
Using the expression of vorticity vector (1.12), we can express the above<br />
equation in terms of vorticity vector only:<br />
(2.50)<br />
9 n<br />
m<br />
j*j<br />
k<br />
which is an incompressible viscous limit of the NS equation in vorticity formulation<br />
(see Problem.2.7.3).
j<br />
)<br />
p<br />
)<br />
j<br />
Y<br />
"<br />
Y<br />
¾ R m¦<br />
R<br />
j<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
)<br />
R<br />
n<br />
R<br />
R<br />
¦<br />
"<br />
><br />
"<br />
p<br />
p<br />
j<br />
j<br />
<br />
)<br />
)<br />
T<br />
;<br />
<br />
j<br />
j<br />
`<br />
º<br />
º<br />
)<br />
T<br />
)<br />
28 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTAL LAWS<br />
In the case of steady state flow this equation simplifies to a Laplace equation<br />
for the vorticity vector:<br />
m<br />
j*j<br />
2.2.7 Inviscid limit<br />
The fluid with a zero viscosity is called an ideal fluid, <strong>and</strong> the flow of such a fluid<br />
is called inviscid. Consider equation (2.22) in the limit of inviscid flow, when the<br />
viscous tensor, 6 ¦<br />
j , vanishes:<br />
(2.51)<br />
1 ; )<br />
1 ; )<br />
4 ¦<br />
j<br />
¦ 4<br />
¦<br />
>])Wj<br />
In the incompressible limit it will simplify to:<br />
(2.52)<br />
¦<br />
` º<br />
¦f<br />
j<br />
>])åj)<br />
;<br />
This is Euler equation for inviscid incompressible flow. It can also be rewritten<br />
in terms of substantial derivative (1.8):<br />
(2.53)<br />
¦<br />
R )<br />
` º<br />
Conservation of vorticity<br />
It can be shown that the inviscid flow preserves vorticity. For this purpose let’s<br />
form a vector product between the nabla operator <strong>and</strong> equation (2.53):<br />
m¦<br />
¦/k<br />
¦G<br />
m¦<br />
¦Kp<br />
where the last equality is due to the symmetry º of<br />
according to:<br />
y¦<br />
transform the j term p<br />
¦f<br />
¦/<br />
<strong>and</strong> identity (A.27). We can<br />
" )<br />
(2.54)<br />
¦/<br />
m ¦åp<br />
m¦ 1<br />
¦f `<br />
y ¦ 4<br />
l p<br />
m¦<br />
¦fk¼p<br />
m¦<br />
¦f
T<br />
Y<br />
"<br />
Y<br />
ó ¦<br />
(2.56)<br />
j<br />
Y<br />
"<br />
Y<br />
><br />
R<br />
R<br />
T<br />
¦<br />
T<br />
1 ; )<br />
ó¦<br />
j<br />
¦<br />
<br />
–<br />
`<br />
4<br />
¥<br />
º<br />
2.2. CONSERVATION OF MOMENTUM 29<br />
where we used the skew-symmetric property of pq¦/ j (A.24).<br />
definition of vorticity vector (1.12), we obtain:<br />
Finally, using the<br />
(2.55)<br />
¦<br />
¦$<br />
which means that the vorticity (n = . "<br />
is conserved ). In particular, this<br />
¦G<br />
means<br />
that if the flow (n<br />
was irrotational ), it will remain so 4 . In this case the problem<br />
of inviscid flow can be solved using velocity potential function (Sec.2.2.4).<br />
" n<br />
The momentum flux<br />
Since )åj<br />
for incompressible flow (2.4), we can rewrite (2.51) as:<br />
<br />
j<br />
1 ; )<br />
1 ; )<br />
4<br />
j<br />
¦ 4<br />
¦<br />
)Wj<br />
And introducing the momentum flux as<br />
¢ ß ¦<br />
j躇><br />
)åj<br />
we have the Euler equation in momentum-flux formulation:<br />
(2.57)<br />
1 ; )<br />
¦ 4 `<br />
<br />
j<br />
2.2.8 Boundary conditions<br />
Equation system (2.2), (2.21), (2.19) <strong>and</strong> (1.13) may not have a unique solution<br />
for any boundary conditions. Generally, the character of the equation system,<br />
i.e. hyperbolic, parabolic or eliptic [4, 5], may change depending on the boundary<br />
conditions <strong>and</strong> the region of space <strong>and</strong> time. However, there are several types<br />
of boundaries that are typically considered, <strong>and</strong> that usually lead to well posed<br />
problems.<br />
4 See Problem 2.7.4
j<br />
<br />
)<br />
F<br />
<br />
)<br />
T<br />
F<br />
r<br />
30 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTAL LAWS<br />
Inlet<br />
At the inlet boundary the value of the velocity is usually specified . This boundary<br />
condition is known as Dirichlet boundary condition. Note, that this is not always<br />
the case, since a pressure can be prescribed as the inlet condition instead, when<br />
the Poisson equation for pressure (2.60) is used.<br />
Outlet<br />
Depending on the character of the equation system the boundary conditions may<br />
or may not need be specified at the outlet boundary. The most common outlet<br />
boundary condition is the condition of the zero boundary-normal velocity derivative<br />
(Neuman boundary).<br />
In more complex flow situations there may not be a clear distinction between<br />
the inlet <strong>and</strong> the outlet, since the flow may reverse. These types of situations are<br />
hard to solve in a consistent manner <strong>and</strong> should be avoided by repositioning the<br />
inlet/outlet of the domain so as to comply to either Dirichlet or Neuman boundary<br />
conditions.<br />
<strong>Fluid</strong>-solid interface (Wall)<br />
In the case of a fluid-solid boundary the flow velocity is set equal to the velocity of<br />
the wall, which covers the cases of both stationary <strong>and</strong> moving boundaries. This<br />
boundary condition is called a no-slip boundary condition.<br />
In some cases a finite velocity jump may be imposed at the boundary, in<br />
which case this is called a slip boundary condition.<br />
The specification of the velocity alone at the boundary may not be enough,<br />
since the momentum equation (2.21) contains second order velocity derivatives<br />
in the viscous (ã 6 ¦<br />
j term ), which means that the first order derivatives should be<br />
given at the boundary. However, with the no-slip condition at the wall, the velocity<br />
derivatives at the wall can be considered zero. This follows from the continuity<br />
relationship (2.4). For example, if we consider velocity )<br />
components ) <strong>and</strong> as<br />
being parallel to the wall, <strong>and</strong> ) normal to the wall, then from the no-slip condition<br />
we have:<br />
r<br />
<strong>and</strong> consequently:
(2.58) X<br />
)<br />
<br />
F<br />
<br />
F<br />
`<br />
<br />
)<br />
F<br />
)<br />
<br />
F<br />
1 @ £ö<br />
A<br />
`<br />
<br />
)<br />
><br />
T<br />
A<br />
@<br />
¯<br />
4<br />
T<br />
2.2. CONSERVATION OF MOMENTUM 31<br />
rq r“<br />
Thus from continuity (2.4) we must have:<br />
rq r“<br />
<br />
<br />
) <br />
In cases when the forces on the wall need to be estimated they can be<br />
related to the boundary normal forces due to pressures, <strong>and</strong> shear forces that<br />
can be related to the stress tensor via (2.14).<br />
It should be noted that if the boundary is moving with acceleration additional<br />
non-inertial terms should be introduced into the boundary conditions (Sec.2.5.2).<br />
<strong>Fluid</strong>-fluid interface (Free surface)<br />
The gas-liquid or liquid-liquid boundary conditions are also called free-boundary<br />
conditions. They consist of the requirements that the pressure, velocities <strong>and</strong><br />
the fluxes of mass <strong>and</strong> momentum be continuous functions across the interface.<br />
This means that these quantities should have the same values on both sides of<br />
the interface. The position of the interface surface will then be determined as a<br />
solution to the flow equations subjected to the free surface boundary conditions.<br />
In cases where surface tension effects are important, they should enter into<br />
the pressure boundary condition, namely the extra boundary pressure should be<br />
added on both sides of the interface. This pressure should be inversely proportional<br />
to the local surface curvature. Since the surface curvature generally<br />
depends on the direction selected on the surface to measure the curvature, one<br />
form of its estimate may be to set it proportional to the sum of inverse curvature<br />
radii in two orthogonal directions:<br />
ÝUô<br />
xyõ<br />
where ö is the coefficient of surface tension. Note, that the forces resulting from<br />
the pressure terms should always act normal to the surface. Shear forces at the<br />
boundary are usually considered to be zero.
¦ Y ¾<br />
Y<br />
(2.60) X<br />
"<br />
><br />
Y<br />
Y<br />
"<br />
¦ì¦G ` Y <br />
1<br />
Y<br />
><br />
1<br />
X<br />
><br />
X<br />
`<br />
><br />
¦<br />
32 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTAL LAWS<br />
2.3 Pressure Equation<br />
2.3.1 General formulation<br />
In the solution of the equation system (2.2), (2.21), (2.19), <strong>and</strong> (1.13), is complicated<br />
by the fact that the equation of mass conservation (2.2) does not contain<br />
pressure, <strong>and</strong> the equation of momentum conservation (2.21) contains both velocity<br />
<strong>and</strong> pressure [6]. In the case of compressible flow the equation of state<br />
(1.13) can be used as an additional relation between pressure <strong>and</strong> density. However,<br />
for the incompressible flow the continuity equation (2.4) has velocity only,<br />
<strong>and</strong> can not be effectively used in combination with the momentum equation.<br />
To make the equation system better conditioned, the continuity equation (2.4) is<br />
usually replaced by the Poisson equation for pressure. To obtain the<br />
¦÷¢<br />
equation<br />
for pressure, let’s apply the divergence operator, , (A.2.32) to the<br />
momentum equation (2.22):<br />
¾<br />
Y : Y <br />
1 ; )<br />
1 ; )<br />
4 ¦<br />
j<br />
6 ¦<br />
j ã<br />
<br />
j<br />
4 ¾ ¦ 1 ¦<br />
4 `C¾ ¦<br />
¦<br />
¾ ¦ 1 ; ¦ 4<br />
¾ ¦<br />
)Wj<br />
(2.59)<br />
¦ 4 ¦<br />
4 ¦ `<br />
¦ì¦<br />
1 ; )<br />
1 ; )<br />
4 ¦<br />
j<br />
> ; ¦f ¦<br />
6 ¦<br />
j >äã<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
)Wj<br />
After substituting the first term on the LHS from (2.2), considering that J¦ is<br />
a constant, <strong>and</strong> rearranging terms, we have:<br />
1 ; )<br />
1 ; )<br />
4 ¦<br />
j<br />
6 ¦<br />
j ã<br />
<br />
j<br />
¦ 4 ¦ ` 1<br />
4 ¦<br />
"54<br />
)Wj<br />
which is a Poisson equation for pressure. It has to be solved together with the<br />
momentum equation (2.21) <strong>and</strong> the relation of the state law (1.13).<br />
2.3.2 Constant density flow<br />
As it was pointed out the pressure equation is mainly used for incompressible<br />
flows where it replaces the continuity equation (2.4). In this case we can simplify<br />
the pressure equation (2.60) by applying the continuity ) condition to (2.60):<br />
¦K ¦
(2.61) X<br />
(2.62) X<br />
<br />
T<br />
X<br />
)<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
; `<br />
)<br />
` ; <br />
)<br />
j<br />
T<br />
`<br />
)<br />
j<br />
<br />
j<br />
j<br />
j<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
¦ <br />
j<br />
1<br />
2.3. PRESSURE EQUATION 33<br />
¦ 4 <br />
4 ¦<br />
jÙ)Wj<br />
¦ì¦$ ` 1q1 ; )<br />
ã 6 ¦<br />
` ; 1<br />
¦f ¦ 4 <br />
¦f<br />
¦<br />
jÙ)Wj<br />
j )Wj<br />
>Úã<br />
6 ¦<br />
¦K<br />
¦<br />
jÙ)Wj<br />
>Úã<br />
Using the incompressible form of the viscous stress tensor ã 6<br />
, (2.20), <strong>and</strong> the<br />
continuity relation, )åj<br />
<br />
j<br />
, it can be shown that the last term will be zero:<br />
6 ¦<br />
6 ¦<br />
j ã<br />
¦G l 8¬. ¦<br />
j j<br />
<br />
j<br />
¦K<br />
j*j<br />
¦ 4 ¦f<br />
j*jc><br />
<br />
j<br />
<strong>and</strong> finally we obtain:<br />
¦W 8 1<br />
¦<br />
¦ 4 8 151<br />
4 ¦Õ¦ 4 T<br />
>])åj<br />
)Wj<br />
¦<br />
¦ì¦G ` ; )<br />
¦f<br />
j)Wj<br />
This is the incompressible form of the pressure equation, also called the Poisson<br />
equation for pressure. It should be considered together with the momentum<br />
equation (2.24).<br />
2.3.3 Viscous limit<br />
Considering the viscous limit (2.49), <strong>and</strong> taking divergence of this equation, we<br />
have:<br />
¦ì¦$<br />
which is the Laplace equation for pressure.<br />
2.3.4 Boundary conditions<br />
Pressure equation is an elliptic second order PDE. As such it requires the specification<br />
of two sets of boundary conditions, which usually are the values of the<br />
pressure <strong>and</strong> it’s boundary normal derivatives.<br />
At the solid walls the boundary-normal derivative of pressure is usually set<br />
to zero, which is a Neuman boundary condition. The value of pressure at the wall
"<br />
R<br />
R<br />
ˆ<br />
R<br />
R<br />
Ö R <br />
R<br />
<br />
<br />
"<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
"<br />
¦<br />
†<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
><br />
)<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
l<br />
¦<br />
<br />
¦<br />
<br />
; R<br />
"Qù R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
!<br />
!<br />
34 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTAL LAWS<br />
comes out as the solution which satisfies this condition. However, because the<br />
Poisson equation is a second order equation, the Neuman boundary condition<br />
alone will result in an indeterminate solution, when adding any constant to the<br />
pressure will still satisfy the equation. Fixing the value for the pressure in at least<br />
one point will remove this uncertainty. Thus, other conditions at the inlet/outlet<br />
boundaries are usually applied. At the inlet/outlet pressure values are given <strong>and</strong><br />
the boundary normal derivatives are usually set to zero.<br />
In the case when the velocity is also specified at the inlet/outlet, both pressure<br />
<strong>and</strong> velocity specifications should be consistent so as not to create a overdefined<br />
problem. Specifying either pressure or velocity alone will be enough in<br />
many cases. However, this will depend on the character of the flow <strong>and</strong> the discretization<br />
scheme used to solve the equations [4].<br />
2.4 Energy Equation<br />
2.4.1 General formulation<br />
Usually the flow field is a carrier for the transport of other variables of the continuum<br />
media. One important variable is energy.<br />
The balance of energy in a control volume can be written as<br />
(2.63)<br />
" „<br />
" …‡><br />
where the LHS is the rate of energy change inside the control volume, <strong>and</strong> the<br />
two terms on the RHS represent total heat inflow into the control volume <strong>and</strong> work<br />
done on it. This relation is also known as the second law of thermodynamics.<br />
Note that both heat <strong>and</strong> work are transported into the control volume through its<br />
boundary, so they can be represented by flux-vectors.<br />
Energy:<br />
¦ `
Š<br />
¦<br />
R<br />
R<br />
¦<br />
<br />
Š<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
"<br />
s<br />
s<br />
<br />
¦<br />
R<br />
R<br />
!<br />
s<br />
!<br />
2.4. ENERGY EQUATION 35<br />
where the minus sign in front of the gravity term means the potential energy increases<br />
as we move against the gravity force.<br />
Heat: The total heat change inside the volume can be related to the heat flux<br />
through the boundary of the volume:<br />
(2.65)<br />
" …<br />
` Ö ¦<br />
R Š<br />
£Ž¦<br />
where is the heat flux, which is the rate of heat inflow through a unit area per<br />
unit of time, <strong>and</strong> <br />
£‰¦<br />
the vector-element of the boundary introduced in (2.1). Minus<br />
R<br />
sign occurs because of the convention of surface normal vectors to point outside<br />
of the volume, meaning Š that is actually the ”out-flux” of heat … whereas was<br />
defined as an incoming heat by the virtue of (2.63). Applying the Gauss theorem<br />
to (2.65) we have:<br />
(2.66)<br />
` Ö ¦<br />
R Š<br />
` Ö £‰¦$ ¦K ¦<br />
R Š<br />
" …<br />
It is postulated that the heat flux is proportional to temperature gradient:<br />
¦$ `t°ú¾ ¦<br />
`C°<br />
¦<br />
where the minus sign signifies that the heat flows from higher to lower temperatures.<br />
This relation is known as the Fourier’s law. Substituting it into (2.66), we<br />
have:<br />
(2.67)<br />
Ö×1 °<br />
¦ 4 ¦<br />
" …<br />
Work: In analogy to (2.65) we introduce the flux of external work through the<br />
fluid element:<br />
(2.68)<br />
£‰¦<br />
¥Ö †<br />
‹<br />
The work flux vector ‹<br />
<br />
through the area can be computed as
š<br />
¦<br />
R<br />
R<br />
"<br />
)<br />
<br />
‹<br />
<br />
R<br />
R<br />
"<br />
š<br />
)<br />
¥<br />
¢<br />
<br />
‹<br />
R ž<br />
R<br />
¦/m ¦G 6 y¦f ¦G R 6<br />
R<br />
)<br />
— R <br />
R<br />
)<br />
1òR <br />
R<br />
"<br />
"<br />
)<br />
"<br />
. # £<br />
XW›<br />
)<br />
1 ; )<br />
)<br />
<br />
<br />
R<br />
!<br />
)<br />
)<br />
"<br />
)<br />
!<br />
¦<br />
36 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTAL LAWS<br />
–ˆ<br />
" R<br />
–ˆ<br />
ˆ¡=<br />
We saw in (2.2.1) that the surface forces are described by the stress tensor<br />
¦/<br />
. The time derivative of the displacement of fluid element is given by velocity )<br />
6<br />
(1.1). Thus 5 :<br />
(2.69)<br />
¦G<br />
Applying Gauss theorem to (2.68) <strong>and</strong> combining it with (2.69) we obtain:<br />
6 ¦/<br />
(2.70)<br />
† Ö1 6 ¦/<br />
4 ¦<br />
Differentiating by parts, we have:<br />
(2.71)<br />
1 6 ¦/<br />
4 ¦G<br />
6 ¦/y ¦ 6 ¦/<br />
><br />
We can eliminate the derivative of : 6 ¦7m ¦<br />
replaced by the gravity force ` ; J¦<br />
:<br />
6<br />
m ¦<br />
, by expressing it from (2.15) with<br />
; è<br />
where we used the symmetry of 6 : 6 ¦/k<br />
. Now we can rewrite (2.71) as:<br />
4a`<br />
6 m¦<br />
1 6 ¦/<br />
4 ¦G<br />
4a` ; ¡ 4<br />
m ¦<br />
Substituting the above into (2.70), we have:<br />
1 ; )<br />
> 6 ¦/<br />
(2.72)<br />
1 ; )<br />
† Ö ø<br />
m ¦<br />
4a`<br />
; è<br />
> 6 ¦/<br />
ù R<br />
Combining (2.64), (2.67) <strong>and</strong> (2.72), we have<br />
5 Note that the positive signs in (2.68) <strong>and</strong> (2.69) follow the convention that the work done on the system<br />
is positive when the direction of external force coincides with the direction of displacement.
"<br />
1 ; ˆ<br />
4a` ¦ ; )<br />
(2.74) – v<br />
; R ’<br />
(2.76) "<br />
R<br />
"<br />
"<br />
Ö<br />
¦<br />
1 ; ˆ“>ûX<br />
X üR<br />
" ><br />
R<br />
s<br />
"<br />
"<br />
"<br />
R<br />
1 ; ˆ<br />
¦<br />
ˆ<br />
"<br />
1 ; ’<br />
s<br />
)<br />
R <br />
R<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
l<br />
<br />
"<br />
s<br />
¦<br />
1 ; )<br />
; R<br />
"<br />
R<br />
s<br />
)<br />
s<br />
R<br />
)<br />
s<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
><br />
><br />
)<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
l<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
l<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
l<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
"<br />
)<br />
; R<br />
"ù R<br />
R<br />
; R<br />
"<br />
R<br />
¦<br />
1 ; )<br />
; R<br />
"<br />
R<br />
><br />
!<br />
!<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
l<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
–<br />
; R<br />
"<br />
R<br />
¥<br />
)<br />
2.4. ENERGY EQUATION 37<br />
øR<br />
R<br />
1 ; 1<br />
` ; )<br />
" ><br />
4a`<br />
; ¡<br />
y ¦<br />
¥Ö ø 1 °<br />
¦ 4 ¦<br />
> 6 ¦/<br />
>\)<br />
ù R<br />
which after rearranging terms <strong>and</strong> dropping the integration sign due to the arbitrariness<br />
of our choice of the control volume becomes:<br />
¦,R )<br />
¦ 4 ¦<br />
¦ 4a`<br />
¦ ; ¦<br />
m ¦<br />
R<br />
R<br />
¦$R<br />
R<br />
1 °<br />
> ; )<br />
" ><br />
And after canceling the same terms on both sides, we have:<br />
> 6 ¦/<br />
>])<br />
(2.73)<br />
R<br />
R<br />
> 6 ¦/<br />
m ¦<br />
4 1 °<br />
¦ 4 ¦<br />
which is the equation for the rate of change of energy density valid for both compressible<br />
<strong>and</strong> incompressible fluid.<br />
In an ideal gas approximation we can express the LHS in terms of temperature<br />
using the thermodynamic relation (1.23):<br />
y ¦<br />
R<br />
R<br />
4 1 °<br />
¦ 4 ¦<br />
It is useful to express (2.73) in terms of enthalpy (1.20). For this purpose we<br />
to both sides of (2.73) <strong>and</strong> obtain:<br />
can add R X : R<br />
1 ; s<br />
> 6 ¦/<br />
(2.75)<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R 4<br />
R<br />
ïR X 4<br />
" ><br />
R<br />
> 6 ¦/<br />
m ¦<br />
1 °<br />
¦ 4 ¦<br />
which is the equation for the rate of change of enthalpy valid for both compressible<br />
<strong>and</strong> incompressible fluid.<br />
2.4.2 Constant density flow<br />
Let’s substitute 6 ¦<br />
:<br />
j from (2.17) into (2.73), <strong>and</strong> consider that ; <br />
= . "<br />
1 °<br />
¦ 4 ¦<br />
m ¦ 1 `tß ¦/<br />
l 8¬. ¦/ `]ß ¦/á<br />
4<br />
<br />
j<br />
>])<br />
XH><br />
)Wj
R ’ ; "<br />
R<br />
; R ’<br />
(2.77) "<br />
R<br />
X üR<br />
"<br />
R<br />
(2.78) ’><br />
; –<br />
P<br />
(2.79)<br />
s R<br />
"<br />
R<br />
<br />
<br />
X R<br />
" ><br />
R<br />
`<br />
X R<br />
" ><br />
R<br />
; –<br />
(2.80)<br />
P<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
°<br />
¦<br />
s<br />
s R<br />
"<br />
R<br />
><br />
s<br />
–<br />
<br />
s<br />
¥<br />
s<br />
–<br />
¥<br />
)<br />
38 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTAL LAWS<br />
Using the definition of viscous stress (2.19), we can rewrite this as:<br />
ã 6 ¦/<br />
which after applying the continuity relation (2.4) this reduces to:<br />
¦f ¦<br />
1 °<br />
¦ 4 ¦<br />
m ¦<br />
X©)<br />
>^)<br />
ã 6 ¦/<br />
1 °<br />
¦ 4 ¦<br />
m ¦<br />
>^)<br />
where we should use the incompressible form of viscous stress (2.20):<br />
¦f<br />
m ¦ 4<br />
Equation (2.77) can be used in combination with the momentum equation<br />
(2.21) to derive a strong form of the Bernoulli’s equation 6 :<br />
6 ¦7k l 8¬. ¦/ 8 1<br />
)<br />
ã<br />
>^)<br />
@<br />
) l<br />
= . "<br />
> +<br />
We can also rewrite (2.77) in terms of temperature change, <strong>and</strong> velocity. Using<br />
the definition of specific heat (1.25), substituting the velocity from the relation<br />
, we have:<br />
of viscous stress (2.20), <strong>and</strong> assuming ° <br />
= . "<br />
¦ì¦<br />
m ¦ 1<br />
¦K<br />
y ¦ 4<br />
This is an incompressible heat conduction equation.<br />
> 8 )<br />
>])<br />
Heat dominated flow<br />
In the cases with small pressure <strong>and</strong> velocity gradients, or when fluid viscosity<br />
is small compared to the heat conductivity, which corresponds to small Pr<strong>and</strong>tl<br />
number (1.30), equation (2.79) simplifies to:<br />
°<br />
¦ì¦<br />
6 See Problem 2.7.5
; –<br />
(2.81)<br />
P<br />
¦<br />
°<br />
s<br />
=<br />
¦<br />
s<br />
Š<br />
s<br />
2.5. CURVILINEAR COORDINATES 39<br />
where we also presumed that the heat conduction coefficient, ° , is a constant.<br />
This is a limit case of (2.79) for the case of heat dominated flow. Note that since<br />
the substantial derivative is used for T, we still have the convective terms present:<br />
¦ 4 °<br />
¦ì¦<br />
1<br />
s]>])<br />
which is also called a heat convection equation.<br />
2.4.3 Boundary conditions<br />
Generally temperature may experience a jump at the boundary [2]. Usually this<br />
jump is small <strong>and</strong> the temperature of the fluid at the wall is considered to be equal<br />
to the temperature of the wall.<br />
Since the equation (2.81) is a second order differential equation, we would<br />
need to specify temperature derivatives in addition to specifying temperature values<br />
at the boundary. These conditions can be obtained from the consideration<br />
of energy conservation. In particular, heat flux across the boundary should be<br />
conserved. Thus from (2.81) we obtain<br />
(2.82)<br />
¦<br />
¦ò<br />
is a boundary-normal unit vector, <strong>and</strong> Š is the heat flux across the bound-<br />
= where<br />
ary.<br />
2.5 Curvilinear Coordinates<br />
Physical laws should not depend on the choice of a coordinate system. This is<br />
expressed in the terminology of tensor calculus as coordinate invariance. Tensors<br />
are designed to be invariant under coordinate transformations (Remark A.3.3).<br />
Therefore, tensor relations provide a consistent way of writing physical laws.<br />
There are two aspects of expressing physical laws in tensor forms: identifying<br />
, physical components, <strong>and</strong> forming invariant expressions.
Y<br />
"<br />
Y<br />
R<br />
R<br />
0<br />
"<br />
) ¦<br />
6<br />
<br />
0 <br />
¦<br />
¦ )<br />
<br />
j 6 j<br />
<br />
<br />
¦<br />
`<br />
º<br />
40 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTAL LAWS<br />
2.5.1 Invariant forms<br />
The scalar product (Definition A.3.4) was constructed to be invariant. By virtue<br />
of its invariance it represents a physical entity. Using the invariant forms of the<br />
scalar product (Corollary A.3.5), we can rewrite the expression for the substantial<br />
derivative (1.7) in invariant form:<br />
(2.83)<br />
0 ¦<br />
>^)<br />
Correspondingly, the mass conservation equation (2.2) will be expressed as<br />
(2.84)<br />
; <br />
><br />
1 ; )<br />
4 ¦$ T<br />
<strong>and</strong> the momentum equation (2.22) becomes:<br />
(2.85)<br />
1 ; )<br />
j 1 ; )<br />
4 ¦<br />
j<br />
6 j ¦f<br />
j >äã<br />
¦ 4<br />
¦<br />
>])<br />
where the covariant <strong>and</strong> contravariant velocities <strong>and</strong> stress tensors are linked by<br />
the conjugate tensor relations (A.42), (A.43):<br />
¦‡
ý<br />
þ<br />
¡<br />
is<br />
<br />
F<br />
r<br />
><br />
¡<br />
¡<br />
can<br />
2.5. CURVILINEAR COORDINATES 41<br />
non-inertial coordinate systems. This treatment is used in relativistic fluid dynamics<br />
[7]. This approach would also make sense in the treatment of general<br />
moving <strong>and</strong> deforming coordinate systems. However, in a variety of applications<br />
it makes sense to treat space <strong>and</strong> time as separate variables. In this case one<br />
has to distinguish between inertial <strong>and</strong> non-inertial coordinate systems. For any<br />
moving coordinate system one has to formulate an explicit dependence of coordinates<br />
on time. Generally, this time dependence can reveal itself in motions <strong>and</strong><br />
deformations. In this section we shall only consider the case of a non-deforming<br />
<strong>and</strong> moving coordinate system. And in particular, we shall focus attention on an<br />
important case of rotating coordinate systems.<br />
Rotating coordinate systems<br />
Consider an inertial coordinate ý system <strong>and</strong> a non-inertial coordinate system<br />
, which is moving with respect ý to . Let the coordinates of a particular point in<br />
be described by a vector 7 3 Ú% <br />
'q - :<br />
'q<br />
(2.86)<br />
3 ÿ<br />
> ¡<br />
where is the position vector the origin of system with respect to þ ý<br />
ÿ ¡1 ÿ 1 "54<br />
is the coordinate vector of the point in "54 system .<br />
þ <strong>and</strong>¡<br />
Differentiating (2.86) over time, we get<br />
(2.87)<br />
3 ÿ <br />
where the time derivative with respect to the inertial frame of ý reference .<br />
We shall consider the motion of as composed of displacement determined by<br />
<br />
1 þ<br />
ÿ "54<br />
<strong>and</strong> rotation, given by angular n velocity vector . Then be represented<br />
as<br />
<br />
(2.88)<br />
n<br />
Í ¡<br />
><br />
is the velocity of the point as measured in the non-inertial coordi-<br />
£¢ ¡<br />
¤<br />
nate system . Since the rotation does not affect the motion of the origin, , we<br />
ÿ þ<br />
7 Here we are using vector notation, since only the vector quantities are involved<br />
where¢ï¢¥¤§¦
3 <br />
(2.90) <br />
T<br />
<br />
R<br />
<br />
R<br />
R©<br />
R<br />
ÿ<br />
¢ ©<br />
R<br />
R<br />
<br />
"<br />
¡<br />
n<br />
R<br />
R©<br />
<br />
Í ¢<br />
l<br />
R<br />
R<br />
"<br />
Í ¡<br />
><br />
n<br />
<br />
><br />
¢<br />
"<br />
–<br />
<br />
Í ¢<br />
¥<br />
R<br />
R<br />
n<br />
><br />
r<br />
ÿ<br />
r<br />
"<br />
Í<br />
n<br />
¡<br />
n<br />
<br />
–<br />
¥<br />
42 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTAL LAWS<br />
ÿ <br />
¤<br />
have<br />
¢© ¤§¨ <br />
<strong>and</strong> (2.87) becomes<br />
(2.89)<br />
" ><br />
¢<br />
>Ìn<br />
,<br />
3 R <br />
Í ¡<br />
R<br />
" >Ìn<br />
R¡<br />
><br />
Assuming that the rotation is constant:<br />
©<br />
1 "54 <br />
= . "<br />
we can differentiate (2.89) further to obtain<br />
where<br />
©<br />
><br />
n<br />
(2.91)<br />
<strong>and</strong> using 2.88 we have<br />
(2.92)<br />
1¢<br />
><br />
¢ç <br />
Í ¡4<br />
n<br />
Substituting (2.88), (2.91) <strong>and</strong> (2.92) to (2.90) we get<br />
3 R©<br />
Í ¡4<br />
(2.93)<br />
R<br />
R¢<br />
" ><br />
" > n<br />
Í]1¢<br />
>àn<br />
Í]1<br />
Í ¡4<br />
R<br />
" ><br />
R¢<br />
" ><br />
The extra acceleration terms involving n arise due to rotation <strong>and</strong> are interpreted<br />
as being the result of the Coriolis force.<br />
An important special case of a non-inertial coordinate systems is a coordinate<br />
system undergoing a pure rotation with a constant angular velocity. Assume<br />
that the moving coordinate system is undergoing a rotation with n = . "<br />
<strong>and</strong><br />
¤§¨<br />
þ<br />
<br />
. Then we can align the origins of the two coordinate system to ¤<br />
¤ ¤¨
F<br />
r<br />
(2.94) <br />
(2.95) )<br />
<br />
'<br />
T<br />
4<br />
R<br />
R<br />
)<br />
r<br />
"<br />
B<br />
'<br />
<br />
Ç<br />
B<br />
R<br />
"<br />
F<br />
B<br />
2.6. THE LAW OF SIMILARITY 43<br />
eliminate<br />
plane þ<br />
<br />
altogether. Let’s also assume that the axis of rotation is normal to the<br />
, that n is . With these assumptions (2.93) becomes<br />
1UT<br />
'q<br />
'mn<br />
3 R<br />
>à><br />
are the additional acceleration vectors (Problem 2.7.7). The<br />
corresponding Coriolis forces are introduced into the equations of motion in a rotating<br />
coordinate<br />
r¡<br />
Where<strong>and</strong><br />
Ü<br />
w÷><br />
system:<br />
with being the displaced mass. In computations of continuum media dynamics<br />
is replaced with mass R element :<br />
à> <br />
; ¡<br />
where is the density of the fluid <strong>and</strong> is the face-normal velocity across the<br />
face of area of a control volume (see Problem 2.7.8).<br />
¡ ;<br />
2.6 The Law of Similarity<br />
The law of similarity [7, 8] enables in some situations to use a single solution to the<br />
equations of fluid motion to represent a whole family of different cases. Consider<br />
an example of a steady flow past a solid body, where the flow velocity upstream<br />
of the body is. Consider also several cases of such flows when the body has<br />
the same shape but different sizes, . Now, if the only fluid property affecting<br />
this process is the kinematic viscosity, Ç , then in all these cases the distribution<br />
9<br />
, <strong>and</strong> of at least<br />
-<br />
of velocity should be a function of space coordinates Ú% <br />
three additional parameters, ( Ç 3 9<br />
): '“'<br />
IKI/<br />
¦$<br />
¦ 1¨3<br />
'“' 9 4<br />
The number of parameters 8 can be reduced by considering the dimensions<br />
of physical units in which they are measured:<br />
8 A parameter can be looked at as just another independent variable, like space coordinate or time.<br />
However, we treat them separately, since parameters are specific for each physical law, whereasare<br />
not.
±<br />
"<br />
’<br />
ã <br />
(2.96)<br />
(2.97) &1<br />
(2.98) ± ý<br />
"<br />
’<br />
" ²<br />
’<br />
ý<br />
Ç<br />
<br />
A!<br />
¢<br />
¦<br />
F<br />
š<br />
1<br />
ˆ<br />
ˆ<br />
T<br />
" ²<br />
r<br />
’<br />
F<br />
ˆ<br />
44 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTAL LAWS<br />
² é F<br />
The only non-dimensional combination of these parameters is provided by the<br />
Reynolds number:<br />
±/›¨ˆ¡=<br />
±/›¨ˆ¡=<br />
±/›Uˆ¡=<br />
Ç ²$<br />
²<br />
±²$<br />
² é F<br />
±<br />
" #<br />
9 ²G<br />
±<br />
" #<br />
±<br />
9<br />
We can non-dimensionalize other variables by scaling them with the appropriate<br />
length <strong>and</strong> velocity scales:<br />
Ç<br />
¦$¢ <br />
¦G¢ )<br />
Since units dimensions should be preserved in an expression of a physical<br />
law, a law formulated in dimensionless variables can only contain dimensionless<br />
parameters. Hence the new dimensionless variables (2.96) should enter into a<br />
only,<br />
<br />
relation with since it’s the only dimensionless parameter derived from<br />
the properties of the system. Following the convention that the velocity is the<br />
dependent variable (2.95), we can write this relation as:<br />
A!<br />
) ã<br />
¦G<br />
Thus, using simple considerations of physical dimensions, we reduced the<br />
number of parameters from three, '“' 9<br />
( ) to one, Similar considerations<br />
allow to reduce the number of parameters in a more general case, which is proved<br />
in a so-called PI-theorem.<br />
(A# Ç<br />
) ã<br />
ã<br />
3<br />
',A"<br />
4<br />
2.6.1 PI-Theorem<br />
).<br />
Let’s consider a physical law formulated for a set of u<br />
variables, ý<br />
IKI/ý%$:<br />
Suppose that the law requires that each variable can be expressed in units<br />
of length, time an mass, which we call the primary dimensions:<br />
IOILý%$4<br />
¦f²å<br />
" # ²('*),+±<br />
².-/),+±<br />
£ .§. ² ©),+<br />
±/›Uˆ¡=
²<br />
ã ý<br />
(2.99)<br />
(2.100) ý<br />
(2.101) &1<br />
<br />
ý<br />
F<br />
Y<br />
Y<br />
<br />
Y<br />
Y<br />
Y<br />
F<br />
ý<br />
Ç')5+ã 1<br />
Y<br />
Ç<br />
ý<br />
ý<br />
ý<br />
F<br />
r<br />
ý<br />
á0;2Ç')5+é F<br />
á
60=2ý<br />
V<br />
ý<br />
ý<br />
ý<br />
F<br />
F<br />
<br />
<br />
F<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
T<br />
T<br />
T<br />
=<br />
<br />
=<br />
`<br />
`<br />
46 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTAL LAWS<br />
We can multiply the equality (2.102) by Ç <strong>and</strong> get:<br />
(2.103)<br />
Y&1<br />
IOILý%$4<br />
á0;2ý<br />
This is an extra relation imposed in addition to our physical law (2.97) by virtue<br />
of scale invariance or homogeneity of our law with respect to length-scaling [9].<br />
In a similar manner we can arrive at two more relations imposed because of<br />
homogeneity with respect to other two primary dimensions: time <strong>and</strong> mass:<br />
Y ý<br />
(2.104)<br />
Y&1<br />
IOI/ý:$4<br />
Y ý<br />
(2.105)<br />
Y&1<br />
IOI/ý:$4<br />
80=2ý<br />
Thus we have three more relations in addition to our physical law (2.97),<br />
Y ý<br />
which means that the number of variables can be reduced u from u À to .<br />
If we use a more complex law that involves an additional primary dimension,<br />
such as temperature, then we can reduce the number of variables of the problem<br />
by 4. Generally, if we have R primary dimensions <strong>and</strong> = independent variables in<br />
the problem, then the independent variables can be reduced ã R to nondimensional<br />
parameters. These parameters can be different depending on the<br />
choice of scaling factors used in transformation (2.100). Generally, normalization<br />
(2.100) does not have to be done by primary dimensions, but can be used with<br />
respect to any group of variables that do not form a so called PI-group, i.e. their<br />
products of the type (2.98) can not be reduced to a non-dimensional number, no<br />
matter what powers are used [10, 11]. This constitutes the essence of the PItheorem<br />
[11]. It lays a more rigorous foundation for the law of similarity [7, 8],<br />
which means that the same solution can be reused by rescaling the variables.<br />
2.6.2 Non-dimensional formulations<br />
To formulate a physical law in dimensionless variables we should introduce dimensional<br />
scales for each variable. The scale, representing the variable, will be<br />
denoted with the same symbol, but with the subscript 0. Scales can be introduced<br />
for both scalar, vector, <strong>and</strong> general tensor variables. Thus, the scale for a vector<br />
variable will be denoted as 10 . In some situations there can be different scales<br />
¦<br />
10 Subscript 0 shouldn’t be confused with the vector component, since vector components are numbered<br />
with one
"<br />
"<br />
V<br />
<br />
<br />
V<br />
V<br />
<br />
<br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
V<br />
¾ <br />
<br />
X<br />
X<br />
¦ "<br />
'<br />
"<br />
; V<br />
V<br />
<br />
)<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
"<br />
V<br />
)<br />
`<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
V<br />
2.6. THE LAW OF SIMILARITY 47<br />
for different components, in which case we shall use a different notation.<br />
Space <strong>and</strong> time derivatives should also be scaled. Thus, if we consider<br />
space <strong>and</strong> time as independent variables: , <strong>and</strong> as dependent variables velocity,<br />
density, <strong>and</strong> pressure we can introduce the following non-dimensional variables:<br />
(2.106)<br />
¦$<br />
¦G<br />
ã " <br />
V ã ¾<br />
ã <br />
V<br />
ã ; ;<br />
;<br />
V<br />
<br />
ã ; <br />
V<br />
<br />
ã )<br />
V<br />
¦G )<br />
where we use the Nabla operator to denote the space derivative.<br />
After the dimensional variables are replaced withe the dimensionless ones<br />
by means of (2.106), one should look into the physics of the problem <strong>and</strong> see if<br />
some extra relations between the scales can be applied. For example, in some<br />
problems the characteristic velocity scale can be related to length <strong>and</strong> time scales<br />
) : "<br />
as: . This can be the case in the problem of a steady flow around a fixed<br />
object. However, a steady flow around a rotating object will have an independent<br />
time scale related to the period of rotation.<br />
After all possible eliminations of scales were done, one should try to construct<br />
dimensionless combinations of scales, or non-dimensional parameters.<br />
There can be several different ways in which these parameters can be selected.<br />
This process can be formalized somewhat [10], but there is still a room for subjective<br />
judgment on which dimensionless combinations of scales are most appropriate<br />
as parameters for the problem at h<strong>and</strong>. No matter how these parameters are<br />
selected the PI-theorem states that their minimum number can be as low as =<br />
where = is the number of dimensional scales <strong>and</strong> R is the number of primary dimensions<br />
of the problem. If all the dimensionless parameters have been correctly<br />
identified, it should be possible to replace all the dimensional scales with these<br />
parameters, thereby rendering the physical law in a dimensionless formulation<br />
with the minimum set of independent parameters.<br />
Let’s consider several cases of non-dimensional formulations <strong>and</strong> of application<br />
of the PI-theorem.<br />
R ,<br />
X ã<br />
;<br />
ã<br />
Mass conservation law<br />
Let’s write a non-dimensional formulation of the mass conservation law (2.2):<br />
(2.107)<br />
; <br />
><br />
¾ ¦ 1 ; )<br />
¦ 4 T
X<br />
(2.108) )åj<br />
V<br />
V<br />
V<br />
r<br />
V<br />
)<br />
r<br />
V<br />
)<br />
<br />
V<br />
V<br />
V<br />
r<br />
¾<br />
9 <br />
)<br />
V<br />
<br />
<br />
V<br />
rV<br />
V<br />
j<br />
¾<br />
<br />
<br />
V<br />
V<br />
<br />
l<br />
X<br />
ã<br />
;<br />
V<br />
><br />
V<br />
V<br />
<br />
V V r<br />
)<br />
V<br />
V<br />
ã<br />
¦<br />
V<br />
V<br />
V<br />
48 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTAL LAWS<br />
where we used the nabla operator (A.32) to simplify further analysis. There are<br />
three primary dimensions in this (R À case ): [length], [time] <strong>and</strong> [mass]. Using<br />
the scaling transformations (2.106), the non-dimensional form of (2.107) is:<br />
; > ã ¾ ¦ 1<br />
ã ; ã ) ã<br />
¦ 4 T<br />
As can be seen, all the dimensional parameters canceled out from the equation.<br />
Momentum equation<br />
Consider the steady-state limit of the incompressible momentum equation given<br />
by the Navier-Stokes equation (2.24):<br />
¾ ¦<br />
¦G<br />
¦ `<br />
<br />
Since this is a constant density formulation, density becomes a<br />
<br />
parameter<br />
of the<br />
;<br />
problem: . Considering this, <strong>and</strong> transforming to the non-dimensional<br />
variables according to (2.106) we obtain:<br />
;<br />
(2.109)<br />
ã ¾ ¦<br />
ã ¾<br />
¾ ¦<br />
9 )<br />
¦ ` X<br />
X ã<br />
) ã<br />
)Wj jÃã<br />
) jã<br />
j ã ¾<br />
To simplify things, let’s select for the pressure X scale the dynamic<br />
<br />
pressure:<br />
. By doing this we state that pressure scale, X , is not an independent<br />
;<br />
parameter of our problem, but is related to the density <strong>and</strong> velocity scales. Now,<br />
let’s make each term of (2.109) dimensionless, by multiplying the whole equation<br />
by :<br />
: )<br />
) ã<br />
)Wj jÃã<br />
) júã<br />
X> ã<br />
ã ¾ ¦<br />
ã ¾<br />
j ã ¾<br />
¦ ` ã ¾ ¦<br />
ã<br />
ã )<br />
(2.112)<br />
¤<br />
ã s<br />
(2.113)<br />
ô<br />
(2.114) u<br />
°<br />
<br />
@<br />
¤<br />
¾<br />
ô<br />
x<br />
=<br />
<br />
°<br />
¦<br />
<br />
9 V<br />
V<br />
<br />
V<br />
r<br />
r<br />
Ç<br />
V<br />
¦<br />
¤<br />
@<br />
¦<br />
x<br />
¦<br />
ã<br />
`<br />
R<br />
2.6. THE LAW OF SIMILARITY 49<br />
the number of independent parameters can be as low = as<br />
introduce two non-dimensional numbers: Reynolds number:<br />
Ñ»` l l<br />
. If we<br />
(2.110) A!<br />
)<br />
<strong>and</strong> Froude number, relating the forces of inertia to gravity:<br />
¢<br />
(2.111)<br />
¢ )<br />
V<br />
then we obtain the non-dimensional form of the momentum equation:<br />
)Wj jÃã<br />
) júã<br />
X> ã<br />
ã ¾ ¦<br />
A!<br />
ã<br />
j ã ¾<br />
¦ ` ã ¾ ¦<br />
with the four non-dimensional ã ' ã<br />
variables:<br />
parameters: x (see also Problem 2.7.9).<br />
A!<br />
'<br />
ºâ' ã<br />
ã ) <strong>and</strong><br />
, <strong>and</strong> two non-dimensional<br />
Boundary conditions<br />
Some non-dimensional parameters arise from the boundary conditions. For example,<br />
non-dimensionalizing the boundary condition of the energy equation (2.82)<br />
leads to:<br />
¦<br />
¦$<br />
u )<br />
where u<br />
is the Nusselt number:<br />
¢ …<br />
[^s<br />
²“ ´<br />
(±L… : 1<br />
…<br />
. 4 [^s<br />
where is the wall heat flux ), the characteristic length-scale,<br />
the heat conduction coefficient, (1.29), <strong>and</strong> the characteristic temperature<br />
difference between the wall <strong>and</strong> the fluid.
†<br />
Ü<br />
Ç<br />
)<br />
ö V V<br />
T<br />
¦<br />
r<br />
¦<br />
–<br />
¥<br />
50 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTAL LAWS<br />
Boundary conditions at the free surface give rise to additional parameters,<br />
such as Froude number, relating inertia forces to gravity, (2.111), Weber number,<br />
relating inertia to surface tension:<br />
(2.115)<br />
¢ ;<br />
where<br />
(2.58).<br />
ö<br />
is the coefficient of surface tension entering the boundary condition<br />
Other non-dimensional parameters may appear as new phenomena are<br />
added into the physical law [2].<br />
2.7 Problems<br />
Problem 2.7.1 Derivation of the vorticity equation<br />
Obtain the result outlined in (2.30).<br />
Problem 2.7.2 2D vorticity limit<br />
Perform the missing steps in (2.42).<br />
Problem 2.7.3 Incompressible viscous limit<br />
Derive (2.50) from (2.49).<br />
Problem 2.7.4 Conservation of circulation<br />
The velocity circulation is defined as<br />
(2.116) ><br />
@?<br />
)<br />
R <br />
where the integration is over any closed loop inside the fluid.<br />
Show that for irrotational flow (n<br />
¦G<br />
.<br />
Problem 2.7.5 Bernoulli’s equation<br />
Using the energy equation (2.77):<br />
):><br />
<br />
= . "
¦<br />
Y<br />
"<br />
Y<br />
in (2.94) in terms of n©'q®<br />
F<br />
r<br />
R ’ ;<br />
"<br />
R<br />
<br />
R<br />
R<br />
!<br />
"<br />
F<br />
'<br />
X R<br />
" ><br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
ÿ<br />
"<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
<br />
r<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
Ä<br />
<br />
Ö<br />
n<br />
s<br />
<br />
)<br />
`<br />
<br />
¦<br />
=<br />
X<br />
–<br />
¦ £<br />
R<br />
'<br />
T<br />
¥<br />
¦<br />
£<br />
'<br />
'<br />
£<br />
'BAF<br />
'BAr<br />
'CA<br />
2.7. PROBLEMS 51<br />
ã 6 ¦/<br />
1 °<br />
¦ 4 ¦<br />
m ¦<br />
<strong>and</strong> momentum equation (2.21):<br />
>])<br />
1 ; )<br />
1 ; )<br />
4 ¦<br />
j<br />
6 ¦<br />
j >äã<br />
<br />
j<br />
¦ 4<br />
¦<br />
derive the strong formulation of the Bernoulli’s equation:<br />
>^)Wj<br />
>\š<br />
’><br />
> +<br />
@<br />
) l<br />
= . "<br />
<strong>and</strong> formulate it’s applicability limits.<br />
Problem 2.7.6 Volume change inside a moving boundary<br />
Suppose that a region of space is enclosed by a moving boundary. The<br />
velocity of motion of the ) boundary, , is given at each point on the boundary.<br />
Show that the rate of change of the volume, , of that region will be equal to:<br />
!<br />
(2.117)<br />
= where is the unit normal vector to the boundary R <strong>and</strong><br />
<strong>and</strong> find the Ä coefficient .<br />
surface area element,<br />
Problem 2.7.7 Rotating coordinates<br />
£Žr<br />
Obtain explicit relations for the components of acceleration vectors in<br />
F<br />
£ . '<br />
'*®<br />
'*® '<br />
Problem 2.7.8 Rotation with separated coordinate origins<br />
Consider a simple rotation with n<br />
T<br />
˜%<br />
n<br />
ý<br />
origin of the rotating coordinate system rotate with the same around the<br />
origin of :<br />
'mnŒ- as in (2.94), but now let the<br />
Í ÿ<br />
Derive the expression for<br />
3<br />
in this case.
V<br />
V<br />
)<br />
– ;<br />
P<br />
s R<br />
"<br />
R<br />
X üR<br />
" ><br />
R<br />
(2.118) „©z<br />
r<br />
V<br />
°<br />
s<br />
–<br />
P<br />
V<br />
s<br />
r<br />
)<br />
52 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTAL LAWS<br />
Problem 2.7.9 Nondimesionalizing energy equation<br />
Write a non-dimensional form of the heat convection equation (2.79):<br />
¦ì¦<br />
m ¦ 1<br />
¦K<br />
y ¦ 4<br />
;<br />
selecting for the pressure scale. Determine the minimum number of<br />
X<br />
dimensionless parameters. Write the equation using the Eckert number (3.114)<br />
as one of the parameters:<br />
> 8 )<br />
>])<br />
¢ )<br />
V
where º<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
(3.4) º<br />
; é F ã 6 ¦<br />
j<br />
(3.5)<br />
P<br />
¦<br />
s<br />
<br />
<br />
j<br />
s<br />
<br />
j<br />
<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
T<br />
Chapter 3<br />
Laminar flows<br />
3.1 Assumptions<br />
Flow equations discussed in Chapter 2 provide analytical solutions only in some<br />
special cases. In this chapter we shall consider the equations for incompressible<br />
flow: (2.4), (2.24) <strong>and</strong> (2.74), assuming that all the coefficients are constant:<br />
(3.1)<br />
(3.2)<br />
(3.3)<br />
; –<br />
>])WjÙ)<br />
1<br />
s]>])<br />
¦f<br />
j<br />
F ã 6 ¦ ;Ãé<br />
¦ 4 °<br />
¦G ¦f<br />
;Ãé F<br />
`<br />
º<br />
¦<br />
¦ì¦<br />
>])<br />
y ¦ 6 ¦/<br />
is the Hydrostatic pressure:<br />
; <br />
For Newtonian incompressible fluids the viscous stress ã 6 ¦<br />
j term, , has the form<br />
(2.23):<br />
<br />
j<br />
9 )<br />
¦f<br />
j*j<br />
Definition 3.1.1 Laminar flow<br />
Let’s make an assumption of laminar flow which states that the time scale<br />
of changes in the flow can not be lower than the time-scale of the motion of the<br />
53
F<br />
r<br />
<br />
)<br />
54 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
boundary or any external sources. In other words, if there is any repeatability in<br />
the motion of the boundary or in the external forces then the frequencies associated<br />
with either factors can not be lower than the frequencies of the flow motion.<br />
It means that neither the boundaries not external forces can induce any additional<br />
frequencies in the flow. In the limit case of non-moving boundaries <strong>and</strong><br />
non-changing forces the flow should not depend on time, which means that all<br />
the dependent variables should become functions of spatial coordinates only.<br />
The conditions of laminar flow defined by (3.1.1) are realized when the contribution<br />
of the non-linear term in the momentum equation (3.2) is small, or<br />
¦f<br />
when<br />
dominates. This is usually the case<br />
j*j<br />
when non-dimensional Reynolds number (2.110):<br />
the contribution of the viscous term 9 )<br />
(3.6) A!<br />
<br />
9<br />
is small. In practical situations the ”smallness” of<br />
Ç<br />
A#<br />
to A!<br />
corresponds<br />
Navier-Stokes equation, (3.2) is known to have very few analytical<br />
¦f<br />
solutions.<br />
This is mainly due to the non-linear )<br />
convective term , which is the main<br />
cause for the rich dynamical features of fluid flow. For this reason, most of the<br />
cases that provide analytical solution do not include the convective term. Below<br />
we shall consider several such cases.<br />
ED@<br />
T‰T<br />
.<br />
3.2 Confined flows<br />
Probably the simplest of confined flows are the flows between moving surfaces,<br />
which belong to the category of Couette flows [2].<br />
3.2.1 Flow between parallel plates<br />
Let’s consider a flow between two parallel plates, one of which is moving relative<br />
to the other with a constant velocity¦<br />
(Fig. 3.1).<br />
We are looking for a two-dimensional solution, since by the assumption of<br />
laminar flow (3.1.1) <strong>and</strong> from the symmetry of the problem we do not expect<br />
any changes in the transverse direction. We are also looking for a steady-state<br />
solution, thus all the variables will be the functions of axial <strong>and</strong> vertical coordinates<br />
- only:<br />
, <strong>and</strong> only two velocity components need to be considered<br />
3 %<br />
'q
)<br />
)<br />
F<br />
r<br />
F<br />
(3.9) )<br />
r<br />
s<br />
r<br />
> 8 —íR ) r<br />
®í R<br />
6 8 R )<br />
(3.10)<br />
® R<br />
(3.11) Äkõ<br />
¢<br />
s<br />
V<br />
1<br />
®<br />
6 l<br />
;r<br />
<br />
r<br />
)<br />
r<br />
l 8<br />
<br />
T<br />
T<br />
s<br />
F<br />
l<br />
F<br />
3.2. CONFINED FLOWS 55<br />
Figure 3.1: Flow between parallel plates: the lower plate is at rest, the upper plate is<br />
moving with velocity.<br />
¦§%<br />
- . Since the plates are considered to be infinite no variable should<br />
'*)<br />
change in direction either. Thus, the only independent variable of the problem<br />
becomes the vertical <br />
coordinate , which we shall denote ® as . Likewise, from<br />
the symmetry of the problem the only non-zero component of velocity ) is , which<br />
we shall denote ) by . In addition to this we can also assume the pressure to be<br />
constant. This can be explained by the absence of normal stresses in this flow.<br />
With these assumptions the momentum <strong>and</strong> energy equations (3.2), (3.3) reduce<br />
to:<br />
(3.7)<br />
8 R<br />
r <br />
(3.8)<br />
R ®<br />
° R<br />
Equations (3.7) <strong>and</strong> (3.8) can be<br />
1UT<br />
solved<br />
4<br />
with<br />
<br />
the<br />
1U<br />
boundary<br />
4<br />
conditions<br />
<br />
u(0)<br />
s<br />
= s<br />
0 <strong>and</strong> u(H) = U, <strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> , with the solution (See Problem<br />
3.7.2):<br />
R ®<br />
4 <br />
®<br />
<strong>and</strong> the shear stress:<br />
The non-dimensional friction coefficient, ÄŒõ , becomes inversely proportional<br />
to the Reynolds number:<br />
8<br />
A!<br />
;
(3.12) º{<br />
'<br />
T<br />
s<br />
1<br />
®<br />
¤<br />
®<br />
Y<br />
¢<br />
Y<br />
x<br />
r<br />
<br />
¢<br />
Y —W¢<br />
¢<br />
Y<br />
)GH<br />
Ä<br />
F<br />
s<br />
F<br />
F<br />
`<br />
`<br />
<br />
s<br />
s<br />
<br />
V<br />
l<br />
4<br />
T<br />
<br />
<br />
56 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
<strong>and</strong> the Poiseuille number:<br />
Solution to the temperature equation (3.8) produces a quadratic dependence<br />
on ® (See Problem 3.7.2):<br />
— s<br />
ÄkõEA!<br />
<br />
` 8 4<br />
°<br />
8<br />
° l<br />
l ><br />
V ><br />
®»>às<br />
V<br />
The dimensionless Brinkman number is introduced as a relative measure of viscous<br />
forces to thermal fluxes:<br />
(3.13)<br />
8r<br />
° 1<br />
In the momentum equation (3.7) the effect gravity was neglected under the<br />
assumption that the gravity force acts normal to the direction of the flow. Generally<br />
it may not be the case, but the solution procedure remains essentially the same<br />
(see Problem 3.7.3).<br />
3.2.2 Axially moving concentric cylinders<br />
¦GÚ%<br />
In this case only the axial component of ) )WxÙ'*)GFè'q)IHÙ-<br />
% T<br />
velocity vector is<br />
¢<br />
non-zero:<br />
, <strong>and</strong> it only depends on<br />
4 <br />
: )IH1 ¢ 4<br />
. The appearance of any<br />
)IH1<br />
',Î'*+<br />
'*)GHÙother<br />
velocity component, or a dependence on other coordinates will lead to the<br />
violation of the assumption of a laminar flow (Definition 3.1.1). ¢ Substituting this<br />
form of the solution into the momentum equations in cylindrical coordinates, we<br />
find that only the an axial momentum equation takes a non-trivial form:<br />
(3.14)<br />
@<br />
¢<br />
A solution that satisfies this equation is:<br />
(3.15) )GH1<br />
r<br />
4 <br />
dfÆ 1 ¢ 4<br />
¢<br />
>\Ä
¢<br />
F<br />
r<br />
Ä<br />
F<br />
<br />
F<br />
A<br />
4 <br />
V<br />
F<br />
<br />
A<br />
A<br />
`<br />
V<br />
4 <br />
V<br />
V : A<br />
V F<br />
Ä<br />
Ä<br />
V<br />
F<br />
A<br />
A<br />
X R<br />
¢<br />
R<br />
T<br />
F<br />
F<br />
Y<br />
Î Y<br />
'<br />
' )GH1K<br />
<br />
V<br />
)GH1<br />
A<br />
V<br />
4 >JF<br />
T<br />
Fr<br />
T<br />
F<br />
4 <br />
F<br />
T<br />
`<br />
Ä<br />
1 ¢ : dfÆ<br />
A<br />
A<br />
F<br />
F<br />
V<br />
V<br />
A<br />
4<br />
4<br />
- , <strong>and</strong> )GF<br />
V<br />
4<br />
)GF1 ¢<br />
3.2. CONFINED FLOWS 57<br />
',Ä<br />
Substituting this into (3.15) we have:<br />
)GH1<br />
r“<br />
dKÆ 1<br />
<strong>and</strong> the solution becomes:<br />
dfÆ 1<br />
4 ' Ä<br />
(3.16) )IH1<br />
: ¢ 4<br />
dKÆ 1<br />
¢<br />
dKÆ 1<br />
dKÆ 1<br />
Remark 3.2.1 Pulling an infinite rod<br />
Consider the problem above with the boundary conditions:<br />
: A<br />
: A<br />
T<br />
Then, applying this conditions to (3.15), we have<br />
)GH1<br />
4 <br />
V<br />
4<br />
dKÆ 1K<br />
4<br />
r“<br />
rk<br />
from which it Ä<br />
follows that . Thus the problem of pulling an infinite rod<br />
does not have a steady-state solution.<br />
>\Ä<br />
3.2.3 Rotating concentric cylinders<br />
In this case we ) have:<br />
Continuity:<br />
¦$Ú%<br />
are the constants, which can be determined from the boundary con-<br />
Ä where<br />
ditions:<br />
)œx¡'*)GFÙ'*)GHè-<br />
Ú% T<br />
'*)GFè'<br />
4<br />
.<br />
-momentum:<br />
(3.17)<br />
; )<br />
¢
R<br />
¢<br />
R<br />
A<br />
A<br />
R —<br />
R<br />
(3.19) )IF<br />
(3.20) )IF<br />
V<br />
<br />
T<br />
A<br />
n<br />
V<br />
V<br />
A<br />
A<br />
F<br />
V<br />
F<br />
¢<br />
R<br />
R<br />
r<br />
A<br />
A<br />
s<br />
4<br />
<br />
V<br />
n<br />
F<br />
n<br />
V<br />
F<br />
R<br />
R<br />
'<br />
'<br />
: ¢ ` ¢ : A<br />
F : F `<br />
A : A A<br />
V<br />
V<br />
Ä<br />
¢<br />
F<br />
F<br />
n<br />
s<br />
s<br />
><br />
¢<br />
F<br />
1<br />
A<br />
1<br />
A<br />
V<br />
F<br />
r<br />
Ä<br />
¢<br />
n<br />
F<br />
`<br />
F<br />
T<br />
A<br />
¢ Mr<br />
)GF<br />
s<br />
s<br />
V<br />
F<br />
: ¢<br />
A<br />
A :<br />
F<br />
V<br />
V<br />
<br />
`<br />
`<br />
T<br />
A<br />
A<br />
V : A<br />
V<br />
F<br />
F<br />
r<br />
58 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
Î -momentum (Problem 3.7.5):<br />
(3.18)<br />
)GF<br />
<br />
¢NM ¢EL)IF<br />
¢ r ><br />
1 ¢<br />
°<br />
¢<br />
8 L)IF<br />
x ><br />
Boundary conditions:<br />
)IF1<br />
4 <br />
4 <br />
)IF1<br />
4 <br />
4 <br />
The equation that determines the velocity<br />
satisfy this equation has the form:<br />
)IF1<br />
4 ¢<br />
is (3.18). A solution that will<br />
Substituting it into the boundary conditions, we find the Ä constants<br />
<strong>and</strong> the final solution becomes:<br />
, Ä<br />
,<br />
: ¢<br />
>\A<br />
Remark 3.2.2 Flow inside a rotating cylinder<br />
If we set A<br />
the solution above will become:<br />
)GF<br />
which is a solid body rotation. Thus the steady-state solution for the flow inside a<br />
rotating cylinder is a solid body rotation.<br />
Remark 3.2.3 Rotating an infinite rod<br />
If we solve the problem above with the boundary conditions:
(3.23) X<br />
F<br />
<br />
T<br />
<br />
Ä<br />
X<br />
A<br />
F<br />
X R<br />
¢<br />
R<br />
X<br />
V<br />
V<br />
Ä<br />
><br />
<br />
V<br />
><br />
Ä<br />
A<br />
¢<br />
V<br />
r<br />
r<br />
V<br />
V<br />
Fr<br />
r<br />
' )GFK<br />
A<br />
<br />
Ä <br />
K<br />
<br />
r<br />
r<br />
r<br />
V<br />
r<br />
; n<br />
1<br />
@<br />
r<br />
`<br />
V<br />
T<br />
r<br />
A<br />
r<br />
r<br />
4<br />
F<br />
r<br />
1<br />
A<br />
V<br />
X<br />
V<br />
3.2. CONFINED FLOWS 59<br />
T<br />
we can obtain the following system for the coefficients Ä<br />
:<br />
)GFqA<br />
nÅA<br />
',Ä<br />
<br />
(3.21)<br />
FK<br />
><br />
n?A<br />
from which we have: Ä<br />
, <strong>and</strong> the solution becomes:<br />
r<br />
',Ä<br />
n?A<br />
(3.22) )IF<br />
n?A<br />
¢<br />
Substituting it into (3.17) <strong>and</strong> integrating it, we can obtain the pressure distribution:<br />
 A<br />
V<br />
; )<br />
¢ <br />
<strong>and</strong> the pressure distribution is<br />
1 ¢ 4 ` ; n<br />
 A<br />
V<br />
where the Ä constant is found from the boundary X condition:<br />
the pressure distribution is:<br />
4 <br />
. Thus,<br />
>^Ä<br />
l ¢ r<br />
@ ; n l<br />
It is useful to compute the rotational momentum (torque) that arises in a<br />
system of two rotating cylinders (Problem 3.7.6).<br />
: ¢<br />
3.2.4 Poiseuille flow through ducts<br />
Let’s consider a case of a straight duct with a constant cross-sectional area, .<br />
Since the area does not change its form, the length-scale of the problem will be<br />
the characteristic size of the duct 1 : ¡ .<br />
½<br />
1 See Sec.3.2.6 for another measure of duct diameter<br />
¼¡<br />
F}É
(3.24) )<br />
<br />
)<br />
F<br />
¢<br />
)<br />
F<br />
<br />
F<br />
)<br />
1<br />
<br />
<br />
r<br />
º<br />
1<br />
<br />
4<br />
F<br />
4<br />
º<br />
`<br />
<br />
F<br />
º<br />
F<br />
<br />
<br />
F<br />
Y º <br />
Y<br />
)<br />
F<br />
)<br />
1<br />
<br />
F<br />
F<br />
1<br />
<br />
)<br />
r<br />
r<br />
R º <br />
R<br />
4<br />
F<br />
4<br />
'<br />
T<br />
'<br />
4<br />
T<br />
º<br />
<br />
)<br />
T<br />
F<br />
)<br />
r<br />
<br />
F<br />
F<br />
r<br />
4<br />
60 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
Compared to the case of infinite plates, a duct has an entrance <strong>and</strong> it has a<br />
finite cross-sectional area. The existence of an entrance causes entrance effects,<br />
such that the flow is three dimensional over some distance from the<br />
¦íÌ%<br />
entrance,<br />
that is all three components of velocity ) '*) - are non-zero: , <strong>and</strong> each<br />
component also depends on all three )<br />
spatial coordinates: .<br />
However, we assume that this transition region will end at some distance<br />
after the entrance <strong>and</strong> be replaced by a fully developed flow region, where axial<br />
velocity does no longer depend on the axial coordinate, i.e.<br />
¦G<br />
¦ 1 '*)<br />
'5<br />
'q <br />
'5 <br />
It should be noted that the existence of a fully developed laminar regime<br />
is only an assumption, but it happens so, that there is a solution satisfying this<br />
assumption. However, it also happens that there are other solutions, which do not<br />
satisfy this assumption, i.e. unsteady turbulent regime. Which solution is realized<br />
in reality depends on the magnitude of the Reynolds number. At the low Reynolds<br />
numbers the fully developed regime occurs in circular ducts at distances between<br />
30 <strong>and</strong> 100 duct diameters from the entrance.<br />
In a fully developed flow in addition to (3.24), the velocity components<br />
¦t%<br />
normal<br />
to the axis should ) 'q - be zero: . This is because the appearance<br />
of any velocity component normal to the axis can not be sustained for a<br />
long period of time since there is no pressure gradient imposed in that direction.<br />
On the other h<strong>and</strong>, any short time appearance of such components will violate<br />
the assumption of a steady-state laminar nature of the flow in a fully developed<br />
region. Thus, we can use only the axial component, which we shall denote as<br />
. With these assumptions, in a fully developed flow the axial momentum<br />
equation (3.2) can be simplified to:<br />
(3.25)<br />
T <br />
rðr<br />
> 8 1<br />
<br />
ð<br />
The other two momentum equations simplify º to<br />
only on º : , <strong>and</strong> we can write:<br />
r»<br />
<br />
<br />
. Thus, º depends<br />
>^)<br />
Since )<br />
'q <br />
the second term on the RHS of (3.25) does not depend on<br />
, <strong>and</strong> then it follows from (3.25) º that should not depend on either. But<br />
<br />
F
ã<br />
F<br />
<br />
¦<br />
F<br />
r<br />
<br />
ã<br />
@<br />
¢<br />
ã<br />
R<br />
¢<br />
ã R<br />
ã<br />
) ã<br />
—<br />
<br />
ã<br />
'<br />
@<br />
T<br />
)<br />
¢<br />
<br />
1<br />
@ ) ã<br />
<br />
@<br />
½<br />
F<br />
r<br />
F<br />
<br />
)<br />
3.2. CONFINED FLOWS 61<br />
since º<br />
depends only on is a constant. Thus, dividing<br />
, <strong>and</strong> introducing dimensionless variables:<br />
equation (3.25) by R º : R <br />
, it follows that R º : R <br />
¾ ¦G ½Å¾ ¦<br />
¦$<br />
8 )<br />
where ½<br />
is the appropriate measure of the duct cross-sectional size, we obtain a<br />
the following boundary value problem for the dimensionless ã ) velocity :<br />
½ ' ã<br />
) ã<br />
R º : R <br />
(3.26)<br />
¾ ¦ ã<br />
¾ ¦<br />
)POQ<br />
where ‹ subscript st<strong>and</strong>s for ”wall” <strong>and</strong> index spans only the variables that )<br />
#<br />
. This is a Poisson equation in a confined 2D domain with the<br />
'q<br />
depends on:<br />
no-slip velocity at the boundary (Dirichlet boundary conditions).<br />
Remark 3.2.4 Reynolds number independence<br />
Note that the Reynolds number does not enter the equation (3.26), <strong>and</strong><br />
therefore, should not affect the solution. This is because we excluded non-steady<br />
solutions <strong>and</strong> turbulence from our consideration.<br />
The circular pipe<br />
Consider a fully developed flow region in a circular pipe of radius A . The natural<br />
coordinate system for this case is cylindrical: ¢ ',Î',+ , with + being the axial coordinate.<br />
Following the discussion of the previous section, only the axial velocity<br />
ã<br />
component, )IHwill be non zero, which we shall denote for simplicity ) as . As it<br />
was shown, it can only depend on ¢ <strong>and</strong> Î . However, because of the symmetry of<br />
the duct, Î the dependence on will inevitably lead to<br />
1<br />
time-dependent<br />
¢<br />
solution <strong>and</strong><br />
violate the assumption of fully developed flow.<br />
4<br />
)<br />
Thus, we should have ,<br />
<strong>and</strong> using the Laplacian operator in cylindrical coordinates, (3.26) reduces to:<br />
(3.27)<br />
ã ¾<br />
¢ R ã<br />
) ã<br />
R ã<br />
4 T<br />
which gives the parabolic solution:
(3.28) )<br />
(3.29) …<br />
8 —ÛR ) `<br />
¢<br />
R<br />
(3.31) ÄŒõ<br />
(3.32) º{<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
xZYV<br />
l 6Q<br />
º R<br />
R¢<br />
R<br />
r<br />
¢<br />
º R<br />
R<br />
)<br />
r<br />
á<br />
Ñ<br />
r<br />
)<br />
`<br />
r<br />
¢<br />
<br />
<br />
R<br />
`<br />
A<br />
@<br />
)œ|w<br />
<br />
l<br />
º R<br />
R<br />
UAÂ `<br />
W8<br />
<br />
º R<br />
R<br />
62 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
¢ 4 @ 1<br />
ÑSRã<br />
<strong>and</strong> in dimensional units:<br />
) ã<br />
@T<br />
¢ 4 @ 1<br />
8 Ñ<br />
This solution is called the Poiseuille flow.<br />
The Volumetric flow rate through the pipe can be computed as<br />
rT<br />
Ö Ö<br />
¡¼<br />
¢»<br />
The mean duct velocity is defined as:<br />
V<br />
l§UÖJV<br />
) R<br />
` A<br />
… ¢<br />
¡<br />
)<br />
X<br />
The wall shear stress:<br />
W8<br />
(3.30)<br />
6Q<br />
Ñ<br />
)<br />
A<br />
8X<br />
A `<br />
l<br />
<br />
Darcy friction factor:<br />
<br />
áÅ<br />
Skin-friction coefficient<br />
;X W6Q<br />
r <br />
)<br />
where the Reynolds number is based on duct diameter:<br />
;X A! @*[<br />
A\<br />
Poiseuille number<br />
)<br />
X<br />
½ :‰9<br />
.<br />
<br />
@[<br />
Äkõ§A!
(3.33)<br />
8 R<br />
<br />
<br />
ã )<br />
(3.35)<br />
V<br />
<br />
ã )<br />
(3.36)<br />
T<br />
F<br />
<br />
@<br />
`<br />
Ä<br />
r<br />
<br />
<br />
R<br />
r<br />
) ã<br />
®<br />
Ä<br />
r<br />
1<br />
r<br />
1<br />
@<br />
r<br />
)<br />
R º r<br />
R<br />
r<br />
F<br />
T<br />
@<br />
º<br />
R<br />
`<br />
Ä<br />
V<br />
<br />
Ä<br />
r<br />
<br />
º<br />
1<br />
<br />
4<br />
3.2. CONFINED FLOWS 63<br />
3.2.5 Combined Couette-Poiseuille flows<br />
Couette flows are driven by shear boundary motion, <strong>and</strong> Poiseuille flows - by<br />
the axial pressure gradient. The equations describing both types of flows do not<br />
have a nonlinear convective terms, which makes these equations linear, <strong>and</strong> thus<br />
enables linear superpositions of solutions.<br />
Consider the Couette flow between parallel plates (Sec.3.2.1) but with a<br />
constant pressure gradient applied in the axial direction. The momentum equation<br />
in this case will be a combination of (3.7) <strong>and</strong> (3.25) in the form:<br />
R ®<br />
where we are using for the axial ® <strong>and</strong> for the vertical coordinates. Since the<br />
LHS does not depend on <strong>and</strong> the pressure is a function of º only: , we<br />
conclude R º : R that must be a constant. Introducing dimensionless coordinates:<br />
)<br />
:, we have:<br />
® ã<br />
: '^Ä<br />
®»>^Ä ã<br />
Applying the boundary conditions:<br />
1UT 4 <br />
) ã<br />
4 <br />
we Ä have:<br />
form:<br />
'*Ä<br />
, <strong>and</strong> after renaming Ä<br />
, the solution has the<br />
) ã<br />
4<br />
® ã<br />
®»>¼@ Ä¥ã
(3.37) Ä<br />
®<br />
<br />
T<br />
½<br />
(3.40)<br />
X<br />
X R<br />
R<br />
½<br />
<br />
~<br />
<br />
<br />
@<br />
l 8<br />
¢<br />
r<br />
º<br />
R<br />
›<br />
64 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
We can find the constant Ä after substituting this solution into (3.34):<br />
From (3.36) we can see, that Ä @ when the velocity changes sign at the lower<br />
(ã wall ). This is called flow separation point, <strong>and</strong> according to (3.37) it corresponds<br />
to the pressure gradient:<br />
R<br />
(3.38)<br />
l<br />
r<br />
8<br />
A pressure gradient greater than this will cause the flow at the lower wall to<br />
reverse 2 .<br />
3.2.6 Non-circular ducts<br />
Because the problem of the fully developed duct flow was reduced to a well posed<br />
<strong>and</strong> well studied boundary value problem based on the Poisson equation there<br />
are variety of analytical solutions obtained for ducts of various shapes [2].<br />
There are several convenient measures that are introduced for ducts of arbitrary<br />
shapes.<br />
The cross-sectional length-scale of the duct is called the Hydraulic diameter,<br />
which is introduced as a generalization of relation for a diameter of a circle.<br />
For a circle of diameter the relation between it’s area <strong>and</strong> a perimeter]<br />
¡ Ñ ¡ ½ <br />
is:<br />
. Thus, for any non-circular duct of º perimeter <strong>and</strong> area the<br />
¡ :]<br />
hydraulic diameter is defined as:<br />
(3.39)<br />
Ñ ¡<br />
The mean wall shear stress is defined as:<br />
]<br />
6Q<br />
<br />
] ? 6QR<br />
2 See Problem 3.7.7
)<br />
1<br />
<br />
r<br />
? 6QR<br />
<br />
)<br />
¢<br />
› R <br />
X<br />
4<br />
<br />
`<br />
¡]<br />
R<br />
º<br />
R<br />
Ö ;Ãé F º<br />
<br />
F<br />
<br />
R<br />
F<br />
"<br />
3.3. UNSTEADY FLOWS 65<br />
where the integration is done over the perimeter of the duct.<br />
In a fully developed flow each element of the fluid between cross-sectional<br />
planes at <strong>and</strong> ><br />
that element should be zero. This means that the friction force at the wall should<br />
exactly balance the axial force pushing the fluid element due to the pressure drop<br />
in the duct. Thus, we have the following relation between the mean wall shear<br />
stress <strong>and</strong> the pressure gradient:<br />
R moves with a constant velocity. Thus the sum of forces on<br />
` ¡<br />
R º<br />
<strong>and</strong> using the definition of the wall mean shear stress (3.40), we have:<br />
3.3 Unsteady flows<br />
6Q<br />
<br />
Some unsteady flows in the ducts can still be solved analytically. To introduce<br />
unsteadiness we formally use the same assumptions that lead to (3.26), but now<br />
we shall reinstall the time derivative from (3.2), which with these assumptions<br />
becomes:<br />
(3.41)<br />
9 )<br />
¦ì¦ ` ; é F º<br />
where as in ) '5 <br />
Sec.3.2.4, is the axial component of velocity in the duct,<br />
which is the only non-zero velocity component. Following the same reasoning<br />
as in Sec.3.2.4, we conclude that the last term can not depend on any spatial<br />
coordinate. Since we consider unsteady flows, this term can still depend on time.<br />
However, in this problem we can combine velocity <strong>and</strong> pressure into a single joint<br />
variable:<br />
)<br />
^<br />
)â><br />
And the final equation becomes:<br />
(3.42)<br />
9<br />
¦ì¦<br />
)<br />
^<br />
)<br />
^
(3.43) P`_w<br />
<br />
1 4<br />
®<br />
1<br />
Y<br />
Y<br />
)<br />
^<br />
"<br />
<br />
š<br />
1 4<br />
ˆ ®<br />
r<br />
n<br />
r<br />
)<br />
^<br />
<br />
)<br />
^<br />
1<br />
<br />
><br />
r<br />
)<br />
^<br />
<br />
4<br />
66 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
This equation has a parabolic character, which means that one independent<br />
variable - time - is asymmetric with respect to direction. Specifically, at any point<br />
in time the solution will depend only on the previous points on the time axis, but<br />
not on the subsequent points. This difference in the directions of time: the future<br />
<strong>and</strong> the past, is the result of the first order time derivative in the equation (3.42).<br />
In contrast, the second order Laplacian space derivative,<br />
directions equivalent. It should be noted that since<br />
operator in (3.42) includes only two components:<br />
)<br />
^<br />
¦ì¦G<br />
)<br />
^<br />
rðr<br />
)<br />
^<br />
¦ì¦<br />
makes all space<br />
, the Laplacian<br />
'q<br />
. ð<br />
Equation (3.42) is still simple enough to provide analytical solutions in several<br />
cases. The important cases include:<br />
1. Starting flow in a duct.<br />
2. Pipe flow due to oscillating pressure gradient.<br />
3. <strong>Fluid</strong> oscillating above an infinite plate.<br />
4. Unsteady flow between infinite plates.<br />
3.3.1 <strong>Fluid</strong> oscillation above infinite plate<br />
Suppose that the plate is oscillating in direction<br />
, <strong>and</strong> the velocity of oscillation is:<br />
®<br />
, which we shall denote as<br />
r<br />
<br />
ba/ced1<br />
"54<br />
In this case the solution for the fluid velocity will depends on only one ® direction :<br />
. Then equation (3.42) can be rewritten as:<br />
)<br />
^<br />
)<br />
^<br />
(3.44)<br />
9 Y<br />
)<br />
r^<br />
Y ®<br />
We can note that in this case the motion in time is periodic, while the changes<br />
in space are aperiodic. Correspondingly, we may look for a solution form which<br />
is a periodic function in time <strong>and</strong> a decaying function of space. One form of the<br />
solution that will satisfy this equation is:<br />
(3.45)<br />
¦,f$<br />
"54 <br />
)<br />
^<br />
®å'<br />
>\Ä
where Ë<br />
1 4<br />
®<br />
1<br />
<br />
T<br />
r<br />
1 4<br />
®<br />
1<br />
'<br />
1<br />
1<br />
1<br />
#<br />
š<br />
1<br />
®<br />
n<br />
9<br />
ˆ énp¯<br />
<br />
n<br />
ˆ<br />
r<br />
#<br />
¥<br />
n<br />
¥<br />
n<br />
n<br />
r<br />
á<br />
®<br />
n<br />
4<br />
r<br />
4<br />
4 :nm<br />
3.3. UNSTEADY FLOWS 67<br />
where š<br />
is an unknown function ® of . If we substitute the latter into (3.44), we’ll<br />
get the equation š for :<br />
(3.46)<br />
n<br />
9<br />
¢×á<br />
šg¢<br />
where<br />
has a solution:<br />
š<br />
šGgg<br />
R š : R ® , <strong>and</strong> the parameter á was introduced for brevity. This equation<br />
4 ¼¡<br />
where ¡<br />
is a constant. Thus, the solution for<br />
) , (3.45), is:<br />
^<br />
ˆ é'¯<br />
"54 ¡ih`jlk1<br />
#<br />
"`<br />
Using the definition of á , (3.46), <strong>and</strong> the identity: # F}É<br />
, we can write:<br />
)<br />
^<br />
®å'<br />
>\Ä<br />
1 #<br />
l<br />
>¼@<br />
áÅ —<br />
F}É<br />
1 #<br />
n<br />
l 9<br />
4o<br />
<strong>and</strong> for<br />
we obtain:<br />
>@<br />
"54<br />
®å'<br />
)<br />
^<br />
¦0f$<br />
)<br />
^<br />
®å'<br />
"54 £¡<br />
>\Ä<br />
. Considering only the real solution, we have:<br />
énp¯2énp¯<br />
1<br />
F}É<br />
n : l 9 4<br />
Ë®<br />
)<br />
^<br />
®å'<br />
"54 ¡<br />
>\Ä<br />
Ä ¡ Constant <strong>and</strong> can be found from the initial conditions. In case of a moving<br />
plate <strong>and</strong> a stagnant flow-field at infinity (3.43), we have:<br />
. 1<br />
"a`<br />
–<br />
Thus ¡£<br />
, Ä<br />
, <strong>and</strong> the final solution is:<br />
)<br />
^<br />
>\Ä<br />
1}T<br />
"54 <br />
qarced1<br />
"54 ¼¡<br />
a/ced1<br />
"54<br />
(3.47)<br />
"54 <br />
. 1<br />
"a`<br />
4<br />
)<br />
^<br />
®å'<br />
Cˆ énp¯<br />
–<br />
Ë®
1<br />
¥<br />
'<br />
® ts¬<br />
"<br />
V<br />
<br />
<br />
n<br />
r<br />
ˆ énp¯<br />
Y 9r<br />
Y<br />
Y<br />
Y<br />
)<br />
<br />
)<br />
¥<br />
<br />
n<br />
)<br />
¥<br />
n<br />
n<br />
68 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
In case of a stationary plate <strong>and</strong> a flow-field oscillating asÒ 1 "54 <br />
we can obtain the solution by subtracting the equation above fromÒ<br />
(t):<br />
ba/ced1<br />
"54<br />
,<br />
(3.48)<br />
)<br />
^<br />
®å'<br />
"54 <br />
H±/–<br />
. 1<br />
"54a`<br />
–<br />
. 1<br />
"a`<br />
Ë®<br />
4 ²<br />
It can be checked by a direct substitution that the above equation satisfies (3.44)<br />
<strong>and</strong> the boundary conditions: , <strong>and</strong><br />
.<br />
1}T<br />
"54 T<br />
"54 <br />
"54<br />
)<br />
^<br />
)<br />
^<br />
1K<br />
'<br />
t–<br />
. 1<br />
3.3.2 Unsteady flow between infinite plates<br />
Consider two parallel plates separated by a distance , <strong>and</strong> a fluid with viscosity<br />
initially at rest is filling up the space between the plates. Suppose that the<br />
upper plate starts moving with velocity. We are looking for the solution for the<br />
unsteady flow-field between the plates. This case is similar to the one described<br />
9<br />
above, but now the solution should be aperiodic in time, <strong>and</strong> in fact it can be periodic<br />
in space, since any periodic function with a spatial period equal to the plate<br />
separation, , will be suitable. The equation (3.44) is still valid in this case. However,<br />
now we have an explicit length-scale, , <strong>and</strong> using dimensionless variables<br />
becomes more attractive. Let’s define the non-dimensional variables as:<br />
(3.49)<br />
"<br />
"<br />
)<br />
^<br />
È <br />
ã )<br />
V<br />
Then equation (3.44) can be rewritten in the non-dimensional variables as:<br />
ã ) Y<br />
È r<br />
r^<br />
Ys<br />
<br />
And selecting the time scale as " V<br />
:J9<br />
, we have:<br />
ã ) Y<br />
È r<br />
<br />
This equation should be solved for the unknown function ã<br />
Ys<br />
conditions:<br />
r^<br />
1MÈ<br />
's4<br />
with the boundary
)<br />
)<br />
1<br />
'<br />
) ã<br />
1<br />
) ã<br />
) ã<br />
@<br />
`<br />
'<br />
) ã<br />
1<br />
) ã<br />
) ã<br />
š<br />
šg<br />
'<br />
)<br />
T<br />
@<br />
T<br />
È<br />
š<br />
@<br />
`<br />
@<br />
Y<br />
Y<br />
<br />
r<br />
T<br />
3.3. UNSTEADY FLOWS 69<br />
(3.50)<br />
(3.51)<br />
(3.52)<br />
(3.53)<br />
1¨È<br />
1UT<br />
1MÈ<br />
<br />
's4<br />
<br />
@‰'s4<br />
'K 4<br />
T 4 <br />
<br />
where (3.50) describes the fixed lower plate, (3.51) describes the moving upper<br />
plate, (3.52) is the initial <strong>and</strong> (3.52) the final velocity distributions. Note, that the<br />
final velocity distribution was obtained before as the steady state solution for this<br />
case (Sec.3.2.1). As can be seen, boundary condition (3.51) is non-zero. To<br />
simplify our search for the right solution, it would be nice if we could look for a<br />
function which is zero at the boundaries. To make the boundary conditions both<br />
zero let’s look for a solution that is represented by the difference between the<br />
steady-state ã solution<br />
at both plates:<br />
1MÈ<br />
4<br />
, (3.53), <strong>and</strong> ã<br />
'K<br />
1¨È<br />
's4<br />
, since this function will be zero<br />
) ã<br />
1¨È<br />
Now, if ã 's4<br />
we replace with the new unknown function:<br />
following boundary value problem:<br />
) ã<br />
1MÈ<br />
's4<br />
, we obtain the<br />
1MÈ<br />
È `<br />
1¨È<br />
's4 <br />
's4<br />
(3.54)<br />
Y©<br />
(3.55)<br />
(3.56)<br />
(3.57)<br />
1}T<br />
<br />
's4<br />
<br />
@‰'s4<br />
4 T<br />
T `<br />
1UT<br />
È r<br />
<br />
T ` T T<br />
's4<br />
Ys<br />
<br />
@‰'s4<br />
T 4 È ` T È<br />
1¨È<br />
1¨È<br />
È `<br />
4 4<br />
where we have all the boundary values zero. We can look for a solution in form<br />
of separated variables:<br />
'K 'K<br />
1¨È<br />
<br />
È `<br />
1¨È<br />
È ` È T<br />
) ã<br />
(3.58)<br />
's4 ‡ 1¨È 4<br />
1¨È<br />
1s4<br />
Substituting this into (3.54) we obtain relationship between š <strong>and</strong> :<br />
gg<br />
r<br />
¢ ` á
È<br />
¡<br />
B<br />
1<br />
'<br />
¡<br />
B<br />
<br />
<br />
@<br />
š<br />
4<br />
š<br />
Ö F <br />
F é<br />
4<br />
1<br />
r<br />
š<br />
š<br />
š<br />
Ò<br />
wBYV<br />
<br />
><br />
<br />
¡<br />
4<br />
<br />
¤<br />
a/ced1<br />
1UT<br />
1MÈ<br />
BdefÆ 1<br />
ù<br />
B/z<br />
é<br />
B/z<br />
R<br />
È<br />
@<br />
`<br />
<br />
4<br />
T<br />
@<br />
4<br />
B<br />
70 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
where as in (3.46) we introduced a constant á . This time, however, á is not known<br />
in advance, <strong>and</strong> should be determined from the boundary conditions. The relation<br />
above is identically satisfied by:<br />
(3.59)<br />
(3.60)<br />
1MÈ 4 ¼¡<br />
defÆ 1 á È 4<br />
1s4 <br />
á<br />
È 4<br />
Ä ˆ é'u<br />
with , Ä <strong>and</strong> unknown constants in addition to . Out of these the constant<br />
can be absorbed into <strong>and</strong> , since ¡ ¤<br />
¤ <strong>and</strong> enter as a product in (3.58). So,<br />
¡ á š Ä<br />
without loss of generality we can set Ä<br />
(3.55) - (3.58) can be translated to 1¨È 4 <strong>and</strong> š<br />
. The boundary conditions on<br />
@<br />
as:<br />
1MÈ 's4<br />
1s4<br />
(3.61)<br />
(3.62)<br />
(3.63)<br />
(3.64)<br />
1¨È<br />
1MÈ<br />
1}T<br />
T ‡ 1UT 4<br />
's4<br />
T ‡ 1<br />
@‰'s4<br />
'K 4<br />
4 È 1¨È 4 T<br />
È ¼ 1MÈ 4 <br />
1s4<br />
1s4 v v<br />
1}T 4 v<br />
1K 4<br />
T 4<br />
4 T 1<br />
4 È<br />
1¨È 4 T <br />
where the last equality (3.64) is satisfied identically by virtue of (3.60). From (3.61)<br />
<strong>and</strong> (3.59) if follows that ¤ç T . Similarly, from (3.62) it follows that á¿ =U, where<br />
is an integer number. The only way to reconcile boundary condition<br />
1MÈ 4 = (3.63):<br />
, with boundary conditions (3.61) <strong>and</strong> (3.62) <strong>and</strong> the analytical form of<br />
given by (3.59), is to express as a Fourier series:<br />
4 1MÈ<br />
1MÈ 4<br />
1¨È 4 <br />
È <br />
=UÈ4<br />
Coefficients ¡ B<br />
can be found as:<br />
ÈdefÆ 1<br />
Computing the integral:x\"defÆ 1<br />
"a/cyd1<br />
, we obtain:<br />
=UÈ4<br />
<br />
deKÆ 1<br />
4í`<br />
R <br />
4í`<br />
"a/ced1<br />
l 1 `<br />
ødeKÆ 1<br />
=U<br />
Thus for<br />
we have:<br />
=U4<br />
1MÈ 4
wBYV<br />
) R<br />
"<br />
R<br />
(3.66) º<br />
º<br />
¦ì¦G 8 )<br />
U<br />
Ò<br />
(3.67) º<br />
p<br />
¦<br />
æ<br />
j<br />
wBYV<br />
@ h`j|k1<br />
=<br />
9 )<br />
4<br />
B<br />
¦G 8 )<br />
<br />
@<br />
`<br />
T<br />
)<br />
4<br />
¦<br />
æ<br />
;<br />
=<br />
=<br />
rUrs4defÆ 1<br />
T<br />
3.4. CREEPING FLOWS 71<br />
` l<br />
1 `<br />
1<br />
=UÈ4<br />
B{deKÆ<br />
1MÈ 4 <br />
And the final function becomes:<br />
(3.65)<br />
U<br />
Ò<br />
1 `<br />
1MÈ<br />
` l<br />
=UÈ4<br />
's4 <br />
3.4 Creeping flows<br />
If we combine equations (3.2) <strong>and</strong> (3.5), <strong>and</strong> use the expression for substantial<br />
derivative (1.7), we obtain yet another form of Navier-Stokes equation (2.24):<br />
¦<br />
¦f} ` º<br />
The LHS of this equation represents the inertial forces. The assumption of creeping<br />
flow or Stokes flow states that the inertial forces are negligible. With this<br />
assumption the last equation becomes:<br />
¦f}<br />
Differentiating over # , we get:<br />
from which we obtain a Laplace equation for pressure:<br />
¦f ¦/}“ 8 1<br />
¦f ¦ 4 }<br />
¦ì¦G<br />
Forming a product with p5¦/ j <strong>and</strong> using the symmetric identity (A.27), we obtain:<br />
T p<br />
¦f }<br />
j<br />
¦<br />
j¡º<br />
jè)
(3.68) n<br />
(3.69) ë<br />
<br />
n<br />
æ<br />
<br />
ë<br />
`<br />
ë<br />
<br />
x<br />
T<br />
T<br />
Î<br />
Î<br />
72 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
Swapping indexes # <strong>and</strong> ° in this equation <strong>and</strong> subtracting one from another we<br />
can express it in terms of vorticity vector (1.12):<br />
}<br />
Thus both the vorticity <strong>and</strong> pressure satisfy Laplace equation in a creeping flow.<br />
Important cases of creeping flow include:<br />
1. Fully developed duct flow. Re-number independent.<br />
2. Flow about immersed bodies (Stokes solution or the sphere).<br />
3. Flow in narrow but variable passages. (Lubrication theory).<br />
4. Flow through porous media.<br />
3.4.1 Stokes flow around a sphere<br />
Consider a laminar viscous flow around a sphere of radius A , with the velocity at<br />
infinity. The solution to this problem will be two-dimensional, since by symmetry<br />
nothing should depend on the azimuthal direction. It was shown in Sec.2.2.5 that<br />
in a 2D limit the vorticity vector has only one component <strong>and</strong> it is related to the<br />
Laplacian of the stream function (2.46):<br />
¦ì¦<br />
With these assumptions (3.68) becomes:<br />
¦ì¦/}<br />
In spherical coordinates the relation between the velocity <strong>and</strong> stream-function<br />
(2.6) will become:<br />
(3.70)<br />
(3.71)<br />
)œx<br />
`<br />
)GF<br />
¢ rdefÆ<br />
F<br />
¢defÆ<br />
ë
(3.73) ë<br />
(3.76) X<br />
Y<br />
ë<br />
r<br />
<br />
ë<br />
@ r Y<br />
¢<br />
Î Y<br />
<br />
1<br />
A<br />
Î<br />
X<br />
@<br />
rdeKÆ<br />
—<br />
r<br />
ë<br />
rdefÆ<br />
¥<br />
A<br />
r<br />
` À 8 Ò<br />
l ¢ r A}<br />
Î<br />
A<br />
A<br />
<br />
Î<br />
<br />
4<br />
`<br />
`<br />
À<br />
A<br />
¢<br />
r<br />
<br />
><br />
<br />
ë<br />
<br />
A<br />
r<br />
r<br />
T<br />
3.4. CREEPING FLOWS 73<br />
<strong>and</strong> the Laplacian operator in spherical coordinates is:<br />
(3.72)<br />
" 1<br />
—\Y<br />
¢ r ><br />
r ` –<br />
¢ r Y<br />
where we neglected the azimuthal direction angle because of the symmetry of<br />
the problem. The boundary conditions for this problem are:<br />
Y Îò<br />
<br />
x<br />
4 <br />
F1<br />
4 T<br />
<br />
l<br />
¢<br />
ÎŒ>\Ä<br />
Ä where is any constant.<br />
4<br />
The solution satisfying (3.72) is:<br />
1K<br />
l ¢<br />
1 ¢<br />
',Î<br />
@ 4<br />
Ñ£<br />
A —<br />
¢<br />
<br />
which can be checked by direct substitution 3 into (3.72). The velocity components<br />
can be found from (3.70) <strong>and</strong> (3.71) to be:<br />
(3.74)<br />
À‰A<br />
¢ l<br />
)œx<br />
ba/cedåÎ<br />
@“><br />
l ¢ <br />
(3.75)<br />
qdefÆ<br />
À‰A<br />
¢ Ñ<br />
)GF<br />
— `<br />
The important quantity is the fluid drag on the sphere. It consists of the<br />
contribution of the shear stress (tangential friction at the surface), <strong>and</strong> the pressure<br />
forces normal to the surface (Fig.3.2). Pressure distribution on the surface<br />
of the sphere is computed from the momentum equation (3.66), <strong>and</strong> results in the<br />
following expression:<br />
@“><br />
Ñ ¢ ><br />
arcedWÎ<br />
3 See Problem 3.7.8
½ ¡<br />
=<br />
1~<br />
(3.77)<br />
6 x„F<br />
¤<br />
=<br />
<br />
¤<br />
¤<br />
õ<br />
¤<br />
Î<br />
T<br />
4<br />
õ<br />
<br />
¤<br />
=<br />
<br />
<br />
Ö<br />
x<br />
`<br />
¡<br />
=<br />
><br />
<br />
Î<br />
<br />
4<br />
Ö<br />
R<br />
¡<br />
><br />
¡<br />
Î<br />
1~<br />
Î<br />
4<br />
R<br />
¡<br />
¤<br />
=<br />
<br />
4 <br />
a/ced1<br />
Î<br />
4<br />
74 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
žI~<br />
=^)GF<br />
L)œx<br />
Â<br />
The total force on the sphere can be obtained by integrating both shear (surface<br />
friction) <strong>and</strong> the pressure components over the surface of the sphere:<br />
F<br />
¢ M )GF<br />
l ¢<br />
(3.78)<br />
~<br />
¤<br />
=
¤<br />
¤<br />
¤<br />
r<br />
Ö 1<br />
Vz<br />
(3.81) Ĥ<br />
Ö<br />
Ö<br />
z<br />
¤<br />
r<br />
4<br />
<br />
4<br />
<br />
V<br />
z<br />
1<br />
<br />
4<br />
<br />
><br />
l<br />
A"<br />
¤<br />
l<br />
@<br />
a/ced `<br />
r<br />
Ö<br />
Ö `<br />
Vz<br />
À<br />
V<br />
z<br />
<br />
<br />
4<br />
4<br />
6 x„FGdeKÆ<br />
OzV<br />
<br />
¡ l§UA<br />
<br />
À<br />
l<br />
Ñ<br />
À<br />
r<br />
l<br />
<br />
4<br />
1<br />
Î<br />
Ò<br />
4<br />
3.4. CREEPING FLOWS 75<br />
<strong>and</strong> substituting the expression for the area R element:<br />
have:<br />
A‹deKÆ<br />
R Î , we<br />
(3.79)<br />
¤xñw‡<br />
X‰defÆ<br />
l§UA<br />
R Î ÎŒa/cydWÎ<br />
Î R Î<br />
where the negative sign in the second term is due to the fact the direction of<br />
increase Î of is opposite to the selected of~<br />
= direction . Substituting x„Ffrom<br />
6<br />
(3.77) <strong>and</strong> X from (3.76), <strong>and</strong> setting ¢ A , we obtain:<br />
—WÖ<br />
ÎŒarcedr<br />
where we omitted the term involving the constant pressure X<br />
component , since<br />
its contribution will become zero after the integration. Computing the integrals:<br />
ÀU8CA<br />
ΠR Ω><br />
Î R Î<br />
¤xðwZ‡<br />
deKÆ <br />
defÆ<br />
a/ced1<br />
À<<br />
Ô{a/cyd1<br />
4a`<br />
R <br />
OzV<br />
V<br />
defÆ 1<br />
4arcedr<br />
we finally obtain:<br />
1<br />
deKÆ<br />
<br />
Vz<br />
R <br />
1<br />
(3.80)<br />
1 Ñ<br />
l 4 <br />
¤xñw‡<br />
U8tA<br />
[U8<br />
where the plus sign signifies that the force is directed toward the flow velocity.<br />
It is interesting to note, that the contribution of the viscous wall friction due to the<br />
A}<br />
shear stress 6 xFis twice as big as that one from the normal pressure term.<br />
A useful engineering formula for a drag coefficient is obtained by relating the<br />
drag net pressure, to flow inertia (kinetic ;r<br />
energy), :<br />
: 1UA<br />
: l<br />
Ĥ<br />
which in terms of non-dimensional Reynolds number, A\<br />
;rUA<br />
A}:J9<br />
becomes:<br />
l Ñ<br />
<br />
which is valid for A#<br />
. Ž@
(3.82)<br />
;t)<br />
(3.83) Ä<br />
which is valid for T Ž<br />
<br />
@<br />
A!<br />
—<br />
`<br />
@•> mA! [<br />
X<br />
À<br />
T<br />
Ñ<br />
I<br />
<br />
76 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
3.4.2 2D Creeping flows<br />
Let’s consider the limit of 2D creeping flows over plane surfaces. These flows can<br />
be described by equation (3.69). It can be rigorously shown that this equation<br />
can not have a non-zero steady-state solution with the steady-state boundary<br />
conditions at infinity [12]. Intuitively, it is clear that if an infinitely large plate starts<br />
moving with a constant velocity it will tend to impose this velocity on the rest of<br />
the flow-field, but for an infinite flow field it will take infinite time to accomplish.<br />
Therefore, there will be no steady state solution to this problem. This situation<br />
became known as the Stokes paradox. To remove this paradox it was proposed<br />
to add a convective derivative to a momentum equation [12, 2]:<br />
¦G<br />
¦<br />
¦f€<br />
is the known free-stream velocity.<br />
coefficient becomes:<br />
where<br />
With these assumptions the drag<br />
> 8 )<br />
l Ñ<br />
x which is called the Oseen approximation, <strong>and</strong> is valid I for .<br />
In addition to this there are various engineering approximations obtained for<br />
T Ž‡À<br />
the drag coefficients of a sphere <strong>and</strong> a cylinder for various Reynolds numbers [2].<br />
A reasonably good curve-fit approximation for the sphere is:<br />
@“><br />
@[A" (>¼I¡IèI<br />
(3.84) Ä‘<br />
l Ñ<br />
ÏŽ A\<br />
A"<br />
><br />
><br />
<br />
Í<br />
l<br />
3.4.3 Lubrication theory<br />
’Ž A!<br />
T”“<br />
Lubrication theory focuses on the study of 2D creeping flows between the contracting<br />
or exp<strong>and</strong>ing surfaces, when the surfaces are also moving with respect<br />
to each other.
T<br />
<br />
Ç<br />
<br />
T<br />
<br />
Ç<br />
<br />
Ç<br />
<br />
Ç<br />
<br />
T<br />
<br />
T<br />
<br />
T<br />
4<br />
3.4. CREEPING FLOWS 77<br />
Figure 3.3: Flow between contracting plates<br />
Pressure inside a non-uniform gap<br />
Let’s consider a flow between two plates one of which is at an angle to the other<br />
(Fig.3.3). We shall use the coordinates in horizontal, <strong>and</strong> ® in the vertical directions,<br />
<strong>and</strong> denote the corresponding velocity components ) as <strong>and</strong>•. Without<br />
loss of generality we may presume the lower plate ® at to be horizontal <strong>and</strong><br />
the upper plate is given by a known profile of its height at each -position: .<br />
Also without loss of generality we can assume that the lower plate is moving at<br />
a constant velocity. Let’s consider a flow in a limited section stretching from<br />
à1<br />
coordinate to .<br />
From Sec.3.2.1 we know that the steady flow between parallel plates has<br />
a linear profile given by (3.9). In the case of tilted plates we can not expect this<br />
profile to hold, because it would to the loss of mass-flow conservation, i.e. more<br />
flow will enter the section at than exit at . Indeed, since the flow<br />
velocity at the lower moving plate should be always <strong>and</strong> at the upper fixed<br />
plate it should always be zero, there will always be more flow entering at ,<br />
where the plates separation is wider than at where it is narrower. This is<br />
because a linear velocity profile takes shape of a triangle, <strong>and</strong> the mass flow rate<br />
is proportional to the area of this triangle. The area of the triangle at will<br />
always be larger than the one at . From this we conclude that the linear<br />
velocity profile can not be a solution to our problem.<br />
In this situation a pressure distribution arises in the flow that leads to nonlinear<br />
flow profiles at the inlet <strong>and</strong> the outlet, such that the mass conservation is<br />
satisfied. Thus, the nature of this flow will be that of combined Couette-Poiseuille<br />
flow discussed in Sec.3.2.5.<br />
If we assume that the solution is of combined Couette-Poiseuille type, we
1<br />
)<br />
<br />
<br />
>•<br />
¯<br />
ã )<br />
(3.87)<br />
4<br />
)<br />
)<br />
<br />
<br />
)<br />
Ä<br />
l<br />
<br />
F<br />
Ä<br />
<br />
F<br />
r<br />
R<br />
r<br />
) ã<br />
®<br />
Ä<br />
r<br />
1<br />
@<br />
r<br />
F<br />
Ä<br />
¯<br />
•<br />
V<br />
r<br />
<br />
`<br />
r<br />
º<br />
R<br />
F<br />
@<br />
)<br />
<br />
<br />
º<br />
R<br />
@<br />
@<br />
<br />
)<br />
<br />
<br />
T<br />
<br />
)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
T<br />
78 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
can find the equation for the pressure distribution in the section between the converging<br />
plates, that will lead to mass conservation. For this purpose, let’s use the<br />
incompressibility condition (2.4), <strong>and</strong> apply it to our case:<br />
¦f ¦G<br />
rq r“<br />
If we integrate the last equality over the cros-section, we obtain:<br />
>–•<br />
¯<br />
>])<br />
(3.85)<br />
V<br />
Ö˜—<br />
V<br />
ÖJ—<br />
V<br />
Öš—<br />
V<br />
¥Öš—<br />
R ®»>–•1U 4`<br />
•1}T 4<br />
R ®<br />
R ®»><br />
R ®<br />
4 4 T<br />
where we walls:•1UT<br />
•1}<br />
used the no-slip condition at the . The solution<br />
for the combined Couette-Poiseuille flow should be obtained from equation (3.34):<br />
V<br />
ÖJ—<br />
R ®<br />
(3.86)<br />
r <br />
R ã<br />
<strong>and</strong> boundary conditions:<br />
8<br />
R<br />
1}T 4 <br />
) ã<br />
4 T<br />
) ã<br />
Looking for a solution in the same form as (3.35):<br />
® ã<br />
>\Ä<br />
®ƒ>\Ä ã<br />
V<br />
we can obtain the following values for the constants:<br />
>\Ä<br />
r“<br />
8<br />
R
Ä<br />
(3.88) Ä<br />
ã )<br />
(3.89)<br />
<br />
<br />
Ö<br />
V—<br />
Ç<br />
<br />
)<br />
<br />
<br />
T<br />
ø<br />
ø<br />
Ä<br />
@<br />
À<br />
º<br />
V<br />
<br />
V<br />
) R ã ® ù ã<br />
<br />
<br />
4<br />
<br />
<br />
ø<br />
Ç<br />
º<br />
r<br />
¢<br />
1<br />
<br />
<br />
l 8<br />
<br />
r<br />
Ä<br />
º<br />
R<br />
<br />
<br />
Ö<br />
V<br />
T<br />
4<br />
F<br />
r<br />
4<br />
º<br />
º<br />
4<br />
V<br />
V<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
ù<br />
<br />
T<br />
<br />
T<br />
3.4. CREEPING FLOWS 79<br />
where the first two equations follow from the boundary conditions, <strong>and</strong> the last<br />
equality follows from the substitution of (3.87) into (3.86). If we define a constant<br />
as:<br />
we finally obtain:<br />
R<br />
` 1<br />
ã ® Ä<br />
@•>^Ä<br />
Since is now a function of , is also a function of , given by (3.88). Transferring<br />
(3.85) to dimensionless variables, <strong>and</strong> substituting (3.89), we obtain:<br />
F<br />
—<br />
` 1<br />
4 Ö F<br />
R ®<br />
® ã<br />
@“>^Ä<br />
®»>¼@ ã<br />
(3.90)<br />
` o1<br />
Ö<br />
@•>^Ä<br />
[<br />
><br />
@ 4<br />
>¼@ l<br />
Substituting Ä<br />
from (3.88), we obtain:<br />
(3.91) R<br />
—<br />
` 1<br />
—<br />
À©>\Ä<br />
<br />
<br />
T<br />
à1<br />
<br />
(<br />
(<br />
º<br />
This is the equation for pressure distribution inside the section between the two<br />
converging plates. It should be solved with a known profile of the gap width<br />
as a function of :<br />
, <strong>and</strong> with the given pressure distribution at the<br />
inlet ) <strong>and</strong> the outlet ) of the section. Constant pressure boundary<br />
conditions can be used in a simplified case: .<br />
ù<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[8<br />
1}T 4 <br />
1 Ç 4 <br />
<br />
<br />
Remark 3.4.1 Contracting vs exp<strong>and</strong>ing gap<br />
When we solve equation (3.91) with the constant pressure<br />
4<br />
boundary<br />
4 <br />
conditions:<br />
, for a linear profile of we should obtain a parabolic<br />
ºg1}T<br />
ºg1Ç<br />
solution with an à1 extremal point, or <br />
maximum)<br />
4<br />
between<br />
<br />
<strong>and</strong><br />
. The condition for this º point is . Opening the parentheses on the<br />
LHS of (3.91), we can obtain for the point following relation:<br />
I G I<br />
,(minimum<br />
the
À<br />
r<br />
<br />
<br />
º<br />
<br />
<br />
><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
)<br />
º<br />
<br />
)<br />
<br />
,<br />
<br />
<br />
T<br />
><br />
)<br />
<br />
,<br />
1•<br />
,<br />
<br />
º<br />
<br />
,<br />
)<br />
<br />
¯m¯<br />
<br />
4<br />
4<br />
<br />
<br />
[8<br />
<br />
Y<br />
80 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
T<br />
from which we see that if the slope of the upper wall is negative:<br />
T<br />
(contracting<br />
gap), º<br />
,<br />
then , <strong>and</strong> the extremal point is a maximum. This means that<br />
the pressure will be everywhere higher than the ambient inside the contracting<br />
gap. The opposite conclusion follows for the exp<strong>and</strong>ing gap.<br />
Ž Ž<br />
In reality the case of the exp<strong>and</strong>ing gap may lead to higher flow instabilities<br />
<strong>and</strong> cavitation. This is the result of the counter-flow pressure gradients arising<br />
in the case of exp<strong>and</strong>ing gap that may lead to the possibility of flow reversal <strong>and</strong><br />
separation as determined by relation (3.38).<br />
Validity of the pressure equation<br />
In arriving at solution (3.91) we assumed that we can use the solution of combined<br />
Couette-Poiseuille flow given by (3.36). But that solution was obtained under the<br />
assumption that flow velocity has ) only component which depends only on one<br />
¦f<br />
® coordinate - . This assumption made the )Gj) j convective term in the Navier-<br />
Stokes equation (3.2) equal to zero. However, this assumption is not strictly valid<br />
in our case since we have a non-zero vertical velocity component,•, <strong>and</strong> both<br />
horizontal <strong>and</strong> vertical velocity components are functions ® of <strong>and</strong> . In this situation<br />
we can still justify dropping the convective term if we use the assumption of<br />
Stokes flow, that is, consider the inertial forces to be negligible as compared to<br />
viscous forces. Mathematically this means that:<br />
¦f}<br />
or expressed in terms of , ® , ) ,•<br />
have two relations:<br />
¦f› 9 )<br />
1<br />
we<br />
)W)<br />
>•§)<br />
>^)<br />
From the form of these equations we can deduce more specific relations between<br />
the parameters of our problem (, , , ). In particular, if we impose<br />
Ç<br />
condition<br />
of a narrow gap: , then it would lead Ç <strong>and</strong><br />
› 9 : Y : Y Y ® . With<br />
these conditions we can neglect the equation for•<strong>and</strong> simplify the ) -equation by<br />
neglecting a smaller order term on the RHS:<br />
› ›<br />
to•<br />
)G•<br />
<br />
>•I• 9<br />
¯›<br />
>•<br />
¯5¯<br />
¯› 9
<br />
<br />
<br />
@<br />
)<br />
<br />
¯m¯<br />
3.5. BOUNDARY LAYERS 81<br />
Figure 3.4: Integral analysis of a boundary layer<br />
9<br />
Both terms on the LHS are of the same order <strong>and</strong> can be approximated by<br />
¯›<br />
the order of the first one, which isr<br />
, we finally have:<br />
: Ç<br />
. Approximating the term on the RHS as<br />
)W)<br />
>•§)<br />
9:<br />
(3.92)<br />
<br />
r<br />
Ç 9<br />
›<br />
This condition together with justify the Stokes flow assumption <strong>and</strong> constitute<br />
the validity limits for equation (3.91).<br />
› Ç<br />
3.5 Boundary layers<br />
3.5.1 Flat plate integral analysis<br />
We shall consider a two-dimensional flow above a semi-infinite plate (Fig.3.4).<br />
Our objective is to introduce a quantitative measure of the thickness of the<br />
boundary layer, <strong>and</strong> to estimate it’s growth with the distance from the edge of the<br />
plate, .
¤<br />
<br />
`<br />
Ö<br />
¤<br />
V—<br />
¤<br />
V<br />
Öšœ<br />
1 ;4R ®<br />
¤<br />
`<br />
<br />
Ö `<br />
Vœ<br />
V<br />
Ö˜œ<br />
V<br />
<br />
1 ; )<br />
Ö<br />
V<br />
Ò<br />
œ<br />
[<br />
1<br />
@<br />
4<br />
)<br />
1<br />
@<br />
)<br />
1 4<br />
®<br />
<br />
<br />
MR<br />
><br />
V<br />
֜<br />
` Ö —œ<br />
Vœ<br />
)<br />
)<br />
r<br />
4<br />
<br />
82 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
The displacement thickness<br />
The balance of mass dictates:<br />
(3.93) <br />
R ®<br />
from which we get<br />
<br />
1U ` þ 4<br />
1<br />
`<br />
1\>])<br />
4<br />
R ®<br />
R ®<br />
` )<br />
Let’s define the displacement thickness as<br />
R ®<br />
(3.94)<br />
<br />
4<br />
` Ö þ<br />
Vœ<br />
<br />
4<br />
ß”¢×Ö<br />
` )<br />
R ®<br />
Momentum thickness<br />
General conservation of momentum dictates: ¤<br />
1 4<br />
Applied to the case of the boundary layer (Fig.3.4) it will provide the expression<br />
for a drag force, ¤, on the plate:<br />
) R ®<br />
;r<br />
expressing<br />
from (3.93), <strong>and</strong> substituting into the above, we get:<br />
r R ®<br />
` )<br />
¤ ;r<br />
®<br />
<br />
L@
(3.95) Î<br />
(3.96) Äkõ<br />
(3.97) Ĥ¢<br />
Considering that ¤<br />
(3.98) ÄŒõ<br />
<br />
¤<br />
l<br />
¤ <br />
¤<br />
<br />
@<br />
Ç Ä¤<br />
(3.99)<br />
V<br />
Ò<br />
l<br />
¤<br />
l<br />
)<br />
¢<br />
¤<br />
¤<br />
V<br />
l<br />
;r<br />
6Q<br />
1<br />
<br />
4<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
l<br />
<br />
<br />
åĤ4<br />
<br />
l<br />
Î<br />
Ç 4 1<br />
Ç<br />
<br />
R Î l<br />
R<br />
3.5. BOUNDARY LAYERS 83<br />
We shall define the momentum thickness as:<br />
¢ÚÖ<br />
` )<br />
Using this definition we can also define the skin-friction coefficient as:<br />
<br />
L@<br />
® MƒR<br />
<strong>and</strong> the drag coefficient over the length Ç of the plate as:<br />
Î : Ç<br />
;r Ç<br />
¤¥Ö]<br />
6QR <br />
where is the distance from the edge of the plate in the downstream direction,<br />
<strong>and</strong> consequently, , we can rewrite (3.96) as:<br />
6Q<br />
<br />
¤<br />
¤<br />
1<br />
;r —<br />
;r<br />
<br />
And the inverse relation:<br />
Äkõ<br />
R <br />
Remark 3.5.1 Displacement vs Momentum thickness Displacement thickness is<br />
a more universal notion than a momentum thickness, since the former is obtained<br />
from the mass conservation, which is a always true in incompressible flows,<br />
whereas the momentum conservation may be violated due to the dissipative effects.<br />
Relation (3.97) will only hold for the flat-plate boundary layers.<br />
V<br />
Ö˜ž
(3.100) )<br />
(3.103) Äkõ<br />
)<br />
)<br />
1<br />
®<br />
1<br />
®<br />
¦<br />
Î<br />
Ä<br />
<br />
r<br />
®<br />
r<br />
@<br />
À<br />
Ï<br />
8 R ) 6<br />
® R<br />
<br />
<br />
ß<br />
8 Ñ<br />
ß ;<br />
F<br />
4<br />
84 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
Guessed solution<br />
Let’s use a general parabolic velocity profile:<br />
4 <br />
>^Ä<br />
®»>^Ä<br />
V<br />
Imposing the boundary conditions appropriate for the boundary layer flow:<br />
1UT 4 T<br />
1 ßJ4 <br />
<br />
1 ßJ4 T<br />
we can determine the constants Ä<br />
)<br />
, <strong>and</strong> obtain:<br />
)<br />
<br />
¯<br />
®<br />
ß<br />
l ` ® 1<br />
ß<br />
4 <br />
<br />
Substituting this solution into (3.94) <strong>and</strong> (3.95), we obtain:<br />
(3.101)<br />
ߧ<br />
(3.102)<br />
l ß<br />
Using the definition of 6 (1.28):<br />
we can rewrite (3.96) as:<br />
Äkõ<br />
8 l<br />
R )<br />
R ® ;r<br />
<strong>and</strong> using the parabolic velocity profile (3.100), we obtain:<br />
On the other h<strong>and</strong>, according to (3.98), <strong>and</strong> (3.102), we can write:
–<br />
P<br />
¦<br />
s<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
<br />
ß<br />
ß<br />
ß<br />
R<br />
<br />
ß<br />
r<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
À<br />
@<br />
Ñ<br />
Ï<br />
@<br />
Ï 8<br />
¦f“ 9 )<br />
T<br />
<br />
R<br />
ß<br />
r<br />
)<br />
) ¦<br />
X<br />
T<br />
¦<br />
3.5. BOUNDARY LAYERS 85<br />
Äkõ<br />
R <br />
Equating this to (3.103), we get:<br />
ß <br />
<br />
Integrating, we obtain:<br />
;<br />
R<br />
(3.104)<br />
8 T<br />
<br />
;<br />
Introducing the Reynolds number as: A#<br />
:])<br />
; ><br />
¦ 4 <br />
¦ì¦<br />
m ¦ 1<br />
¦f<br />
m ¦ 4<br />
1<br />
sà>])<br />
°<br />
s ;<br />
> 9 )<br />
>^)
)<br />
)<br />
F<br />
(3.107) )<br />
<br />
F<br />
ã<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
F<br />
)<br />
F<br />
ã<br />
r<br />
<br />
<br />
F<br />
r<br />
)<br />
F<br />
F<br />
<br />
F<br />
ã s<br />
F<br />
<br />
F<br />
)<br />
r<br />
F<br />
<br />
)<br />
)<br />
ß<br />
Y<br />
Y F<br />
<br />
r<br />
F<br />
F<br />
ã r<br />
s<br />
¦<br />
<br />
V<br />
¾<br />
r<br />
r<br />
Y<br />
Y <br />
F›<br />
F<br />
)<br />
)<br />
s ã<br />
r<br />
><br />
) ã<br />
<br />
F<br />
X ã<br />
1<br />
r<br />
><br />
<br />
F<br />
¤<br />
ã<br />
<br />
X<br />
V<br />
`<br />
V r X<br />
) ;<br />
F<br />
T x<br />
r<br />
T<br />
V<br />
<br />
V<br />
¦ V<br />
V<br />
"<br />
<br />
F<br />
86 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
¦( 1 r 4<br />
where we shall assume a 2D 'q<br />
approximation<br />
¦G 1 r 4<br />
for the boundary layer: ,<br />
, that is, we consider that there is no variation in the span-wise direction.<br />
Consider also, that the layer is thin:<br />
'*)<br />
rŸ›<br />
)<br />
which in our particular case is reflected in relation (3.105):<br />
r ¦<br />
@ r<br />
F}É A<br />
Therefore,<br />
Using this assumption we can introduce the following scales for dimensionless<br />
variables.<br />
@ r<br />
F}É A<br />
(3.108)<br />
V ã ¾<br />
r“<br />
" )<br />
A F}É<br />
ã<br />
r ¾ r*<br />
F ã ¾ r<br />
ã <br />
V<br />
(3.109)<br />
<br />
ã<br />
¤<br />
(3.114) „©z<br />
If we apply the momentum equation (3.111) at the wall (®<br />
)<br />
)<br />
¯<br />
<br />
'<br />
¢<br />
F<br />
'<br />
)<br />
F<br />
r<br />
T<br />
¢<br />
)<br />
F<br />
<br />
)<br />
F<br />
<br />
¯<br />
><br />
¢<br />
–<br />
P<br />
¯<br />
<br />
V<br />
s<br />
r<br />
<br />
F<br />
<br />
F<br />
T<br />
¢<br />
F<br />
<br />
r<br />
¢<br />
<br />
)<br />
T<br />
F<br />
), where )<br />
¢<br />
)<br />
r<br />
F<br />
<br />
1<br />
<br />
¢<br />
F<br />
'<br />
)<br />
<br />
F T F<br />
F<br />
3.5. BOUNDARY LAYERS 87<br />
x where is the Froude number (2.111), <strong>and</strong> we introduced the dimensionless<br />
Eckert number:<br />
¢ )<br />
[2].<br />
V<br />
Equations (3.110) - (3.113) represent the Pr<strong>and</strong>tl boundary layer equations<br />
Remark 3.5.2 Parabolic character Note, that all the second derivatives over<br />
have disappeared from the momentum equations. This means the that equations<br />
of motion are parabolic with respect to direction . This in turn enables to use<br />
simpler solution procedures.<br />
Flow separation<br />
, <strong>and</strong> consider the gravity forces acting normal to the wall ( J¦ <br />
r 1<br />
T 4 <br />
- ), we obtain:<br />
T 4 <br />
% T<br />
)<br />
¯5¯
(3.117)<br />
¢<br />
<br />
4<br />
)<br />
1<br />
)<br />
¡<br />
1<br />
Ø<br />
1<br />
1<br />
1<br />
)<br />
1<br />
ß<br />
)<br />
<br />
1<br />
1<br />
¦<br />
o<br />
9<br />
l 9 <br />
®o<br />
Y Ø 4<br />
® Y<br />
` Y Ø 4<br />
Y<br />
4<br />
¯<br />
šg<br />
<br />
<br />
4<br />
š<br />
1<br />
T<br />
<br />
T<br />
<br />
4<br />
4<br />
l 9 <br />
4o šg1K<br />
1<br />
)<br />
1<br />
1<br />
4<br />
88 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
which should be solved with boundary conditions:<br />
(3.116)<br />
T 4 1<br />
T 4 <br />
('<br />
('<br />
Relation (3.104) indicates that the boundary layer growth with as:<br />
('K 4 <br />
('K 4 <br />
Considering this, let’s look for a similarity solution )<br />
4 <br />
® : ß
`m<br />
@ 91<br />
lm<br />
(3.123) š<br />
)<br />
<br />
<br />
`<br />
<br />
`<br />
Ø<br />
š<br />
<br />
`<br />
Cšgg<br />
<br />
<br />
l<br />
Ø<br />
`ml 91 @ <br />
lm<br />
@<br />
lm<br />
<br />
)<br />
¯<br />
1<br />
Cšgg—<br />
<br />
¯<br />
Cšgg<br />
)<br />
¯<br />
`<br />
l<br />
<br />
)<br />
l<br />
<br />
l<br />
<br />
9 o<br />
@<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Ø<br />
¯<br />
4<br />
<br />
mGšg š2><br />
<br />
) 9<br />
4<br />
<br />
l<br />
`"<br />
9 l<br />
<br />
r<br />
`<br />
l<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
š<br />
<br />
4<br />
4<br />
š<br />
šgg<br />
šgg<br />
šggg<br />
4<br />
3.5. BOUNDARY LAYERS 89<br />
Since<br />
set šg1K šg1K<br />
4<br />
<br />
is a constant, we can incorporate it into ¡ 1 <br />
, which is to say, that we<br />
:<br />
@ without loss of generality, <strong>and</strong> obtain for ¡ 1 <br />
¡ 1<br />
4 m<br />
9©<br />
Now the expressions of other terms in (3.115):<br />
4<br />
1 4<br />
(3.119)<br />
(3.120)<br />
9§$š<br />
('*®<br />
4 m<br />
Cšg<br />
<br />
1<br />
kšg`<br />
<br />
<br />
l<br />
šg<br />
4<br />
o <br />
)W)<br />
1<br />
kšg`<br />
r<br />
l<br />
Œšgg šgg šg<br />
(3.121)<br />
r<br />
l<br />
¯m¯<br />
And substituting them into (3.115), we obtain:<br />
ššgg<br />
<strong>and</strong> finally:<br />
(3.122) šggg>Þš$šgg T<br />
»>Þšggšg<br />
`<br />
šggšg<br />
which should be solved with the boundary conditions:<br />
šggg<br />
1}T 4 <br />
T šg1K 4<br />
<br />
@<br />
šg1}T 4
V<br />
Ò<br />
o<br />
l<br />
1<br />
@<br />
9 <br />
(3.124) Î<br />
Ö<br />
Ö<br />
V<br />
V<br />
Ò<br />
Ò<br />
@<br />
@<br />
`<br />
Î<br />
`<br />
<br />
o<br />
l<br />
9 <br />
Y ) 8<br />
® Y<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
V<br />
Ò<br />
V<br />
o<br />
l<br />
1<br />
@<br />
Ò<br />
š<br />
`<br />
9 <br />
@<br />
9<br />
`<br />
V<br />
Ò<br />
V<br />
l<br />
l<br />
<br />
9 o<br />
Ò<br />
`<br />
T<br />
R<br />
Ö<br />
V<br />
Ò<br />
@<br />
`<br />
9<br />
T<br />
I<br />
R<br />
90 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
<br />
where the last condition also implies that . This is a Blasius equation.<br />
It has no analytical solutions in a general case, but can be solved numerically.<br />
šgg1K<br />
Knowing š function<br />
the boundary layer.<br />
1 4<br />
Displacement thickness (3.94):<br />
, we can obtain important integral characteristics of<br />
4<br />
ß ¢ Ö<br />
` )<br />
R ®<br />
<br />
4<br />
<br />
Ö<br />
šg1<br />
šg4<br />
ߧ<br />
4 <br />
@‰I<br />
Momentum thickness (3.95):<br />
¡i Ò 1 `<br />
@[£¢Wo<br />
l<br />
<br />
dfeKg<br />
where we can estimate the integral as:<br />
<br />
Ö<br />
šg1<br />
šg4<br />
±Áš<br />
ššggR<br />
šg1<br />
<br />
R šg4<br />
šg4 ²<br />
Using equation (3.122) <strong>and</strong> the boundary conditions (3.123), we obtain:<br />
šgggR<br />
<br />
šg1<br />
¥Ö<br />
R šg4<br />
šgg1UT 4 <br />
Thus:<br />
Ñ[‰Ôy[<br />
šgg1}T 4o<br />
For the wall shear stress we have:<br />
(3.125)<br />
6Q<br />
; šgg1UT 4<br />
l<br />
The friction coefficient:
l<br />
;r 6Q<br />
(3.126) Äkõ<br />
@<br />
Ç Ä¤<br />
(3.127)<br />
<br />
4<br />
<br />
)<br />
<br />
V<br />
1<br />
Ö<br />
V<br />
ž<br />
®o 1<br />
<br />
<br />
1<br />
<br />
<br />
V<br />
)<br />
4<br />
Î<br />
<br />
¯<br />
<br />
<br />
4<br />
<br />
<br />
l<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
9 l<br />
<br />
4<br />
9<br />
3.5. BOUNDARY LAYERS 91<br />
šgg1}T 4o<br />
<strong>and</strong> comparing the latter to (3.124), we obtain:<br />
Äkõ<br />
©<br />
l<br />
And the total drag on the plate:<br />
1 Ç 4<br />
Äkõ<br />
R <br />
Äkõ<br />
Wedge flows<br />
A similarity solution for the wedge flows was found as an extension of the Blasius<br />
solution. This solution, called after the authors . This solution is obtained by<br />
eliminating -velocity from the continuity equation:<br />
` —åÖ ¯<br />
) R ®<br />
<strong>and</strong> substituting it into the momentum equation:<br />
` —åÖ ¯<br />
)W)<br />
) R ®<br />
> 9 ) ¤<br />
¯m¯<br />
is a free-stream velocity profile. Then introducing the dimension-<br />
<br />
less variable, :<br />
where<br />
1<br />
<strong>and</strong> looking for the solution in the form:<br />
>¼@<br />
41<br />
('*®<br />
šg1 4<br />
4 <br />
1
š<br />
4<br />
Ø<br />
1<br />
4<br />
¦<br />
º<br />
<br />
`<br />
1<br />
@<br />
š<br />
`<br />
<br />
1<br />
±<br />
P<br />
|<br />
šgr<br />
4 ²<br />
Î<br />
92 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
4<br />
1 4<br />
where is the first derivative of the so-called Blasius š<br />
stream function, šg1<br />
.<br />
With these assumptions one can obtain the Falkner-Skan equation in terms of<br />
:<br />
1 4<br />
l ¹: 1<br />
@‰><br />
where , <strong>and</strong> the boundary conditions are the same as (3.123). The<br />
Ë<br />
Falkner-Skan formulation is consistent with the free-stream velocity distribution of<br />
the type:<br />
šggg>Þš$šgg>^Ë<br />
4 T<br />
4 £¸<br />
I happens so that this equation provides similarity solutions that represent<br />
wedge flows, with the stream function of the type:<br />
1<br />
',Î<br />
>¼@<br />
1 ¢<br />
¢ |<br />
DGFdefÆ<br />
Wall suction or blowing<br />
The case of wall suction or blowing can be modeled in the Blasius solution by a<br />
non-zero vertical velocity at the plate surface. It can be seen from (3.120) that this<br />
be accomplished by specifying a non-zero value of the Blasius stream function at<br />
the wall:<br />
T 4 <br />
1}T 4o<br />
('<br />
l<br />
<br />
An interesting feature of the solution is the effect of blow-off of the boundary<br />
9<br />
layer, where ) the velocity becomes identically zero. This occurs at the blow-off<br />
limit š of :<br />
1}T 4 ` T<br />
I4[Ã@¡Ôm l<br />
3.5.4 Reynolds analogy<br />
An important empirical relation for the flat plate flows with heat transfer is called<br />
the Reynolds analogy. To introduce it, let’s recall that the Pr<strong>and</strong>tl number was<br />
defined as a relation between momentum transport to the heat transport (1.30):<br />
¢C¢ 8 –<br />
°
Ä<br />
~<br />
P<br />
(3.128) Ä<br />
Ä<br />
u<br />
6<br />
<br />
…<br />
~<br />
ô<br />
~<br />
¢<br />
<br />
8 R ) <br />
® R<br />
<br />
…<br />
°<br />
6 l<br />
;r<br />
s<br />
ô<br />
Ç<br />
<br />
…<br />
<br />
r<br />
3.5. BOUNDARY LAYERS 93<br />
Ä where is the specific heat at constant pressure, (1.24), is the coefficient<br />
of viscosity, defined as a proportionality constant between the shear stress <strong>and</strong><br />
velocity gradient (1.28):<br />
8<br />
<strong>and</strong> ° is the heat conduction coefficient defined through the relation between the<br />
heat flux <strong>and</strong> temperature gradient (1.29):<br />
,¯<br />
¦$<br />
`t°<br />
¦<br />
The Nusselt number was introduced to quantify the heat conduction at the<br />
walls with the temperature difference [^s (2.114):<br />
where …<br />
<br />
is the absolute value of the heat flux:<br />
Reynolds analogy is the statement of proportionality between the heat flux<br />
<strong>and</strong> shear stress at the wall:<br />
… O<br />
¦O(±/…<br />
²GÚ´ : 1<br />
. 4 ° :‰. <br />
).<br />
[^s<br />
<br />
…Ú¦<br />
which is usually formulated as relation between dimensionless Stanton number,<br />
6Q<br />
:<br />
¢ u<br />
<strong>and</strong> friction coefficient, Äkõ (3.11):<br />
A! 5º_x<br />
such that<br />
Äkõ<br />
£¡<br />
x ÄkõEº9¥<br />
where <strong>and</strong> are empirical constants depending on geometry. The Reynolds<br />
analogy is approximately valid for shear layers, boundary layers, <strong>and</strong> pipe flows.
X<br />
<br />
(3.130)<br />
¦$<br />
)<br />
<br />
)<br />
)<br />
9 ¦K<br />
)<br />
<br />
l<br />
)<br />
<br />
F<br />
><br />
¯<br />
¯<br />
<br />
4<br />
T<br />
l<br />
<br />
l<br />
4<br />
T<br />
94 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
3.5.5 Free shear flows<br />
In this section we shall be looking for similarity solutions of free shear flows. Such<br />
solutions can only be accurate in the regions of the flow far from the disturbances<br />
that generate the characteristic flow patterns.<br />
In the case of free shear flows we can still assume that the boundary layer<br />
approximations (3.107) are valid when the Reynolds number is<br />
sufficiently r“<br />
large.<br />
Consequently, we could neglect the X<br />
vertical pressure gradient, , (3.112). In<br />
addition to this we shall assume that the axial pressure gradient is small<br />
T<br />
as well:<br />
, which reflects the fact that free-flows by their nature are not pressuredriven<br />
flows. Thus, the equations of motion are:<br />
F§¦<br />
¦f ¦G T #<br />
@‰'<br />
'„¨<br />
rðr #<br />
¦í 1<br />
which in terms <br />
of explicit )<br />
variables , <strong>and</strong><br />
to the Blasius equations for the boundary layer (3.115):<br />
('q®<br />
1 ¦a<br />
)_'<br />
becomes identical<br />
@‰'<br />
(3.129)<br />
9 )<br />
)W)<br />
> )<br />
¯m¯<br />
Shear layer<br />
Consider a shear layer created by two streams with velocitiesF<br />
<strong>and</strong>r<br />
uniform<br />
initially separated by a flat plate. After passing the plate the streams mix forming a<br />
shear layer. The treatment of this case is done similarly to the Blasius approach,<br />
by selecting the non-dimensional variables as in (3.117), <strong>and</strong> looking for a solution<br />
in the form (3.119), but applied separately for each of the streams:<br />
®o F<br />
)<br />
which leads to the Blasius equation for each layer:<br />
šI©<br />
9 ¦<br />
F<br />
<br />
š©©©<br />
0=2<br />
T<br />
>\š0=2š©©
F<br />
8<br />
F<br />
4<br />
F<br />
š<br />
F<br />
F<br />
š<br />
é<br />
Ò<br />
r<br />
r<br />
<br />
–<br />
¥<br />
)<br />
F<br />
<br />
F<br />
T<br />
T<br />
<br />
)<br />
F<br />
)<br />
T<br />
3.5. BOUNDARY LAYERS 95<br />
Boundary conditions at far ends:<br />
1K 4<br />
r 1 `K<br />
4<br />
F<br />
r<br />
F<br />
)<br />
r 1 `K šI© @<br />
)<br />
F<br />
šI©<br />
, which is the imaginary<br />
continuation of the plate. For this purpose we need to consider boundary conditions<br />
on that plane 5 r 1}T 1}T 4 4<br />
)<br />
. One condition is derived from continuity: ,<br />
:<br />
4<br />
<br />
We can sew both solutions at a horizontal plane at<br />
1K<br />
<br />
<br />
4<br />
1UT 4 r 1}T 4<br />
1}T 4 <br />
r 1}T 4 T<br />
1UT 4 <br />
<strong>and</strong> another from the equality of shear<br />
8<br />
stresses:<br />
translates into:<br />
F<br />
š©<br />
š©<br />
<br />
¯<br />
1UT 4 <br />
8 r<br />
rq<br />
¯<br />
1}T 4<br />
, which<br />
r}ª<br />
1}T 4 °<br />
r 1UT 4<br />
šI©©<br />
; 8 r : 1 ; r<br />
where . It is an interesting fact, that in the case of the same<br />
<br />
fluid<br />
in both jets ° ( ) <strong>and</strong> zero free stream velocity in the one of the (r<br />
jets @ ),<br />
the vertical component of the second jet at infinity is a finite constant, ° r 1 `<br />
determined<br />
T<br />
I,[Ã@EÔml<br />
by , which is the same as the blow-off limit in the case of š<br />
the<br />
plate with suction or blowing considered in Sec.3.5.3.<br />
`K<br />
F<br />
šI©©<br />
F}É<br />
4<br />
Jet<br />
A free jet is characterized by the conservation of momentum in each plane:<br />
(3.131)<br />
´Ÿ<br />
; Ö<br />
= . "<br />
Ò )<br />
R ®<br />
The similarity solution for this case as obtained by Schlichting [2] is:<br />
5 This plane does not represent any physical interface between the two streams. The latter should be<br />
defined as a surface formed by flow streamlines.
Ø<br />
<br />
9 `<br />
r<br />
r F}É<br />
r<br />
F}É 9<br />
4<br />
with the equation for the Blasius stream function:<br />
šg<br />
1<br />
T<br />
(3.132) š<br />
<br />
r<br />
š<br />
1<br />
<br />
<br />
É<br />
¯<br />
<br />
É<br />
)<br />
1<br />
š<br />
`<br />
r<br />
<br />
<br />
šggg>\ššgg>\šgr<br />
1<br />
1 4 l £%«B¬Æ®1<br />
)<br />
1<br />
´<br />
l<br />
š<br />
šg1K 4<br />
r<br />
<br />
É<br />
<br />
r<br />
<br />
T<br />
T<br />
T<br />
<br />
1<br />
96 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
®<br />
À 9<br />
F}É<br />
1 4<br />
F}É<br />
4<br />
šg1<br />
<br />
F}É À<<br />
À<<br />
<strong>and</strong> the boundary ) conditions (axial symmetry), ) <strong>and</strong><br />
(quiescent ambient fluid), which translate into:<br />
('K 4 <br />
('<br />
('<br />
('K 4 <br />
T 4 1<br />
T 4 <br />
<br />
The solution is<br />
1UT 4 <br />
šgg1}T 4 <br />
£<br />
4<br />
with the constant £ determined from the conservation of the total jet’s momentum.<br />
Thus, substituting (3.132) into (3.131) we obtain:<br />
£â — Ô<br />
F}É<br />
The maximum centraline velocity drops off as<br />
@[m;Ž8 <br />
l £<br />
4 <br />
T 4 <br />
)œ|aw<br />
('<br />
¦£ é F}É<br />
<strong>and</strong> the jet spreads as ¦<br />
.<br />
À< F}É<br />
Wake<br />
Wakes are flow patterns generated by bodies moving in a stagnant fluid. We need<br />
to consider these flow patterns far enough from the body for similarity solutions
(3.134) ‹<br />
<br />
T<br />
`<br />
r<br />
@<br />
é <br />
É l ¡1<br />
`<br />
r<br />
@<br />
é <br />
É l 1<br />
<br />
‹<br />
1<br />
r<br />
É<br />
<br />
1<br />
‹<br />
1<br />
ø<br />
@<br />
<br />
r<br />
<br />
r<br />
É<br />
<br />
¡<br />
®<br />
<br />
r<br />
r<br />
ø<br />
‹<br />
®<br />
<br />
<br />
we<br />
r<br />
r 4h`j|k<br />
r<br />
¯<br />
1<br />
)<br />
<br />
1<br />
É<br />
<br />
4<br />
r<br />
T<br />
@<br />
r<br />
r<br />
ù<br />
r ¯<br />
r<br />
3.5. BOUNDARY LAYERS 97<br />
to be valid. Since it is more convenient to select a coordinate system moving<br />
with the body, we will be considering a non-moving body immersed in a fluid with<br />
the free stream velocity. It is also convenient to describe the wake in terms of<br />
deviation of velocity from the free-stream velocity:<br />
‹ since usually constitutes a small value compared ) to. ‹ Replacing with in<br />
(3.129), ‹ <strong>and</strong> considering obtain:<br />
› ›<br />
<strong>and</strong><br />
('*®<br />
('*®<br />
<br />
‹<br />
4 <br />
<br />
`<br />
(3.133) ‹<br />
9<br />
¯m¯<br />
with the boundary conditions:<br />
4 <br />
('`¯K<br />
T 4 <br />
('<br />
Equation (3.133) is of a heat-conduction type, with the solution:<br />
4 <br />
` ®<br />
('*®<br />
—<br />
Substituting it into (3.133) we can find :<br />
rhjlk<br />
F}É<br />
<br />
` ®<br />
>à é F}É<br />
<br />
—<br />
£¡<br />
` ®<br />
` l 9<br />
¿<br />
` l 9<br />
®h`j|k —<br />
¡<br />
` l ®<br />
ùhjlkû— `<br />
®<br />
<br />
` l 9<br />
` l ®<br />
>à é F}É<br />
<strong>and</strong> at ®<br />
we obtain:<br />
r 4 <br />
r —<br />
<br />
(3.135)<br />
Ó<br />
Ñ 9
where ¤<br />
é<br />
Ò<br />
Ò<br />
T<br />
¤<br />
@<br />
l Ĥ;r<br />
¤<br />
¦<br />
R<br />
ß<br />
é<br />
Ò<br />
Ò<br />
T<br />
Ç<br />
ß<br />
<br />
ß<br />
U9<br />
<br />
T<br />
98 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
The constant is evaluated from the second Newton law, that the drag force<br />
should equal to the momentum deficit in the wake:<br />
¡<br />
¤<br />
<strong>and</strong><br />
[J°<br />
[J°<br />
¥Ö<br />
;<br />
Ö<br />
l ;¡ o<br />
with the final result:<br />
(3.136)<br />
; )W‹ R ®¦<br />
¡¼<br />
ĤÇ<br />
Ñ<br />
U9<br />
o<br />
; ‹ R ®<br />
When substituted into (3.134) it shows that the wake defect is proportional to body<br />
drag coefficient.<br />
3.6 Integral methods<br />
To derive the integral formulations for the boundary layer equations, discussed in<br />
Sec.3.5.2, let’s consider the conservation of mass <strong>and</strong> momentum in a controlvolume<br />
formed by four ((' points: ), as depicted<br />
in Figure 3.5.<br />
), (('<br />
), (t> R ('<br />
From the conservation of mass we have:<br />
> R<br />
), (t> R ('<br />
£‰¦$<br />
?<br />
)<br />
£‰¦<br />
where is the vector area element. Summing up over all the four faces, <strong>and</strong><br />
R<br />
considering that the flow is uniform in the transverse direction (2D flow), we can<br />
exp<strong>and</strong> the equation above as:
Q is<br />
`<br />
V<br />
Ö˜±<br />
; ) R ®<br />
`<br />
;R<br />
; ) R ®<br />
w¦<br />
ß<br />
¤<br />
<br />
<br />
ß<br />
><br />
R<br />
R<br />
; ) R ®C> R<br />
¦$ w¦ š$›M)œ<br />
; ) R ®»> ; QR <br />
)<br />
4<br />
; ) R ®<br />
<br />
T<br />
3.6. INTEGRAL METHODS 99<br />
Figure 3.5: Control volume for an integral formulation<br />
where the normal velocity at the wall, which is non-zero in the case of wall<br />
suction or effusion. Rewriting the second integral as:<br />
V<br />
Öš±D¤±<br />
<strong>and</strong> considering constant density, we obtain:<br />
V<br />
Öš±D¤±<br />
V<br />
Öš±<br />
V<br />
Ö±<br />
(3.137) <br />
) R ®t> Q<br />
R <br />
In a similar manner, considering the momentum conservation, we obtain:<br />
V<br />
Ö˜±<br />
R<br />
¦ 1<br />
where the summation is done over all faces, <strong>and</strong> we are considering projection<br />
of forces <strong>and</strong> fluxes on the horizontal direction. Writing the terms explicitly, we<br />
obtain:
Now we eliminate R<br />
X<br />
ß<br />
><br />
R X `tß<br />
R<br />
)<br />
r<br />
1<br />
<br />
R X `§ß<br />
R<br />
> ;<br />
R<br />
R<br />
X R<br />
R<br />
<br />
R<br />
` ;<br />
><br />
Ö<br />
V±<br />
`<br />
V r<br />
) ;<br />
r<br />
R<br />
ß<br />
Î<br />
` ;<br />
<br />
Ö<br />
V±<br />
`<br />
<br />
; )<br />
R<br />
R<br />
r<br />
r<br />
R<br />
<br />
`<br />
Ö<br />
V±<br />
; )<br />
; )<br />
R<br />
R<br />
r<br />
r<br />
R<br />
Î<br />
ß<br />
; )<br />
4<br />
r<br />
100 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
ߧ` 1<br />
4 1 ß<br />
ß R X : l 4<br />
6QR <br />
X><br />
R X<br />
> R<br />
;r<br />
R ®<br />
` Ö ±<br />
R ®C><br />
R ®<br />
where X is the pressure. Canceling terms <strong>and</strong> neglecting higher order terms, we<br />
obtain:<br />
(3.138)<br />
6Q<br />
> ;r<br />
R ®<br />
R <br />
<br />
: R <br />
ß<br />
by mens of (3.137), so that (3.138) becomes:<br />
V<br />
Ö˜±<br />
(3.139)<br />
6Q<br />
R ®<br />
) R ®<br />
One can relate the pressure gradient to the free-stream velocity gradient:<br />
<br />
V<br />
Öš±<br />
Q<br />
`<br />
V<br />
Ö˜±<br />
` ;9<br />
It is also convenient to express (3.139) in terms of displacement thickness, (3.94)<br />
<strong>and</strong> momentum thickness (3.95):<br />
R <br />
R<br />
1 ßt`]ߧ,4<br />
) R ®<br />
1 ßt`]ß `<br />
R ®<br />
) R ®<br />
with these transformations (3.139) can be written as:<br />
V<br />
Ö˜±<br />
Ö˜±<br />
V
À<br />
<br />
l ß<br />
1 4<br />
®<br />
ß<br />
<br />
¥<br />
<br />
<br />
s<br />
V<br />
@<br />
<br />
`<br />
<br />
Î<br />
<br />
l<br />
1<br />
<br />
Î<br />
><br />
<br />
@<br />
><br />
s<br />
F<br />
<br />
Î<br />
<br />
`<br />
`<br />
<br />
1<br />
<br />
@ R<br />
R r<br />
ߧ><br />
Q<br />
<br />
<br />
À<br />
l<br />
Î<br />
V<br />
4<br />
)<br />
Î<br />
r<br />
Î<br />
<br />
<br />
`<br />
`<br />
`<br />
Q<br />
QQ<br />
<br />
Q<br />
`<br />
3.7. PROBLEMS 101<br />
<br />
><br />
) R ®<br />
R ®<br />
;r<br />
R <br />
R 1 ßC`]ß”*4a`<br />
@ R<br />
R r<br />
r<br />
ß<br />
<br />
R<br />
6Q<br />
Ö±<br />
1 ߧ`àß”c`<br />
*4a`<br />
V<br />
Ö˜±<br />
<br />
><br />
1 ßt`]ߧ,4<br />
ßt`àߧê`<br />
,4a`<br />
1 ßt`]ߧÛ`<br />
,4<br />
ß<br />
<br />
R<br />
<br />
`<br />
<br />
><br />
>^Î<br />
which finally becomes:<br />
1 l<br />
Î ><br />
For steady flow with an impermeable wall we obtain:<br />
<br />
;r 6Q<br />
ߧ,4<br />
(3.140)<br />
Äkõ<br />
l<br />
ߧ,4<br />
1 l<br />
which is called a von Karman integral momentum relation.<br />
<br />
Î ><br />
3.7 Problems<br />
Problem 3.7.1 Couette flow equations<br />
Show how to obtain equation (3.7) <strong>and</strong> (3.8).<br />
Problem 3.7.2 Couette plates solutions<br />
Solve equations (3.7) <strong>and</strong> (3.8) with the boundary conditions u(0) = 0 <strong>and</strong><br />
u(H) = U, s <strong>and</strong> s <strong>and</strong> .<br />
1}T 4 <br />
1} 4 <br />
Problem 3.7.3 Flow of a liquid film<br />
Ï ¿ , flowing steadily<br />
Consider a wide fluid film of ’ @‰I<br />
constant<br />
T<br />
thickness,<br />
due to the gravity down the inclined plate Î<br />
{<br />
at angle . Find an analytical<br />
expression of a fluid velocity distribution as a function of a distance from the plate<br />
<br />
surface: . Assuming the viscosity <strong>and</strong> the density of the fluid are @‰I4[Jˆ<br />
°<br />
) 1 ¹. 4 WT‰T ° :< <br />
respectively, find the volumetric flow rate, 8 , per … :<br />
1m of the plate. Atmospheric pressure can be considered constant.<br />
, <strong>and</strong> ¢ ’
I<br />
º<br />
¾<br />
r<br />
ë<br />
X<br />
<br />
R<br />
R<br />
r<br />
ë<br />
R<br />
R<br />
<br />
r<br />
Ñ<br />
ˆ<br />
l<br />
T<br />
@<br />
Ï<br />
F<br />
<br />
T<br />
<br />
102 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS<br />
Problem 3.7.4 Couette solution for non-Newtonian fluids<br />
How will the solution (3.9) change for a non-Newtonian fluid?<br />
Problem 3.7.5 Momentum equation for Couette flow between concentric cylinders<br />
Using the assumptions on the Couette velocity profile between the rotating<br />
concentric cylinders (Sec.3.2.3) <strong>and</strong> the expression for the momentum equation<br />
<strong>and</strong> the Laplacian operator in cylindrical coordinates:<br />
<br />
)IF>])Wx5)GF<br />
x_><br />
¢ >^)GH,)GFH><br />
¢<br />
)œx5)IF<br />
¼<br />
F`<br />
)GFœ)GFF<br />
)œx<br />
; ¢ > 9 1 ¾<br />
)GF><br />
r `<br />
¢ ¢ r 4 )GF<br />
@<br />
¢<br />
<br />
x<br />
4<br />
x_><br />
@ r ë ¢<br />
F„F>Þë<br />
F<br />
F<br />
HH<br />
1 ¢<br />
Derive equation (3.18):<br />
¢ r ><br />
<br />
Problem 3.7.6 Rotation torque <strong>and</strong> power<br />
¢NM ¢EL)IF )GF<br />
In the system of two rotating cylinders (Sec.3.2.3) consider the torque applied<br />
to the inner rotating cylinder when the outer cylinder is (n fixed ). What<br />
is the power required to rotate the inner cylinder?<br />
Problem 3.7.7 Flow between parallel plates under pressure<br />
A viscous fluid with viscosity (<br />
parallel plates<br />
8<br />
` l<br />
ωÏ<br />
) is driven between two<br />
`ÞÑ•° : 1 ¹. 4<br />
Ï @‰I<br />
¿ apart by an imposed pressure gradient of º : R R<br />
volume flow rate per 1m of the plates’ width. What pressure gradient will cause<br />
the flow to reverse?<br />
£ :< . The upper plate is moving with velocity<br />
<br />
– ¹:‰.<br />
. Find the<br />
Problem 3.7.8 Verifying the Stokes solution<br />
Verify that the solution (3.73) satisfies the equation (3.72).<br />
Problem 3.7.9 Stokes velocity <strong>and</strong> shear stress<br />
Using Stokes solution for the stream function (3.73), obtain velocity components<br />
(3.74), (3.75) <strong>and</strong> the shear stress component 6 x„F(3.77).
Hint: Assume )<br />
@<br />
<br />
T<br />
Ï<br />
( 1 ß : <br />
º<br />
<br />
) <br />
<br />
( 1 ß : <br />
<br />
@<br />
(Äkõm A"<br />
@<br />
<br />
@<br />
<br />
T<br />
3.7. PROBLEMS 103<br />
Problem 3.7.10 Falling sphere in oil<br />
Ý<br />
A sphere of density dropped into oil of density {<br />
<strong>and</strong> viscosity 8 T £ .<br />
. Estimate the terminal velocity of the sphere if its<br />
; ;<br />
IK@<br />
diameter is (a) R<br />
<strong>and</strong> (c) R<br />
<br />
T ¿ .<br />
¢IW;—rZ²<br />
is<br />
IWeW;—rZ²<br />
@ ¿<br />
Problem 3.7.11 Boundary layer analysis for cubic velocity profile<br />
Repeat the boundary layer analysis of Sec.3.5.1 with assumed velocity profile:<br />
IO@ ¿ , (b) R<br />
<br />
À<br />
L®<br />
l<br />
@<br />
L®<br />
ßM<br />
l<br />
ßM<br />
`<br />
4m A! ),<br />
4m A! ),<br />
4m A" ),<br />
Compute ( Î : <br />
1 :‰9<br />
. ©<br />
(Ĥm<br />
where A!<br />
<br />
.<br />
1}T 4 T<br />
¯m¯<br />
),<br />
A" ),<br />
Problem 3.7.12 Drag force on a triangle<br />
A thin equilateral triangle plate is immersed parallel to a stream of air with<br />
velocity<br />
<br />
l<br />
the<br />
£ "<br />
. Assuming<br />
{<br />
laminar flow, estimate the drag on this plate.<br />
l ¹:‰.<br />
at temperature s<br />
Ä <strong>and</strong> pressure º<br />
Problem 3.7.13 Boundary layer equations<br />
Derive Pr<strong>and</strong>tl boundary layer equations (3.110) - (3.113):
104 CHAPTER 3. LAMINAR FLOWS
A<br />
V<br />
1<br />
A<br />
F<br />
`<br />
9 ¦<br />
A<br />
V<br />
1<br />
n<br />
F<br />
`<br />
9 ¦<br />
n<br />
V<br />
¦<br />
l<br />
Chapter 4<br />
Turbulent flows<br />
4.1 Transition to turbulence<br />
In the case of free flows transition to turbulence occurs much earlier than in confined<br />
flows. In terms of Reynolds number, it is a matter of several hundred for<br />
the unbounded flows around objects, <strong>and</strong> a matter of several thous<strong>and</strong> for the<br />
confined flows.<br />
Thus, the transition to turbulence for the case of parallel plates usually occurs<br />
at:<br />
Ï TJT<br />
<br />
The transition to turbulence for the case of rotating cylinders is usually measured<br />
in terms of Taylor number <strong>and</strong> occurs at the critical value of:<br />
A!<br />
@<br />
4 <br />
s$w<br />
4 <br />
@³¢TJT<br />
For the flow in ducts the transition to turbulence occurs at A#<br />
.<br />
T‰T‰T<br />
4.2 Turbulence Modeling<br />
Let’s consider the incompressible forms of the mass <strong>and</strong> momentum equations,<br />
(2.4), (2.24):<br />
105
¦<br />
> )<br />
1 <br />
) )<br />
(4.3)<br />
9 9<br />
9 Ê 1<br />
Ä<br />
(4.4)<br />
Ý<br />
[<br />
V<br />
r<br />
4<br />
)<br />
r<br />
T<br />
<br />
)<br />
X<br />
Ý<br />
¢<br />
)<br />
<br />
)<br />
106 CHAPTER 4. TURBULENT FLOWS<br />
(4.1)<br />
(4.2)<br />
¦f ¦G<br />
where we introduced an abbreviation for pressure-to-density ã ratio:<br />
also use the conservative expression for the pressure ) term:<br />
which is true due to continuity (4.1).<br />
: ;<br />
. We<br />
¦K] 1 ¦ 4 X<br />
The solution to this equation system for high Reynolds numbers will result in<br />
a turbulent flow field. This field is highly unsteady with a broad spectrum of eddies,<br />
which makes it difficult, if not impossible to resolve it on even the most powerful<br />
computers. However, for some limited range of Reynolds numbers the solution<br />
can be obtained numerically. The technique that uses this direct approach of<br />
computing turbulence is called direct numerical simulation (DNS). The difficulty<br />
with this approach is that in order to reproduce all the turbulent eddies from the<br />
largest to the smallest, the simulation has to resolve the smallest space <strong>and</strong> time<br />
scales of turbulence. This in turn may require a very fine grid <strong>and</strong> time-resolution.<br />
,<br />
¦ 4 k `<br />
¦<br />
¦f}<br />
X ã<br />
> 9 )<br />
4.2.1 LES models<br />
In order to go beyond the Reynolds number limits of DNS another technique<br />
is employed. In this approach the grid cell sizes used are usually greater than<br />
the smallest turbulent eddies. This amounts to a space-averaging of the Navier-<br />
Stokes equation. In this case only the largest turbulent eddies are resolved, <strong>and</strong><br />
the unresolved eddies are modeled as an addition to viscosity:<br />
> 9 Ê<br />
where 9 V<br />
is the molecular viscosity, <strong>and</strong> 9 Ê is the eddy viscosity, associated with<br />
the cumulative action of unresolved eddies on the resolved large eddies. This<br />
approach to turbulence modeling is called Large eddy simulation. In the first<br />
proposed LES model, Smagorinsky model, the turbulent viscosity 9 Ê is set proportional<br />
to the strain-rate tensor (1.9), <strong>and</strong> the computational grid size::<br />
1 . ¦7 . ¦/ 4<br />
[ where is the grid cell size, <strong>and</strong> the coefficient of Ä<br />
proportionality,<br />
Smagorinsky constant.<br />
, called the<br />
F}É
(4.5) Š<br />
<br />
)<br />
1<br />
<br />
xÊ "54<br />
V<br />
1 It is also common to denote the fluctuating velocity asńµ<br />
)<br />
1<br />
Ý<br />
1<br />
)<br />
R<br />
"<br />
Ö<br />
V<br />
<br />
Ê<br />
…<br />
)<br />
Ý<br />
1<br />
<br />
><br />
4<br />
¦<br />
R<br />
4.2. TURBULENCE MODELING 107<br />
In the Smagorinsky model Ä the constant is considered fixed, <strong>and</strong> is selected<br />
by matching the experimental data or those produced by DNS. In more<br />
sophisticated LES Ä models is no longer considered a constant, <strong>and</strong> its value<br />
is determined in a more complex way, for example by comparing some integral<br />
measures produced from solutions obtained from space-averaged equations using<br />
different averaging filters [13]. The common feature of LES models is that they<br />
are based on solving for a time-dependent flow field using space-averaged form<br />
of the Navier-Stokes equation.<br />
4.2.2 RANS models<br />
Historically, another turbulence modeling approach was used first. This approach<br />
is based on time averaging, rather than space averaging of the NS equation.<br />
Let’s use the Reynolds assumption that any turbulent quantity, … , can be<br />
decomposed it into the time average <strong>and</strong> fluctuating components:<br />
"54 <br />
"54<br />
('<br />
('<br />
In particular, for the velocity components, we have:<br />
>^Šg1<br />
(4.6)<br />
(4.7)<br />
¦$<br />
¦<br />
X ã<br />
º >”X<br />
, <strong>and</strong> time averaging of the fluctuating compo-<br />
where1<br />
nent, , is zero 1 :<br />
4 ¢<br />
('<br />
('<br />
"54<br />
(4.8)<br />
¦$<br />
¦ 1<br />
"54<br />
" T<br />
('<br />
The averaging time is usually much greater than the time scale of turbulent fluctuations.<br />
Since the time averaging interval does not stretch to infinity, the resultant<br />
average quantities can still be slowly varying functions of time. But the time scale<br />
of these variations will be larger than largest turbulence time scales. Under this<br />
assumptions decomposition (4.8) is called the Reynolds decomposition.
><br />
><br />
><br />
><br />
À<br />
l<br />
º<br />
º<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
T<br />
T<br />
><br />
108 CHAPTER 4. TURBULENT FLOWS<br />
Applying (4.6) to (4.1), (4.2), we have:<br />
(4.9)<br />
<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
1<br />
4 1¦<br />
¦ 4 ²¨k ` 1<br />
¦<br />
¦ 4<br />
¦ 4 €<br />
<strong>and</strong> after <strong>and</strong> time averaging the latter <strong>and</strong> the continuity relation (4.1), <strong>and</strong> using<br />
(4.8), we obtain:<br />
>±<br />
>ûX<br />
> 9 1¦<br />
¦f ¦G<br />
¦f ¦G<br />
(4.10)<br />
<br />
¦<br />
1¦ 4 <br />
1 ¦ 4 `<br />
¦<br />
As can be seen, both the mean <strong>and</strong> fluctuating fields satisfy the continuity. The<br />
last equation is called the Reynolds averaged Navier-Stokes equation (RANS),<br />
thus the name of the approach. As can be seen the equation contains <strong>and</strong> extra<br />
unknown term composed of derivatives of the so-called the Reynolds<br />
(¢<br />
stress<br />
¦<br />
tensor: .<br />
6<br />
To close the new equation system one needs to formulate extra equations<br />
for the components of Reynolds stress tensor (closure). One of the simplest<br />
<strong>and</strong> first closure was suggested by Boussinesq, <strong>and</strong> is called the Boussinesq<br />
approximation. In this approximation the Reynolds stress tensor is considered<br />
proportional to the mean velocity gradient:<br />
> 9¦f€<br />
(4.11)<br />
¦ k<br />
ß ¦7· `<br />
l 9 Ê ¨ ¦/<br />
(4.12)<br />
@ ä¢<br />
) l<br />
¨ ¦/k¢<br />
1¦f<br />
@<br />
l<br />
>¸m ¦ 4<br />
(4.13)<br />
where we introduced the mean strain rate tensor, analogous to (1.9). Quantity<br />
defined by (4.12) is called the Turbulent kinetic energy, <strong>and</strong> ¨ ¦7 is called Ê<br />
the eddy Both<br />
viscosity,. <strong>and</strong> 9 represent two new unknown variables in the<br />
Ê<br />
model. Empirical algebraic relations can be devised for 9 <strong>and</strong><br />
connecting<br />
Ê<br />
to¦f<br />
them <strong>and</strong> length-scales of the problem, as is done in the mixing-length<br />
9<br />
theory [2], or in a more sophisticated RANS models discussed below.<br />
On the other end of the turbulence closure spectrum is the Reynolds stress<br />
model (RSM). In this model each component of the Reynolds stress tensor is
)<br />
¦<br />
><br />
j<br />
><br />
<br />
`<br />
><br />
><br />
¦<br />
j<br />
)<br />
><br />
¦<br />
X<br />
<br />
><br />
j<br />
<br />
j<br />
`<br />
j<br />
X<br />
><br />
¦ j<br />
j<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
X<br />
j<br />
`<br />
)<br />
j<br />
¦<br />
X<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
4.2. TURBULENCE MODELING 109<br />
obtained from a separate equation. Since there are six independent components,<br />
there should be six equations. In the full Reynolds stress model these equations<br />
are represented by the PDEs of the transport type. In an approximate version of<br />
RSM - algebraic Reynolds stress model these equations are given by algebraic<br />
relations.<br />
To obtain the equations for Reynolds stress tensor, let’s first subtract (4.10)<br />
from (4.9):<br />
¦<br />
1 ¦ 4 <br />
1 ¦ 4 <br />
1 ¦ 4 ` 1 ¦ 4 <br />
¦<br />
> 9 ¦f€<br />
which, using continuity (4.1), can be rewritten as:<br />
(4.14)<br />
¦<br />
¦f<br />
¦f<br />
1 ¦ ` ¦ 4 k `<br />
¦<br />
Let’s multiply this equation by )Gj :<br />
> 9 ¦K€<br />
¦<br />
¦K<br />
¦f<br />
1 ¦ ` ¦ 4 k `<br />
¦<br />
¦K€<br />
)Wj<br />
>^)Wj<br />
>])åj<br />
>^)Wj<br />
)WjmX<br />
> 9 )Wj<br />
If we swap the indexes # <strong>and</strong> ° of this equation, we get:<br />
¦ <br />
<br />
<br />
¦ 1<br />
`<br />
4 k<br />
€<br />
¦ aj<br />
9 ) jc><br />
jê>])<br />
>^)<br />
>^)<br />
Now add the two last equations:<br />
¦<br />
¦ <br />
)åj<br />
>])<br />
¦f<br />
<br />
¦f<br />
<br />
>C)Wj<br />
>^)<br />
>^)Wj<br />
>])<br />
1 ¦ ` ¦ 4 <br />
¦ 1<br />
`<br />
4 <br />
>C)Wj<br />
>^)<br />
¦ `<br />
¦f€<br />
} 4<br />
Now apply Reynolds decomposition ) (4.6):<br />
equation:<br />
¦G<br />
¦<br />
, <strong>and</strong> time average the last<br />
)Wj5X<br />
)Wj<br />
>^)<br />
jc> 9 1
1ajê><br />
j<br />
` 1aj•> j<br />
` 1aj•> j<br />
¦ <br />
)<br />
<br />
`<br />
4<br />
X<br />
<br />
><br />
4<br />
X<br />
¦ <br />
¦ <br />
)<br />
><br />
`<br />
><br />
1jê><br />
¦ <br />
X<br />
><br />
<br />
><br />
j<br />
j<br />
j<br />
X<br />
X<br />
j<br />
<br />
<br />
X<br />
<br />
><br />
j<br />
j<br />
1jê><br />
j<br />
j<br />
><br />
j<br />
><br />
j<br />
><br />
><br />
><br />
j<br />
1ajê><br />
j<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
><br />
><br />
><br />
j<br />
><br />
j<br />
><br />
¦ <br />
)<br />
><br />
¦<br />
1<br />
j<br />
><br />
j<br />
j<br />
><br />
><br />
><br />
¦ <br />
)<br />
><br />
j<br />
j ><br />
4 ¦ j<br />
j ><br />
¦ j<br />
j<br />
j<br />
j<br />
j<br />
4<br />
110 CHAPTER 4. TURBULENT FLOWS<br />
4 ¦<br />
1¦<br />
¦ 4 <br />
4 ¦f<br />
1¦<br />
¦ 4<br />
<br />
4 ¦f<br />
1¦<br />
<br />
4 1 ¦ ` ¦ 4 <br />
1¦<br />
¦ 4 1<br />
`<br />
4 <br />
¦ ` 1¦<br />
¦ 4<br />
4 ¦f}<br />
1¦<br />
¦ 4<br />
} 4<br />
jÛ> 9 151j•> j<br />
which after taking into account (4.8) simplifies to:<br />
¦<br />
¦ <br />
¦<br />
4 <br />
¦f<br />
<br />
>} 1<br />
> j<br />
1 ¦ ` ¦ 4 <br />
1 ¦ 4 `<br />
1 ¦ 4 <br />
>}j<br />
> j<br />
>}¦ 1<br />
`<br />
4 <br />
¦ 1<br />
4 ` ¦ 1<br />
4 <br />
¦ ` 1¦<br />
¦ 4<br />
4 ¦f}<br />
1¦<br />
¦ 4<br />
} 4<br />
jÛ> 9 151jê> j<br />
changing the order of time differentiation <strong>and</strong> time averaging, <strong>and</strong> canceling terms<br />
we obtain:<br />
4 <br />
¦f<br />
<br />
jê>¸ 1 ¦<br />
¦ j<br />
> j<br />
(4.15)<br />
jÛ> 9 1<br />
1 ¦ 4 <br />
¦ 1<br />
4 <br />
> j<br />
¦ ` ¦<br />
¦f}<br />
} 4<br />
jqX<br />
<strong>and</strong> finally:<br />
4 <br />
¦f<br />
<br />
(4.16)<br />
jê>¸ 1 ¦<br />
j ><br />
9 1<br />
><br />
¦ j<br />
¦ ` ¦<br />
1 ¦ <br />
4 <br />
¦f}<br />
} 4<br />
j5X<br />
jê><br />
This is the equation for the components of the Reynolds stress tensor. Since the<br />
Reynolds stress tensor is symmetric, it has only six independent components,<br />
<strong>and</strong> the number of equations is 6. As can be seen the equation contains 3-rd<br />
order ) )Wj correlations: . One can write an equation ) )Wj for as well, but it<br />
will depend on 4-th order correlations, <strong>and</strong> so on. In practice, an empirical relationship<br />
is proposed, that links the third order ) )Wj tensor to the second order<br />
) tensor . This relationship is called closure. In fact all the terms on the RHS
is<br />
r<br />
r<br />
¹<br />
r<br />
r<br />
4.2. TURBULENCE MODELING 111<br />
of (4.16) require some kind of closure to make the problem complete. If such<br />
closures are established, the obtained equation system will constitute a turbulence<br />
model. In this particular case, when the equation system provides PDEs<br />
for Reynolds stress tensor components, the corresponding turbulence model is<br />
called Reynolds stress model (RSM). Considering that the Reynolds stress tensor<br />
is symmetric, this model may include as many as 12 PDEs: 3 - velocity, 1<br />
- pressure, 6 - Reynolds stress tensor. The 12-th equation is the one for the<br />
turbulent dissipation rate, which will be discussed in the next section.<br />
Two equation turbulence models<br />
The RSM model described above may be prohibitively expensive in terms of the<br />
number of equations <strong>and</strong> the complexity of implementation. In this case simpler<br />
models can be used, which are based on smaller number of equations. The<br />
first step to reduce the number of equations is to relate the components of the<br />
Reynolds tensor to the mean velocity gradients following the Boussinesq approximation<br />
(4.11). Then one can formulate a separate transport equation for<br />
<strong>and</strong><br />
an algebraic relation for 9 Ê as a function of the latter <strong>and</strong> the mean velocity gradients.<br />
This approach will constitute a one equation turbulence model.<br />
A more popular approach is to formulate two transport equations: one for<br />
turbulent kinetic energy,<br />
<strong>and</strong> another for it’s dissipation rate¹. The eddy viscosity,<br />
9 Ê is then related to<br />
<strong>and</strong>¹as<br />
(4.17)<br />
9 Ê <br />
Ä ©r<br />
±º¹²»<br />
±ƒ² :‰. :J. <br />
±ƒ²? :‰. ± 9 Ê ²? :‰.<br />
the `<br />
which can be shown from dimensional reasoning. Indeed, if¹represents the rate<br />
of change of: then its physical dimensions should be ,<br />
Considering that , <strong>and</strong> , we can obtain (4.17). This<br />
approach is called ¹turbulence model (KE) [14, 15], which is the most<br />
popular turbulence model for engineering computations today. The equation for<br />
formulated as a transport equation of the form:<br />
(4.18)<br />
1 9§»<br />
¦ 4 ¦ 2<br />
R<br />
"<br />
R<br />
where the effective eddy viscosity of. This equation is solved with the<br />
boundary conditions of zero<br />
at the walls. Usually a non-zero<br />
is set at the<br />
9§»<br />
> 9 ʦK 1¦K<br />
>¸m ¦ 4a`<br />
¹<br />
is
T<br />
T<br />
I<br />
F<br />
<br />
F<br />
¦f<br />
F<br />
r<br />
Ä<br />
<br />
112 CHAPTER 4. TURBULENT FLOWS<br />
open boundaries, where its value is related to level of turbulent fluctuations expected<br />
in each particular flow case. The equation for the turbulence dissipation<br />
rate,¹, is written in analogy to the one for. Namely, we multiply the-equation<br />
by¹:, <strong>and</strong> introduce the effective eddy viscosity of¹: 9”¼to obtain:<br />
(4.19)<br />
r¹r<br />
where we introduced two new Ä ',Ä<br />
constants . Boundary conditions on¹can be<br />
obtained from those on, relating¹to<br />
by through equation (4.18) where the<br />
.<br />
R<br />
"<br />
R¹<br />
non-steady term should be set to zero at the R: R<br />
" T<br />
boundary:<br />
Now equations (4.18) <strong>and</strong> (4.19) have three effective viscosities: Ê (diffusiv-<br />
9<br />
ity of momentum), (diffusivity of turbulent kinetic energy,), <strong>and</strong> 9§¼(diffusivity<br />
of turbulence dissipation rate,¹). It should be noted that unlike the molecular<br />
viscosity,<br />
V<br />
, which is a property of the fluid <strong>and</strong> is usually independent on coordinates<br />
or time 2 , all turbulent viscosities are functions of space, <strong>and</strong> are therefore<br />
represent the new dependent variables of the problem along 9 <strong>and</strong>¹.<br />
with¦<br />
' 9”»<br />
Another assumption of the model is that <strong>and</strong> 9”»<br />
9 Ê with different proportionality constants:<br />
9¼are both proportional to<br />
1 9¼¹<br />
4 ¦ ¦<br />
>\Ä<br />
9 Ê ¹<br />
1¦f<br />
>Jm ¦ 4a`<br />
(4.20)<br />
9 Ê<br />
(4.21)<br />
9¼<br />
9 Ê<br />
where j , ö¼<br />
model.<br />
ö<br />
the effective ”Pr<strong>and</strong>tl numbers”, which are constants of the<br />
ö¼<br />
are<br />
The system of equations (4.18), (4.19), (4.20), (4.21), (4.17) is closed <strong>and</strong> constitutes<br />
¹turbulence model. It has 5 empirical the `<br />
constants:<br />
9”» <br />
ö»<br />
r<br />
l ö» <br />
T ö¼<br />
@‰IÕÀ<br />
the values of which are determined by comparison of computations with experimental<br />
data.<br />
KE model belongs to the class of two-equation turbulence models. Another<br />
important two equation turbulence model is the °Z` n model [16], where instead<br />
of the turbulence dissipation rate¹a turbulence frequency scale, n , is used as an<br />
extra variable.<br />
2 In flows with heat transport this may not be the case<br />
Ä ©<br />
Ô<br />
Ä<br />
щÑ<br />
Ä @‰I<br />
@‰IÕÔ<br />
@‰I
Bibliography<br />
[1] Y.A. Cengel <strong>and</strong> M.A. Boles. Thermodynamics. McGraw-Hill, Inc., 2002.<br />
[2] Frank White. Viscous <strong>Fluid</strong> Flow. Second Edition‘. WCB/McGraw-Hill, 1991.<br />
[3] K.Jr. Wark. Advanced Thermodynamics for Engineers. McGraw-Hill, Inc.,<br />
1995.<br />
[4] C.A.J Fletcher. Computational techniques for fluid dynamics. Springer-<br />
Verlag, 1991.<br />
[5] C.R. Chester. Techniques in partial differential equations. McGraw-Hill, NY,<br />
1971.<br />
[6] J.H. Ferziger <strong>and</strong> M. Peric. Computational Methods for <strong>Fluid</strong> Dynamics.<br />
Springer Verlag, 1997.<br />
[7] L.D. L<strong>and</strong>au <strong>and</strong> E.M. Lifshitz. <strong>Fluid</strong> <strong>Mechanics</strong>. Course of Theoretical<br />
Physics, volume 6. Butterworth-Heinemann; 2nd edition, 1987.<br />
[8] O. Reynolds. An experimental investigation of the circumstances which determine<br />
whether the motion of water shall be direct or sinuous, <strong>and</strong> of the<br />
law of resistance in parallel channels. Royal Society, Phil. Trans., 1883.<br />
[9] E. Buckingham. Model experiments <strong>and</strong> the form of empirical equations.<br />
Trans. ASME, 37, 1915.<br />
[10] F. White. <strong>Fluid</strong> <strong>Mechanics</strong>. Fifth Edition‘. WCB/McGraw-Hill, 2002.<br />
[11] E. Buckingham. On physically similar systems: Illustrations of the use of<br />
dimensional equations. Phys. Rev., 4(4):345–376, 1914.<br />
[12] C.W. Pseen. Ueber die stokes’sche formel und ueber eine verw<strong>and</strong>te aufgabe<br />
in der hydrodynamik. Ark. f. Math. Astron. och Fys., 6(29), 1910.<br />
113
114 BIBLIOGRAPHY<br />
[13] M. Germano. Turbulence: the filtering approach. Journal of <strong>Fluid</strong> <strong>Mechanics</strong>,<br />
238:325–336, 1992.<br />
[14] B.E. Launder <strong>and</strong> D.B. Spalding. The numerical computation of turbulent<br />
flows. Computer Methods in Applied Mech. <strong>and</strong> Eng., 3:269–289, 1974.<br />
[15] W.P. Jones <strong>and</strong> B.E. Launder. The prediction of laminarization with a twoequation<br />
model of turbulence. Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer, 15:301–314, 1972.<br />
[16] D.C. Wilcox. Turbulence modeling for CFD. DCW Industries, Inc., 1993.<br />
[17] Barry Spain. Tensor Calculus. Oliver <strong>and</strong> Boyd, 1965.<br />
[18] J.L. Synge <strong>and</strong> A. Schild. Tensor Calculus. Dover Publications, 1969.<br />
[19] P. Morse <strong>and</strong> H. Feshbach. Methods of Theoretical Physics. McGraw-Hill,<br />
New York, 1953.
Appendix A<br />
Introduction to Tensor Calculus<br />
115
"<br />
¦<br />
-<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
¡<br />
¦<br />
ã<br />
<br />
<br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
T<br />
1<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
4<br />
<br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
l<br />
116 APPENDIX A. INTRODUCTION TO TENSOR CALCULUS<br />
There are two aspects of tensors that are of practical <strong>and</strong> fundamental importance:<br />
tensor notation <strong>and</strong> tensor invariance. Tensor notation is of great practical<br />
importance, since it simplifies h<strong>and</strong>ling of complex equation systems. The<br />
idea of tensor invariance is of both practical <strong>and</strong> fundamental importance, since it<br />
provides a powerful apparatus to describe non-Euclidean spaces in general <strong>and</strong><br />
curvilinear coordinate systems in particular.<br />
A definition of a tensor is given in Section A.1. Section A.2 deals with an<br />
important class of Cartesian tensors, <strong>and</strong> describes the rules of tensor notation.<br />
Section A.3 provides a brief introduction to general curvilinear coordinates, invariant<br />
forms <strong>and</strong> the rules of covariant differentiation.<br />
A.1 Coordinates <strong>and</strong> Tensors<br />
Consider a space of real numbers of dimension = , A B , <strong>and</strong> a single real time,<br />
. Continuum properties in this space can be described by arrays of different<br />
dimensions, , such as scalars @ ( ), vectors ( ), matrices ( ), <strong>and</strong><br />
general multi-dimensional arrays. In this space we shall introduce a coordinate<br />
system, , as a way of assigning real numbers 1 for every point of space<br />
¦YF„½º½B<br />
<br />
=<br />
There can be a variety of possible coordinate systems. A general transformation<br />
rule between the coordinate systems is<br />
%<br />
(A.1)<br />
Consider a small R <br />
displacement . Then it can be transformed from coordinate<br />
system to a new coordinate ã system using the partial differentiation<br />
rules applied to (A.1):<br />
ã<br />
ã<br />
F IOI/ B<br />
(A.2)<br />
ã R<br />
R <br />
Y ã<br />
This transformation rule 2 can be generalized to a set of vectors that we shall call<br />
contravariant vectors:<br />
Y <br />
(A.3)<br />
ã Y ¡<br />
1<br />
Y <br />
Super-indexes denote components of a vector (¾†¿¸ÀÁ4ÁÂ) <strong>and</strong><br />
not the power exponent, for the reason<br />
explained later (Definition A.1.1)<br />
2 The repeated indexes imply summation (See. Proposition A.21)
<br />
Y<br />
ã Y<br />
Y ¦<br />
ã Y<br />
¦<br />
¡<br />
£<br />
|<br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Y ¦<br />
Y<br />
<br />
A.1. COORDINATES AND TENSORS 117<br />
That is, a contravariant vector is defined as a vector which transforms to a new<br />
coordinate system according to (A.3). We can also introduce the transformation<br />
matrix as:<br />
(A.4)<br />
¦<br />
¢ <br />
Y ã<br />
With which (A.3) can be rewritten as:<br />
Y <br />
(A.5)<br />
¦<br />
¡ <br />
£<br />
Transformation rule (A.3) will not apply to all the vectors in our space. For<br />
will transform as:<br />
example, a partial derivative Y : Y <br />
(A.6)<br />
¦ Y <br />
<br />
Y <br />
Y <br />
that is, the transformation coefficients are the other way up compared to (A.2).<br />
Now we can generalize this transformation rule, so that each vector that transforms<br />
according to (A.6) will be called a Covariant vector:<br />
Y ã<br />
(A.7)<br />
Y <br />
¦ ¡<br />
ã ¡©¦<br />
This provides the reason for using lower <strong>and</strong> upper indexes in a general<br />
tensor notation.<br />
Y ã<br />
Definition A.1.1 Tensor<br />
Tensor of order is a set of =<br />
numbers identified by<br />
integer indexes.<br />
For example, a 3rd order tensor ¡ can be denoted as ¡§¦/ j <strong>and</strong> an -order tensor<br />
can be denoted as ¡§¦6½º½¦ÄÃ.Each index of a tensor changes between 1 <strong>and</strong><br />
n. For example, in a 3-dimensional space (n=3) a second order tensor will be<br />
represented À Ô by components.<br />
Each index of a tensor should comply to one of the two transformation rules:<br />
(A.3) or (A.7). An index that complies to the rule (A.7) is called a covariant index<br />
<strong>and</strong> is denoted as a sub-index, <strong>and</strong> an index complying to the transformation rule<br />
(A.3) is called a contravariant index <strong>and</strong> is denoted as a super-index.
¡©¦6½º½¦Ã ¡§¦6½º½¦Ã“1<br />
<br />
¨<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
@<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
B<br />
118 APPENDIX A. INTRODUCTION TO TENSOR CALCULUS<br />
Each index of a tensor can be covariant or a contravariant, thus tensor<br />
j ¦/<br />
is a 2-covariant, 1-contravariant tensor of third order.<br />
¡<br />
Tensors are usually functions of space <strong>and</strong> time:<br />
which defines a tensor field, i.e. for every point <br />
<strong>and</strong> time " there are a set of<br />
F IOI/ B '<br />
"54<br />
nubers ¡©¦6½º½¦Ã.<br />
Remark A.1.2 Tensor character of coordinate vectors<br />
Note, that the <br />
coordinates are not tensors, since generally, they are not<br />
transformed as (A.5). Transformation law for the coordinates is actually given<br />
by (A.1). Nevertheless, we shall use the upper (contravariant) indexes for the<br />
coordinates.<br />
Definition A.1.3 Kronecker delta tensor<br />
Second order delta tensor, ß ¦/<br />
is defined as<br />
(A.8)<br />
#<br />
¦7Œ<br />
¦7Œ T<br />
ß<br />
From this definition <strong>and</strong> since coordinates <br />
v ¨<br />
it follows that:<br />
are independent of each other<br />
#ª<br />
v ß<br />
(A.9)<br />
<br />
Y <br />
ß ¦/<br />
Y <br />
Corollary A.1.4 Delta product<br />
that<br />
From the definition (A.1.3) <strong>and</strong> the summation convention (A.21), follows<br />
(A.10)<br />
ß ¦/ ¡k¡§¦
£<br />
<br />
¦<br />
A<br />
j<br />
¦<br />
<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
j<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
¦<br />
<br />
j<br />
<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
¦<br />
<br />
j<br />
j<br />
<br />
A.2. CARTESIAN TENSORS 119<br />
<br />
A¦<br />
:<br />
Assume that there exists the transformation inverse to (A.5), which we call<br />
(A.11)<br />
<br />
A¦<br />
Then by analogy (A.4)A¦<br />
<br />
to<br />
can be defined as:<br />
ã R<br />
R <br />
A¦<br />
<br />
(A.12)<br />
Y <br />
£<br />
A¦<br />
<br />
j<br />
j , namely:<br />
Y ã<br />
¦<br />
From this relation <strong>and</strong> the independence of coordinates (A.9) it follows<br />
A<br />
that £<br />
ß ¦<br />
Y <br />
(A.13)<br />
Y ã<br />
Y <br />
ã j Y<br />
Y <br />
ß ¦<br />
Y ã<br />
Y ã<br />
Y <br />
Y ã<br />
j<br />
j<br />
Y ã<br />
A.2 Cartesian Tensors<br />
Cartesian tensors are a sub-set of general tensors for which the transformation<br />
matrix (A.4) satisfies the following relation:<br />
(A.14)<br />
¦ Y ã<br />
<br />
j ¦ £ j £<br />
Y ã<br />
ß ¦/<br />
For Cartesian tensors we have<br />
Y <br />
Y <br />
(A.15)<br />
ïY <br />
Y ã<br />
Y ã<br />
(see Problem A.4.3), which means that both (A.5) <strong>and</strong> (A.6) are transformed ¦<br />
with<br />
the same j matrix . This in turn means that the difference between the covariant<br />
<strong>and</strong> contravariant indexes vanishes for the Cartesian tensors. Considering this<br />
we shall only use the sub-indexes whenever we deal with Cartesian tensors.<br />
£<br />
Y j
j<br />
j<br />
„<br />
æ<br />
¤<br />
„<br />
P<br />
æ<br />
¤<br />
120 APPENDIX A. INTRODUCTION TO TENSOR CALCULUS<br />
A.2.1<br />
Tensor Notation<br />
Tensor notation simplifies writing complex equations involving multi-dimensional<br />
objects. This notation is based on a set of tensor rules. The rules introduced<br />
in this section represent a complete set of rules for Cartesian tensors <strong>and</strong> will<br />
be extended in the case of general tensors (Sec.A.3). The importance of tensor<br />
rules is given by the following general remark:<br />
Remark A.2.1 Tensor rules Tensor rules guarantee that if an expression follows<br />
these rules it represents a tensor according to Definition A.1.1.<br />
Thus, following tensor rules, one can build tensor expressions that will preserve<br />
tensor properties of coordinate transformations (Definition A.1.1) <strong>and</strong> coordinate<br />
invariance (Section A.3).<br />
Tensor rules are based on the following definitions <strong>and</strong> propositions.<br />
Definition A.2.2 Tensor terms<br />
A tensor term is a product of tensors.<br />
For example:<br />
(A.16)<br />
¡§¦/<br />
¤“<br />
jÙÄ<br />
Pæ<br />
Definition A.2.3 Tensor expression<br />
Tensor expression is a sum of tensor terms. For example:<br />
(A.17)<br />
P<br />
Generally the terms in the expression may come with plus or minus sign.<br />
¡§¦/<br />
¤“<br />
¦ ½<br />
jê>\Ä<br />
Pæ<br />
Proposition A.2.4 Allowed operations<br />
The only allowed algebraic operations in tensor expressions are the addition,<br />
subtraction <strong>and</strong> multiplication. Divisions are only allowed for constants, like<br />
: Ä . If a tensor index appears in a denominator, such term should be redefined,<br />
@<br />
so as not to have tensor indexes in a denominator. For @ : ¡t¦<br />
example, should be<br />
redefined as: @ : ¡©¦<br />
.<br />
¤§¦¢
Ä<br />
¦ ½<br />
j<br />
P<br />
Ä<br />
P<br />
<br />
Ä<br />
<br />
j<br />
j<br />
A.2. CARTESIAN TENSORS 121<br />
Definition A.2.5 Tensor equality<br />
Tensor equality is an equality of two tensor expressions.<br />
For example:<br />
(A.18)<br />
¡§¦/Ù¤“k<br />
¦f¤<br />
jÙ„<br />
>^„<br />
Definition A.2.6 Free indexes<br />
A free index is any index that occurs only once in a tensor term. For example,<br />
index # is a free index in the term (A.16).<br />
Proposition A.2.7 Free index restriction<br />
Every term in a tensor equality should have the same set of free indexes.<br />
For example, if index # is a free index in any term of tensor equality, such as<br />
(A.18), it should be the free index in all other terms. For example<br />
¡©¦/¤k<br />
½ <br />
is not a valid tensor equality since index # is a free index in the term on the<br />
RHS but not in the LHS.<br />
Definition A.2.8 Rank of a term<br />
A rank of a tensor term is equal to the number of its free indexes.<br />
¤“<br />
For example, the rank of the j Äj term is equal to 1.<br />
It follows from (A.2.7) that ranks of all the terms in a valid tensor ¡§¦/ expression<br />
should be the same. Note, that the difference between the order <strong>and</strong> the rank is<br />
that the order is equal to the number of indexes of a tensor, <strong>and</strong> the rank is equal<br />
to the number of free indexes in a tensor term.<br />
Proposition A.2.9 Renaming of free indexes<br />
Any free index in a tensor expression can be named by any symbol as long<br />
as this symbol does not already occur in the tensor expression.
°<br />
¡<br />
j<br />
Ä<br />
„<br />
„<br />
<br />
<br />
122 APPENDIX A. INTRODUCTION TO TENSOR CALCULUS<br />
For example, the equality<br />
(A.19)<br />
is equivalent to<br />
¡§¦7Ù¤<br />
¦ ½ <br />
(A.20)<br />
Ù¤ ½ <br />
Äj<br />
Here we replaced the free index # with ° .<br />
Definition A.2.10 Dummy indexes<br />
A dummy index is any index that occurs twice in a tensor term.<br />
For example, indexes¨‰'<br />
'€Xò'qŠ in (A.16) are dummy indexes.<br />
Proposition A.2.11 Summation rule<br />
Any dummy index implies summation, i.e.<br />
(A.21)<br />
B w¦<br />
¡§¦M¤§¦$<br />
¡§¦³¤§¦<br />
Proposition A.2.12 Summation rule exception If there should be no summation<br />
over the repeated indices, it can be indicated by enclosing such indices in parentheses.<br />
For example, expression:<br />
½ ¦/<br />
does not imply summation over # .<br />
Ä0¦32¡0¦32¤“k<br />
Corollary A.2.13 Scalar product<br />
A scalar product notation from vector algebra: 1 ¡ûž¤ 4<br />
notation as ¡§¦M¤§¦ .<br />
is expressed in tensor
¡§¦<br />
æ P<br />
j<br />
¤<br />
P<br />
Ä<br />
æ<br />
¡<br />
¤<br />
j<br />
P<br />
P<br />
<br />
Ä<br />
„<br />
„<br />
<br />
<br />
A.2. CARTESIAN TENSORS 123<br />
The scalar product operation is also called a contraction of indexes.<br />
Proposition A.2.14 Dummy index restriction<br />
No index can occur more than twice in any tensor term.<br />
Remark A.2.15 Repeated indexes<br />
In case if an index occurs more than twice in a term this term should be<br />
redefined so as not to contain more than two occurrences of the same index. For<br />
is defined as<br />
j<br />
¤<br />
½ <br />
example, term should be rewritten j j as , where jèÄj j<br />
½ ¡t¦ ¡§¦<br />
½ <br />
¢¤ 0j2Ä0j2with no summation over ° in the last term.<br />
Proposition A.2.16 Renaming of dummy indexes<br />
Any dummy index in a tensor term can be renamed to any symbol as long<br />
as this symbol does not already occur in this term.<br />
For example, term is equivalent to , <strong>and</strong> so are terms ¡§¦/ j<br />
.<br />
¡Ù¤“ ¡§¦M¤§¦<br />
¤<br />
Äj <strong>and</strong><br />
Remark A.2.17 Renaming rules<br />
Note that while the dummy index renaming rule (A.2.16) is applied to each<br />
tensor term separately, the free index naming rule (A.2.9) should apply to the<br />
whole tensor expression. For example, the equality (A.19) above<br />
¡©¦/¤k<br />
¦ ½ <br />
can also be rewritten as<br />
(A.22)<br />
½ <br />
without changing its meaning.<br />
Äj<br />
(See Problem A.4.1).<br />
Definition A.2.18 Permutation tensor<br />
The components of a third order permutation tensor pq¦/ j are defined to be<br />
equal to 0 when any index is equal to any other index; equal to 1 when the set of
% £A<br />
£<br />
£A<br />
4<br />
(A.25)<br />
~<br />
j<br />
l<br />
À @<br />
l 4Pv<br />
<br />
j<br />
¡¼ ¤ Í ~ ~<br />
j<br />
j<br />
j<br />
j<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
`<br />
T<br />
@<br />
@<br />
£A<br />
124 APPENDIX A. INTRODUCTION TO TENSOR CALCULUS<br />
indexes can be obtained by cyclic permutation of 123; <strong>and</strong> -1 when the indexes<br />
can be obtained by cyclic permutation from 132. In a mathematical language it<br />
can be expressed as:<br />
#_<br />
¨#Å<br />
°Å%¨<br />
°Æv p5¦7<br />
(A.23)<br />
#¨°ËÇ º9É<br />
1<br />
p5¦/<br />
#<br />
#¨°ÈÇ º9É<br />
1<br />
4Êv p5¦7<br />
where º9É<br />
–<br />
is a permutation group of a triple of indexes abc, i.e. º9É<br />
£AE- . For example, the permutation group of 123 will consist of three<br />
–<br />
4 <br />
@EÀ<br />
combinations: 123, 231 <strong>and</strong> 312, <strong>and</strong> the permutation group of 123 consists of<br />
132, 321 <strong>and</strong> 213.<br />
–§'BA<br />
–<br />
',–<br />
1<br />
1<br />
Corollary A.2.19 Permutation of the permutation tensor indexes<br />
From the definition of the permutation tensor it follows that the permutation<br />
of any of its two indexes changes its sign:<br />
(A.24)<br />
p5¦/<br />
` p5¦<br />
A tensor with this property is called skew-symmetric.<br />
Corollary A.2.20 Vector product<br />
A vector product (cross-product) of two vectors in vector notation is expressed<br />
as<br />
Ä<br />
which in tensor notation can be expressed as<br />
(A.26)<br />
¡§¦$£p5¦/<br />
¤<br />
Äj<br />
Remark A.2.21 Cross product<br />
Tensor expression (A.26) is more accurate than its vector counterpart (A.25),<br />
since it explicitly shows how to compute each component of a vector product.
j<br />
j<br />
p5¦<br />
æ P<br />
j<br />
j<br />
j<br />
¡<br />
<br />
j<br />
j<br />
j<br />
j<br />
j<br />
<br />
<br />
P<br />
j<br />
ß<br />
j<br />
<br />
æ<br />
j<br />
j<br />
T<br />
j<br />
j<br />
¡<br />
<br />
j<br />
j<br />
æ<br />
j<br />
ß<br />
j<br />
P<br />
A.2. CARTESIAN TENSORS 125<br />
Theorem A.2.22 Symmetric identity<br />
If ¡§¦/ is a symmetric tensor, then the following identity is true:<br />
(A.27)<br />
p5¦/<br />
¡“<br />
Proof:<br />
From the symmetry of ¡§¦/ we have:<br />
(A.28)<br />
p5¦/<br />
¡“<br />
£pm¦/<br />
Let’s rename index¨into ° <strong>and</strong> ° into¨in the RHS of this expression, according<br />
to rule (A.2.16):<br />
p5¦/<br />
k£pm¦<br />
¡<br />
Using (A.24) we finally obtain:<br />
p5¦<br />
,¡<br />
` p5¦/<br />
¡<br />
j<br />
Comparing the RHS of this expression to the LHS of (A.28) we have:<br />
p5¦/<br />
¡<br />
` p5¦/<br />
¡<br />
from which we conclude that (A.27) is true.<br />
Theorem A.2.23 Tensor identity<br />
The following tensor identity is true:<br />
(A.29)<br />
pq¦7<br />
ß <br />
`]ß <br />
Proof<br />
This identity can be proved by examining the components of equality (A.29)<br />
component-by-component.
(A.30)<br />
~<br />
Í ¤ Í ¡<br />
Ä~<br />
1~<br />
¤ ¡‡ž 4<br />
Ä~<br />
1~ ~<br />
<br />
Y<br />
¡<br />
"<br />
¡<br />
¦<br />
4Û`<br />
Ä~<br />
¡‡ž ¤ 4 ~ 1~<br />
126 APPENDIX A. INTRODUCTION TO TENSOR CALCULUS<br />
Corollary A.2.24 Vector identity<br />
Using the tensor identity (A.29) it is possible to prove the following important<br />
vector identity:<br />
See Problem A.4.4.<br />
A.2.2<br />
Tensor Derivatives<br />
For Cartesian tensors derivatives introduce the following notation.<br />
Definition A.2.25 Time derivative of a tensor<br />
A partial derivative of a tensor over time is designated as<br />
¡£¢ Y<br />
Definition A.2.26 Spatial derivative of a tensor<br />
A partial derivative of a tensor ¡<br />
over one or its spacial components is denoted<br />
as ¡ ¦ :<br />
(A.31)<br />
¡ ¦¢Y<br />
that is, the index of the spatial component that the derivation is done over is<br />
delimited by a comma (’,’) from other indexes. For example, ¡t¦/y j is a derivative of<br />
a second order tensor ¡§¦7 .<br />
Y <br />
Definition A.2.27 Nabla<br />
Nabla operator acting on a tensor ¡<br />
is defined as<br />
(A.32)<br />
¾ ¦f¡¢¡ƒ ¦
F<br />
<br />
F<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
À<br />
A.2. CARTESIAN TENSORS 127<br />
Even though the notation in (A.31) is sufficient to define the derivative, In<br />
some instances it is convenient to introduce the nabla operator as defined above.<br />
Remark A.2.28 Tensor derivative<br />
In a more general context of non-Cartesian tensors the coordinate independent<br />
derivative will have a different form from (A.31). See the chapter on covariant<br />
differentiation in [17].<br />
Remark A.2.29 Rank of a tensor derivative<br />
The derivative of a zero order tensor (scalar) as given by (A.31) forms a<br />
first order tensor (vector). Generally, the derivative of an -order tensor forms an<br />
order tensor. However, if the derivation index is a dummy index, then the<br />
>×@<br />
rank of the derivative will be lower than that of the original tensor. For example,<br />
the rank of the derivative is one, since there is only one free index in this<br />
term.<br />
¡§¦/m<br />
Remark A.2.30 Gradient<br />
Expression (A.31) represents a gradient, which in a vector notation is ¾ ¡<br />
:<br />
¾ ¡ `åb ¡ƒ ¦<br />
Corollary A.2.31 Derivative of a coordinate<br />
From (A.9) it follows that:<br />
(A.33)<br />
¦Kk<br />
ß ¦/<br />
In particular, the following identity is true:<br />
(A.34)<br />
<br />
<br />
¦f ¦$<br />
rq r<br />
>]<br />
>] <br />
@•>¼@•>@<br />
Remark A.2.32 Divergence operator<br />
A divergence operator in a vector notation is represented in a tensor notation<br />
as ¡©¦f ¦ :<br />
¾ 1 ¡ 4]`$b ¡©¦f ¦ ž~
<br />
r<br />
› R (A.35)<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
[<br />
¦<br />
<br />
128 APPENDIX A. INTRODUCTION TO TENSOR CALCULUS<br />
Remark A.2.33 Laplace operator<br />
¡ƒ ¦ì¦<br />
The Laplace operator in vector notation is represented in tensor notation as<br />
:<br />
¡ `åb ¡ƒ ¦ì¦<br />
Remark A.2.34 Tensor notation<br />
Examples (A.2.30), (A.2.32) <strong>and</strong> (A.2.33) clearly show that tensor notation<br />
is more concise <strong>and</strong> accurate than vector notation, since it explicitly shows how<br />
each component should be computed. It is also more general since it covers<br />
.<br />
cases that don’t have representation in vector notation, for example: ¡C¦ j<br />
<br />
j<br />
A.3 Curvilinear coordinates<br />
In this section 3 we introduce the idea of tensor invariance <strong>and</strong> introduce the rules<br />
for constructing invariant forms.<br />
A.3.1<br />
Tensor invariance<br />
The distance between the material points in a Cartesian coordinate system is<br />
. The metric tensor, is introduced to generalize the<br />
notion of distance (A.39) to curvilinear coordinates.<br />
› R (A.36)<br />
r<br />
› R (A.39)<br />
¦<br />
<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
ã<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
R ã <br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
j<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
j<br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
¦<br />
ã<br />
<br />
<br />
j<br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
¦<br />
<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
<br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
T<br />
j<br />
A.3. CURVILINEAR COORDINATES 129<br />
systems, that is, the distance should be independent of the coordinate system,<br />
thus:<br />
¦/<br />
¦/<br />
The metric tensor is symmetric, which can be shown by rewriting (A.35) as<br />
follows:<br />
R <br />
R <br />
ã R<br />
ã R<br />
¦/<br />
¼
¡<br />
ã<br />
¡ X<br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
¦<br />
<br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
130 APPENDIX A. INTRODUCTION TO TENSOR CALCULUS<br />
Using (A.38) we can also find its inverse as:<br />
(A.41)<br />
¦7<br />
Y ã<br />
Y ã<br />
in various curvilinear coordi-<br />
Using these expression one can compute <strong>and</strong><br />
nate systems (see Problem A.4.6).<br />
J¦7<br />
¦7<br />
Y j<br />
Y j<br />
Definition A.3.2 Conjugate tensors<br />
For each index of a tensor we introduce the conjugate tensor where this<br />
index is transfered to its counterpart (covariant/contravariant) using the relations:<br />
(A.42)<br />
(A.43)<br />
¼<br />
¡“<br />
¦/<br />
¡©¦‡
j<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
j<br />
)<br />
¤<br />
<br />
¦ <br />
> 9 6 ¦<br />
j ;<br />
¦ <br />
> 9 6 j ¦f<br />
j ;<br />
<br />
)<br />
<br />
A.3. CURVILINEAR COORDINATES 131<br />
Definition A.3.4 Invariant Scalar Product<br />
The invariant form of the scalar product between ¦7<br />
two<br />
¡©¦M¤<br />
covariant vectors<br />
<strong>and</strong> is . Similarly, the invariant form of a scalar product between ¡t¦<br />
¦ ¦ ¦<br />
two<br />
contravariant vectors <strong>and</strong> is , where is the metric tensor (A.40)<br />
<strong>and</strong> is its conjugate (A.38).<br />
\)<br />
where the rising of indexes was done using relation ) (A.42):<br />
.<br />
6 ¦/<br />
, <strong>and</strong> j ¦ 6<br />
j ¥ j
¡<br />
<br />
¦<br />
Y<br />
¡<br />
¦<br />
Y<br />
<br />
¡<br />
¦<br />
><br />
¡<br />
y͡ j<br />
Y<br />
|<br />
¨<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
|<br />
132 APPENDIX A. INTRODUCTION TO TENSOR CALCULUS<br />
A.3.2<br />
Covariant differentiation<br />
A simple scalar value, , is invariant under coordinate transformations. A partial<br />
derivative of an invariant is a first order covariant tensor (vector):<br />
¨<br />
¨ ¦G˜Y<br />
However, a partial derivative of a tensor of the order one <strong>and</strong> greater is not<br />
generally an invariant under coordinate transformations of type (A.7) <strong>and</strong> (A.3).<br />
In curvilinear coordinate system we should use more complex differentiation<br />
rules to preserve the invariance of the derivative. These rules are called the rules<br />
of covariant differentiation <strong>and</strong> they guarantee that the derivative itself is a tensor.<br />
According to these rules the derivatives for covariant <strong>and</strong> contravariant indices<br />
will be slightly different. They are expressed as follows:<br />
Y <br />
(A.46)<br />
¡§¦<br />
(A.47)<br />
><br />
̦<br />
j<br />
<br />
¡§¦f¢<br />
Y <br />
`Ìj ¦/yÍ¡ <br />
¢SY<br />
Y <br />
where contstructÌj<br />
the<br />
¦/£Íis defined as<br />
><br />
¡<br />
%<br />
%<br />
æ<br />
¦6P<br />
¡<br />
æ<br />
¡<br />
-<br />
-<br />
<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
¡<br />
j<br />
)<br />
¡<br />
¦<br />
R<br />
%<br />
¦6½º½¦Î§<br />
P<br />
<br />
`<br />
><br />
><br />
<br />
%<br />
%<br />
¦<br />
º<br />
j<br />
æ<br />
<br />
Y<br />
P Y<br />
-<br />
-<br />
><br />
¡<br />
¡<br />
%<br />
¦6½º½¦Î ¡<br />
6½º½ÃˆÏ6æ<br />
j<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
j<br />
¡<br />
¦<br />
|<br />
A.3. CURVILINEAR COORDINATES 133<br />
the contravariant second order tensor ¡ ¦/<br />
we have:<br />
(A.48)<br />
¦/<br />
<br />
j<br />
¦<br />
- |aj<br />
<br />
- |j<br />
¦/<br />
üY<br />
¡ |<br />
Y j ><br />
And for a general = -covariant,<br />
-contravariant tensor we have:<br />
žEžEž<br />
(A.49)<br />
¦6½º½¦Î<br />
><br />
Despite their seeming complexity, the relations of covariant differentiation<br />
can be easily implemented algorithmically <strong>and</strong> used in numerical solutions on<br />
arbitrary curved computational grids (Problem A.4.8).<br />
æ<br />
6½º½Ã<br />
¦½º½¦ÄÎ><br />
¦ÎP<br />
¦6½º½¦ÎÏ6æ<br />
6<br />
½º½Ã<br />
Ã<br />
æfP<br />
žEžEž<br />
6½º½Ã<br />
æfP<br />
6½º½Ã<br />
6½º½Ã ¦6½º½¦Î<br />
Remark A.3.7 Rules of invariant expressions<br />
As was pointed out in Corollary A.3.6, the rules to build invariant expressions<br />
involve raising or lowering indexes (A.42), (A.43). However, since we did not<br />
introduce the notation for contravariant derivative, the only way to raise the index<br />
.<br />
of a covariant derivative, say ¡ ¦ , it to use the relation (A.42) directly, that is:<br />
¦7<br />
¡ƒ<br />
For example, we can re-formulate the momentum equation (A.45) in terms<br />
of contravariant free index # as:<br />
(A.50)<br />
¦<br />
<br />
j<br />
<br />
j<br />
>^)<br />
; > 9 6<br />
where the index of the pressure term was raised by means of (A.42).<br />
Using the invariance of the scalar product one can<br />
#<br />
construct<br />
¡¼¢¥¡<br />
two ¦ important<br />
differential operators in curvilinear coordinates: R<br />
¦<br />
divergence of a vector<br />
(A.51) [<br />
<strong>and</strong> Laplacian, (A.55).<br />
¡£¢£<br />
¡<br />
j<br />
j<br />
Definition A.3.8 Divergence<br />
¦<br />
Divergence of a vector is defined<br />
¦<br />
as :<br />
¡<br />
(A.51)<br />
¦<br />
¦ <br />
# ¡£¢¡
(A.55) [<br />
¡<br />
Y<br />
¡<br />
¡<br />
¦<br />
> ¦<br />
¡<br />
<br />
Y<br />
¡<br />
@<br />
m<br />
m<br />
¦<br />
> ¦<br />
Y<br />
Y<br />
¦<br />
%<br />
-<br />
¦<br />
<br />
¡<br />
¦<br />
134 APPENDIX A. INTRODUCTION TO TENSOR CALCULUS<br />
From this definition <strong>and</strong> the rule of covariant differentiation (A.47) we have:<br />
(A.52)<br />
¦<br />
¦ <br />
¦<br />
j<br />
¡ j<br />
this can be shown [18] to be equal to:<br />
Y <br />
¦<br />
¦ <br />
— @<br />
Y <br />
(A.53)<br />
Q¡<br />
where is the determinant of the metric tensor .<br />
(A.61) ’<br />
F<br />
r<br />
F<br />
4<br />
><br />
£<br />
–<br />
F<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
£ T<br />
> F<br />
£<br />
><br />
rAF<br />
F<br />
F<br />
<br />
F<br />
¦<br />
T<br />
¦<br />
T T<br />
-<br />
'BAr '<br />
T<br />
'<br />
T<br />
'<br />
-<br />
<br />
-<br />
<br />
><br />
<br />
F<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
T<br />
4<br />
A.3. CURVILINEAR COORDINATES 135<br />
¦<br />
Consider three unit vectors, , each directed along one of the coordinate<br />
axis (tangential unit vectors), that is:<br />
'BA¦<br />
'*–<br />
£<br />
(A.56)<br />
(A.57) A¦<br />
(A.58)<br />
T ×%<br />
T Ú%<br />
ä% £<br />
F '<br />
The condition of orthogonality means that the scalar product between any<br />
two of these unit vectors should be zero. According to the definition of a scalar<br />
product (Definition A.3.4) it should be written in form (A.44), that is, a scalar product<br />
between vectors <strong>and</strong>A¦<br />
can be written as: £ ¦A¦<br />
or £‰¦A¦<br />
. Let’s use the first<br />
form for definiteness. Then, applying the operation of rising indexes (A.42), we<br />
can express the scalar product in contravariant components only:<br />
£Ž¦<br />
',–<br />
¦A<br />
T ¼£<br />
r £<br />
T‰T<br />
FðF<br />
› R (A.66)<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
£<br />
£<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
£ £<br />
F F<br />
£<br />
–<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
£<br />
@ Ú%<br />
’<br />
¦<br />
F<br />
¦<br />
<br />
F<br />
'<br />
'<br />
’<br />
@<br />
’<br />
T<br />
'<br />
F<br />
r<br />
4<br />
@<br />
’<br />
¯<br />
'<br />
T<br />
<br />
'<br />
@<br />
’<br />
<br />
–<br />
T<br />
T<br />
¦<br />
–<br />
-<br />
-<br />
-<br />
’<br />
F<br />
r<br />
4<br />
–<br />
¦ <br />
–<br />
r<br />
1<br />
R ã <br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
@<br />
¦ r<br />
4<br />
@<br />
136 APPENDIX A. INTRODUCTION TO TENSOR CALCULUS<br />
£‰¦$<br />
¦<br />
@<br />
Or, expressed in contravariant components only the condition of unity is:<br />
A¦A¦$<br />
F<br />
¦<br />
¡<br />
F<br />
’<br />
¡<br />
F<br />
ˆ<br />
F<br />
'<br />
ˆ<br />
@<br />
<br />
ˆ<br />
¦<br />
r<br />
r<br />
¦<br />
F<br />
'<br />
F<br />
¡<br />
ˆ<br />
<br />
’0¦32’0¦32<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
ˆ<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
T<br />
'<br />
T<br />
A.3. CURVILINEAR COORDINATES 137<br />
Combining the latter with (A.38), we obtain: ß ¦/<br />
that<br />
ß ¦/<br />
, from which it follows<br />
(A.68)<br />
’0¦32<br />
@ : ’0¦32<br />
Physical components of tensors<br />
Consider a direction in space determined by a unit ˆ vector . Then the physical<br />
is given by a scalar product between<br />
ˆ <strong>and</strong> (Definition A.3.4), namely:<br />
component of a vector ¡§¦ in the direction ˆ<br />
¡§¦<br />
¦/<br />
¡ 1<br />
4 ¼<br />
¡©¦<br />
According to Corollary A.3.5 the above can also be rewritten as:<br />
(A.69)<br />
¡ 1<br />
4 ¼¡§¦<br />
¡<br />
Suppose the unit vector is directed along one of the ˆ axis:<br />
From (A.63) it follows that:<br />
%<br />
ˆ
F<br />
r<br />
[<br />
¡<br />
@ Y ¡£<br />
Y<br />
F<br />
<br />
<br />
¦<br />
—<br />
¦<br />
@<br />
<br />
—<br />
¦<br />
’0¦32¡§¦<br />
¡<br />
Y ’0¦32<br />
Î<br />
›<br />
B ¢<br />
ó¦YF<br />
¦<br />
<br />
’<br />
¦<br />
138 APPENDIX A. INTRODUCTION TO TENSOR CALCULUS<br />
General rules of covariant differentiation introduced in (Sec.A.3.2) simplify<br />
considerably in orthogonal coordinate systems. In particular, we can define the<br />
nabla operator by the physical components of a covariant vector composed of<br />
partial differentials:<br />
(A.71)<br />
’0¦32<br />
Y<br />
¾ ¦$<br />
Y <br />
where the parentheses indicate that there’s no summation with respect to index # .<br />
In orthogonal coordinate system the general expressions for divergence<br />
(A.53) <strong>and</strong> Laplacian (A.55)) operators can be expressed in terms of stretching<br />
factors only [19]:<br />
(A.72)<br />
¦<br />
¦ @ Y <br />
Y <br />
Important examples of orthogonal coordinate systems are spherical <strong>and</strong> cylindrical<br />
coordinate systems. Consider the example of a cylindrical coordinate system:<br />
',Î'W›ñ- :<br />
¦$ä%<br />
¦$ä%§¢<br />
'5<br />
- <strong>and</strong> ã 'q<br />
¼¢arcedWÎ<br />
rk¢deKÆ<br />
<br />
According to (A.40) only few components of the metric tensor will survive<br />
(Problem A.4.5). Then we can compute nabla, divergence <strong>and</strong> Laplacian operators<br />
according to (A.71), (A.52) <strong>and</strong> (A.55), or using simplified relations (A.72)-<br />
(A.73):
[<br />
R<br />
1<br />
Y<br />
r<br />
<br />
<br />
¡<br />
F<br />
<br />
¡<br />
Y<br />
Y<br />
r > 4<br />
¡<br />
r<br />
Y<br />
1<br />
Y<br />
> F<br />
¡<br />
@<br />
ã<br />
F<br />
> r<br />
x<br />
r<br />
— Y ¾<br />
Y<br />
@<br />
F ã<br />
1<br />
Y<br />
<br />
@<br />
r<br />
Y<br />
<br />
Y<br />
¡<br />
1<br />
r ><br />
> r<br />
¡<br />
r<br />
r > 4<br />
><br />
1<br />
Y<br />
<br />
Y<br />
Y<br />
¡<br />
r<br />
Y<br />
1<br />
Y<br />
Î Y<br />
¡<br />
<br />
r > 4<br />
¡<br />
r<br />
><br />
'<br />
Y<br />
+ Y<br />
@<br />
F ã<br />
r > 4<br />
@ ¡<br />
¢<br />
@<br />
ã<br />
¡<br />
F<br />
@<br />
¢<br />
x<br />
F<br />
Y<br />
¡<br />
F<br />
<br />
¡<br />
Y<br />
Y<br />
¢<br />
A.3. CURVILINEAR COORDINATES 139<br />
@<br />
¢<br />
¢ '<br />
¡tr<br />
# ¡£ Y<br />
Y ã<br />
><br />
F<br />
Y ã<br />
Y ã<br />
@<br />
¢<br />
¢ ><br />
Note, that instead of using the contravariant components as implied by the general<br />
definition of the divergence operator (A.51) we are using the covariant components<br />
as dictated by relation (A.70). The expression of the Laplacian becomes:<br />
Y Î<br />
¡F<br />
Y +<br />
¡H<br />
¡<br />
Y ã<br />
r 4<br />
Y ã<br />
Y ã<br />
ã Y<br />
¢ 4<br />
¢ r Y<br />
Y Î<br />
Y +<br />
(see Problems A.4.9,A.4.10).<br />
The advantages of the tensor approach are that it can be used for any type<br />
of curvilinear coordinate transformations, not necessarily analytically defined, like<br />
cylindrical (C.64) or spherical. Another advantage is that the equations above can<br />
be easily produced automatically using symbolic manipulation packages, such<br />
as Mathematica (wolfram.com) (Problems A.4.6,A.4.7,A.4.9). For further reading<br />
see [17, 18].
¤<br />
~<br />
„<br />
„<br />
j<br />
¦<br />
¤<br />
<br />
Ä j<br />
j<br />
j<br />
p5¦<br />
Pæ<br />
Ä<br />
P<br />
<br />
¤<br />
¤<br />
P<br />
P<br />
ß<br />
½<br />
j<br />
Ä<br />
æ<br />
æ<br />
½<br />
Ä<br />
j<br />
¤<br />
<br />
æ<br />
ß<br />
<br />
T<br />
j<br />
P<br />
4Û`<br />
Ä~<br />
¤<br />
j<br />
¦<br />
'<br />
j<br />
P<br />
<br />
j<br />
½<br />
'<br />
¡<br />
140 APPENDIX A. INTRODUCTION TO TENSOR CALCULUS<br />
A.4 Problems<br />
Problem A.4.1 Check tensor expressions for consistency<br />
Check if the following Cartesian tensor expressions violate tensor rules:<br />
¡©¦/ ¤<br />
jê><br />
P æ<br />
½ <br />
P æ<br />
æÉæ<br />
jÛ><br />
¦/<br />
¡“Ù¤<br />
¦/¡©¦M¤Œ ¦/É<br />
`à½<br />
Problem A.4.2 Construct tensor expression<br />
¡t¦/ ¤§¦/ ½ ¦7<br />
j
^<br />
<br />
®<br />
<br />
®<br />
+<br />
+<br />
<br />
Î<br />
›<br />
ë<br />
A.4. PROBLEMS 141<br />
£¢a/cedWÎ<br />
£¢defÆ<br />
Obtain the components of the metric tensor (A.40) <strong>and</strong> its inverse<br />
(A.38) in cylindrical coordinates.<br />
J¦7<br />
¦/<br />
Problem A.4.6 Metric tensor in curvilinear coordinates<br />
Using Mathematica Compute the metric tensor,<br />
, (A.38) in spherical coordinate system ( ¢ ' ë_',Î ):<br />
, (A.40) <strong>and</strong> its conjugate,<br />
¼¢defÆ<br />
ÎŒarcedåë<br />
(A.73)<br />
ÎŒdefÆ<br />
¼¢a/cedåÎ<br />
¼¢defÆ<br />
Problem A.4.7 Christoffel’s symbols with Mathematica<br />
Using the Mathematica package, write the routines for computing Christoffel’s<br />
symbols.<br />
Problem A.4.8 Covariant differentiation with Mathematica<br />
Using the Mathematica package, <strong>and</strong> the routines developed in Problem A.4.7<br />
write the routines for covariant differentiation of tensors up to second order.<br />
Problem A.4.9 Divergence of a vector in curvilinear coordinates<br />
Using the Mathematica package <strong>and</strong> the solution of Problem A.4.8, write the<br />
routines for computing divergence of a vector in curvilinear coordinates.<br />
Problem A.4.10 Laplacian in curvilinear coordinates<br />
Using the Mathematica package <strong>and</strong> the solution of Problem A.4.8, write the<br />
routines for computing the Laplacian in curvilinear coordinates.<br />
Problem A.4.11 Invariant expressions
¡<br />
¤§¦<br />
æ P<br />
(A.76) „<br />
Ä<br />
j<br />
¤<br />
¦<br />
æ<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
`<br />
P<br />
><br />
¤<br />
j<br />
½<br />
Éj<br />
P<br />
Pj<br />
æ<br />
Ä<br />
<br />
æ<br />
<br />
<br />
½<br />
j<br />
<br />
<br />
Ä j æ<br />
¦ÉP<br />
¤<br />
P<br />
¦ì³<br />
æ<br />
142 APPENDIX A. INTRODUCTION TO TENSOR CALCULUS<br />
not:<br />
Check if any of these tensor expressions are invariant, <strong>and</strong> correct them if<br />
(A.74)<br />
¦<br />
<br />
Ä j<br />
<br />
³<br />
j<br />
½ <br />
¡§¦³¤<br />
(A.75)<br />
¦/<br />
<br />
j<br />
î¦<br />
j ¡<br />
<br />
<br />
¦<br />
Problem A.4.12 Contraction invariance<br />
¦<br />
¤©¦<br />
Prove that ¡<br />
is an invariant <strong>and</strong> ¡§¦M¤©¦ is not.
¾<br />
r<br />
)<br />
¾<br />
r<br />
r<br />
)<br />
Y<br />
<br />
<br />
®<br />
Y<br />
r<br />
> r<br />
4<br />
Y ) ¢<br />
¢<br />
Y<br />
Y<br />
r<br />
> r<br />
Y<br />
4<br />
Y<br />
r<br />
r<br />
r<br />
)<br />
r<br />
4<br />
Appendix B<br />
Curvilinear coordinate systems<br />
Here we will learn how to express the Laplacian<br />
in polar, cylindrical or spherical coordinates 1<br />
Y <br />
Y ®<br />
Y +<br />
Laplace equation in different coordinate systems. When solving boundary value<br />
problems in more than one dimension it is often necessary to use other coordinate<br />
systems than the Cartesian. It is then important to be able to express the<br />
Laplacian operator in these coordinate systems. We first consider<br />
POLAR COORDINATES<br />
¼¢a/cydWÎ<br />
¼¢defÆ<br />
Î<br />
Laplace’s equation in this coordinate system can be shown to be:<br />
1 ¢<br />
1 ¢<br />
1 ¢<br />
1 ¢<br />
4 Y<br />
',Î<br />
Y )<br />
',Î<br />
',Î<br />
@<br />
¢<br />
@ r Y<br />
¢<br />
',Î<br />
¢ r ><br />
¢ ><br />
Y Î<br />
PROOF; Let us for now apply the convention that subscript implies partial differentiation<br />
e.g.<br />
)œx<br />
1 This material is boroowed from http://www.physics.ubc.ca/ birger/n312l8/<br />
143
)<br />
4<br />
4 ¢ <br />
1<br />
1<br />
)GF4<br />
<br />
<strong>and</strong><br />
¢<br />
¾<br />
r<br />
)<br />
)<br />
)<br />
<br />
)<br />
<br />
<br />
r<br />
r<br />
Î<br />
Î<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
¢<br />
<br />
)<br />
¢<br />
<br />
Î<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
r<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
¢ÑÐ<br />
Ò«B¬Æ é Î<br />
`<br />
<br />
¢<br />
¢<br />
<br />
> r<br />
4<br />
¢ <br />
Î<br />
<br />
r <br />
<br />
`<br />
@<br />
Ð<br />
1<br />
¯<br />
4<br />
<br />
®<br />
¢ )IF„F`<br />
Â<br />
r<br />
<br />
¢ )IF„F><br />
Â<br />
Y<br />
r<br />
)<br />
Y<br />
<br />
®<br />
<br />
l<br />
¢<br />
4<br />
l<br />
l<br />
r<br />
<br />
F<br />
`<br />
1<br />
<br />
¢<br />
<br />
>^)GF„F1<br />
r <br />
<br />
r<br />
®<br />
<br />
®<br />
<br />
<br />
r<br />
Y<br />
r<br />
l<br />
Î<br />
`<br />
<br />
®<br />
Î<br />
r<br />
r<br />
<br />
®<br />
4<br />
4<br />
`<br />
l<br />
l<br />
W®<br />
¢<br />
Â<br />
W®<br />
¢<br />
Â<br />
r<br />
)<br />
)GF<br />
r<br />
4<br />
144 APPENDIX B. CURVILINEAR COORDINATE SYSTEMS<br />
Applying the chain rule we find<br />
)Wx<br />
>^)GF*Î<br />
1<br />
)GF4<br />
)œx<br />
>])œx<br />
>])GF,Î<br />
,<br />
,<br />
,<br />
1 ¢<br />
)œx<br />
)œxñx<br />
>^)œx„F*Î<br />
We have<br />
)IFñx<br />
>]®<br />
r <br />
<br />
¢<br />
>^®<br />
@<br />
¢<br />
¢ <br />
,<br />
¢ r ®<br />
r 1<br />
r 4 <br />
¢ r<br />
@•><br />
1 `<br />
Collecting terms<br />
W®<br />
¢<br />
Â<br />
4 ¢<br />
,<br />
¢ )Wx><br />
W®<br />
)œx„F> ¢<br />
Similarly we can show that<br />
,<br />
¢ r )œxñx_><br />
®<br />
W®<br />
)WxFa> ¢<br />
Again, collecting terms<br />
¢ )œx<br />
¯m¯<br />
¢ r )œxñx_><br />
1 ¢<br />
)GF<br />
1 ¢<br />
1 ¢<br />
Y )<br />
@<br />
¢<br />
@ r Y<br />
¢<br />
',Î<br />
',Î<br />
>])<br />
¢ r ><br />
which is the desired result!<br />
'*Î<br />
> ¢<br />
,<br />
¯m¯<br />
Y Î<br />
CYLINDRICAL COORDINATES<br />
It is easy to generalize the result for polar coordinates to cylindrical coordinates<br />
;arcedåë
¾<br />
r<br />
Î<br />
)<br />
¾<br />
1 ; ' ë_'*+<br />
><br />
r<br />
)<br />
@<br />
;<br />
Î<br />
r<br />
)<br />
®<br />
<br />
<br />
+ +<br />
1<br />
r<br />
4<br />
' ë(',+ ; ) r ><br />
; 1 4<br />
r ',ë_',+<br />
><br />
Y<br />
¢<br />
Y<br />
4<br />
4<br />
><br />
Y<br />
ë<br />
r<br />
r<br />
)<br />
; 4 1<br />
r ë_'*+ '<br />
r @<br />
Î<br />
Y<br />
¢<br />
Y<br />
r<br />
1 ; ',ë_',+<br />
)<br />
4<br />
4<br />
4<br />
4<br />
145<br />
;deKÆ<br />
@<br />
;<br />
Y )<br />
4 üY<br />
Y ;<br />
Y ;<br />
r Y<br />
Y ë<br />
Y +<br />
SPHERICAL COORDINATES<br />
Finally we give without proof the result for Laplace’s equation in spherical coordinates:<br />
1 ¢<br />
1 ¢<br />
Y )<br />
Î',ë<br />
1 ¢<br />
'*Î',+<br />
@<br />
¢ r 4<br />
±<br />
1 ¢<br />
1 ¢<br />
@<br />
defÆ<br />
Y<br />
Î Y<br />
r ²<br />
Y ë<br />
Y Î deKÆ<br />
For proof see e.g. Chapter 8 of Riley et al. or Chapter 2 of Arfken <strong>and</strong> Weber.<br />
1deKÆ<br />
Y )<br />
',Î',ë<br />
',Î',ë
146 APPENDIX B. CURVILINEAR COORDINATE SYSTEMS
ˆ<br />
`<br />
<br />
À<br />
@<br />
<br />
¦ 1 ; ¾<br />
Ä<br />
j Ä<br />
Ä<br />
Ä<br />
j<br />
j<br />
À<br />
<br />
T<br />
Appendix C<br />
Solutions to problems<br />
Chapter 1<br />
Problem 1.4.1: Mass diffusivity in terms of concentration<br />
Show how to obtain (1.31) from (1.32).<br />
Solution:<br />
Consider the product ¾ ¦ ; j<br />
<strong>and</strong> the definition of Ä<br />
j ¢ ; j :
as:<br />
! ` ¢<br />
©<br />
<br />
|‚‡~nÔÖÕº×F<br />
Define<br />
R<br />
R<br />
!<br />
"<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
!<br />
"<br />
!<br />
"<br />
<br />
R<br />
¡<br />
’<br />
Î<br />
Î<br />
8<br />
Î<br />
’<br />
R<br />
’<br />
Î<br />
’<br />
!<br />
’<br />
Î<br />
<br />
148 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
Figure C.1: Sliding plate<br />
!WÒ<br />
defÆ<br />
from which<br />
!åÒ ’‰defÆ<br />
8 ¡<br />
To find the time required to accelerate to the velocity<br />
equation of motion of the accelerated plate:<br />
!<br />
¼ !GÒ , consider the<br />
` 8 ¡<br />
dividing by<br />
, we get:<br />
<br />
defÆ<br />
` ! 8 ¡<br />
after rearranging:<br />
¼<br />
defÆ<br />
— ! ` ’‰defÆ<br />
` 8 ¡<br />
. Then:<br />
8 ¡<br />
` 8 ¡<br />
"
whereV<br />
<br />
corresponds to the initial velocity ! V<br />
<br />
Dividing the above by !åÒ 1 ’‘deKÆ<br />
’<br />
which can be solved for time as a function of<br />
: !GÒ !<br />
!<br />
!åÒ<br />
`<br />
Î<br />
Vhjlkû—<br />
@<br />
` hjlk<br />
8 ¡<br />
hjlk<br />
Î<br />
’<br />
<br />
Î<br />
@<br />
"<br />
<br />
`<br />
T<br />
"<br />
<br />
!<br />
!WÒ<br />
<br />
’<br />
"<br />
<br />
149<br />
With the solution:<br />
8 ¡<br />
`<br />
. Thus<br />
` 8 ¡<br />
! ` ’‰deKÆ<br />
` ’‘deKÆ<br />
8 ¡<br />
, we obtain:<br />
—<br />
4 1 8 ¡ 4<br />
` 8 ¡<br />
:<br />
—<br />
1 ! : !åÒ 4 ` ’<br />
"<br />
¡ 8<br />
dKÆ —<br />
Matlab solution:<br />
% Lubrication<br />
g=9.8<br />
% m/sˆ2<br />
m=2 % kg<br />
tet=10/180*pi % RAD: angle<br />
mu=5e-3 % kg/(m s)<br />
h=3e-4 % m<br />
alp=0.99<br />
A=0.3*0.4 % mˆ2: area of the plate<br />
Vinf=m*g*sin(tet)*h/(mu*A) % =1.702 m/s<br />
t=-m*h/(mu*A)*log(1-alp) % =4.605 s
j<br />
<br />
<br />
)<br />
<br />
n<br />
<br />
Ý<br />
Ä<br />
<br />
)<br />
ß<br />
j<br />
Ý<br />
<br />
Ý <br />
ß<br />
n<br />
<br />
j<br />
j<br />
1<br />
)<br />
n<br />
j<br />
`<br />
<br />
Ý<br />
<br />
Ý<br />
`<br />
j<br />
j<br />
Ý<br />
Ý 4<br />
;Ãé F<br />
n<br />
Ý<br />
y<br />
PmP<br />
j<br />
j<br />
150 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
Chapter 2<br />
Problem 2.7.2: 2D vorticity limit<br />
Perform the missing steps in (2.42).<br />
Solution:<br />
Using the tensor identity (A.29), we have:<br />
p5¦<br />
m$<br />
9 p5¦/<br />
naj<br />
9 1 ß <br />
`]ß m ß<br />
y<br />
nj<br />
y `]ß m ß<br />
m 4<br />
9 1 ß <br />
(C.1)<br />
nj<br />
nj<br />
9 1<br />
³<br />
`<br />
î 4<br />
Problem 2.7.3: Incompressible viscous limit<br />
Derive (2.50):<br />
(C.2)<br />
k<br />
9 n<br />
m<br />
j*j<br />
from (2.49)<br />
(C.3)<br />
¦ 9 )<br />
¦f<br />
j*j<br />
` ;Ãé F º<br />
¦<br />
Solution:<br />
Using the expression of vorticity vector (1.12):<br />
(C.4)<br />
¦$<br />
pm¦/<br />
4<br />
@<br />
l<br />
m<br />
j<br />
we can form the following equation from (C.3):<br />
)åj<br />
(C.5)<br />
m<br />
j<br />
æ€æ<br />
pm¦/<br />
<br />
p5¦7<br />
m<br />
j<br />
9 p5¦7<br />
jè)<br />
jèº<br />
9 pm¦/<br />
jÙ)
¦<br />
R<br />
j<br />
R<br />
¦<br />
"<br />
`<br />
<br />
j<br />
?<br />
R<br />
<br />
n<br />
¦<br />
?<br />
<br />
R<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
><br />
?<br />
T<br />
R<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
¦<br />
1<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
<br />
æñæ<br />
¦<br />
R<br />
¦<br />
–<br />
`<br />
¥<br />
R<br />
¦<br />
"<br />
l<br />
4 <br />
æñæ<br />
<br />
<br />
T<br />
where the pressure term on the RHS became zero by symmetric identity (A.27).<br />
Now we can form another equation similar to (C.5):<br />
151<br />
(C.6)<br />
9 p5¦/<br />
<br />
)Wj<br />
p5¦/<br />
<br />
jè)Wj<br />
Subtracting (C.6) from (C.5), we have:<br />
p5¦/<br />
4 <br />
9 p5¦7<br />
which after comparison with (C.4) is reduced to:<br />
1<br />
)<br />
m<br />
j<br />
<br />
)Wj<br />
m<br />
j<br />
)Wj<br />
Problem 2.7.4: Conservation of circulation<br />
The velocity circulation is defined as<br />
9 n<br />
<br />
æñæ<br />
(C.7) ><br />
)<br />
where the integration is over any closed loop inside the fluid.<br />
Ø?<br />
Show that for irrotational (n flow<br />
time, we have:<br />
¦<br />
R <br />
):><br />
<br />
= . "<br />
. Differentiating (C.7) over<br />
)<br />
— R <br />
" R <br />
)<br />
<br />
Using (1.2), we can rewrite the last term on the RHS as:<br />
R<br />
"<br />
R><br />
¦<br />
r<br />
Ù? R<br />
— R <br />
¦<br />
— )<br />
?<br />
)<br />
)<br />
R )<br />
?<br />
R<br />
the last equality stems from the fact that the integral of a total differential over a<br />
closed loop is zero. Thus we have for the rate of change of circulation:<br />
Substituting the velocity derivative from the Euler equation in form (2.53), we<br />
have:<br />
)<br />
R<br />
"<br />
R><br />
" R
; R ’<br />
(C.8) "<br />
R<br />
<br />
Y<br />
"<br />
Y<br />
Ö<br />
j<br />
<br />
<br />
º<br />
X R<br />
" ><br />
R<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
<br />
s<br />
<br />
T<br />
`<br />
<br />
X<br />
–<br />
¥<br />
Ö<br />
¦<br />
<br />
j<br />
¦<br />
R<br />
T<br />
152 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
` @<br />
¦<br />
;?<br />
º<br />
R <br />
According to the Stokes theorem the contour integral on the RHS can be<br />
rewritten as the integral over the surface encircled by the contour:<br />
R<br />
"<br />
R><br />
<br />
R j<br />
<br />
j<br />
p5¦/<br />
¾ <br />
£‰¦$<br />
pm¦/<br />
£‰¦$<br />
R<br />
"<br />
R><br />
jÙº<br />
@ `<br />
;<br />
@ `<br />
;<br />
where the last equality is due to the symmetry º of <strong>and</strong> the symmetric identity<br />
(A.27). Thus, the time derivative of circulation is zero:<br />
This is the law of circulation or Kelvin’s theorem, which states that in an ideal<br />
fluid the velocity circulation round a closed contour is constant in time.<br />
Problem 2.7.5: Bernoulli’s equation.<br />
R<br />
"<br />
R><br />
Using the energy equation (2.77):<br />
ã 6 ¦/<br />
1 °<br />
¦ 4 ¦<br />
m ¦<br />
>^)<br />
<strong>and</strong> momentum equation (2.21):<br />
(C.9)<br />
1 ; )<br />
1 ; )<br />
4 ¦<br />
j<br />
6 ¦<br />
j >äã<br />
<br />
j<br />
¦ 4<br />
¦<br />
>])Wj<br />
>Þš<br />
derive the strong formulation of the Bernoulli’s equation:<br />
’¬><br />
> +<br />
@<br />
) l<br />
= . "<br />
<strong>and</strong> formulate it’s applicability limits.<br />
Solution:<br />
Method 1<br />
Assuming steady state inviscid fluid at constant temperature, we have according<br />
to (C.8):
(C.12)<br />
; )<br />
<strong>and</strong> the fact that X<br />
<br />
<br />
T<br />
¦åR<br />
R<br />
`<br />
X<br />
R ;<br />
R<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
X R<br />
"<br />
R<br />
¦<br />
R ’ ;<br />
"<br />
R<br />
’ R<br />
"<br />
R<br />
<br />
<br />
`<br />
<br />
)<br />
X<br />
X R<br />
"<br />
R<br />
X R<br />
"<br />
R<br />
¦<br />
X<br />
R X `<br />
" > ; R<br />
R<br />
"<br />
R<br />
for a steady-state solution. Solving for¤P ¤<br />
(C.12)<br />
X R<br />
"<br />
R<br />
’ R<br />
"<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
"<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
R ;<br />
R<br />
R<br />
R<br />
"<br />
"<br />
<br />
<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
R<br />
R<br />
<br />
R<br />
R<br />
"<br />
¦<br />
<br />
"<br />
1<br />
)<br />
1<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
<br />
153<br />
which can be rewritten as<br />
(C.10)<br />
@<br />
;<br />
On the other h<strong>and</strong> with the same assumptions (C.9) can be rewritten as<br />
(C.11)<br />
¦$<br />
¦<br />
" )<br />
> ; ;
`<br />
1<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
R<br />
R<br />
X<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
)<br />
<br />
`<br />
¦<br />
’<br />
¦<br />
’<br />
T<br />
’<br />
<br />
)<br />
)<br />
–<br />
¥<br />
T<br />
T<br />
`<br />
<br />
154 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
which means:<br />
(C.13)<br />
¦ ` ¦<br />
¦$<br />
@<br />
) l<br />
= . "<br />
This is the strong form of a Bernoulli’s equation valid for steady-state inviscid flow.<br />
When gravity is directed opposite to z-axis the last term on the RHS will be equal<br />
+ to .<br />
¦ <br />
Method 2<br />
¦$<br />
From (C.10) above it follows that<br />
’><br />
Ä where is the integration constant. Substituting it into (C.11) above <strong>and</strong> dividing<br />
by we obtain:<br />
;<br />
; ’>\Ä<br />
¦G<br />
¦<br />
Expansing the expression for substantial derivative (1.7), rearranging terms, <strong>and</strong><br />
using the steady state assumption , we have:<br />
<br />
¦G<br />
" )<br />
> ; Þ’<br />
¦ `<br />
¦K ^)<br />
)Wj)<br />
¦<br />
¦ `<br />
¦K ^)<br />
¦<br />
¦ ` ¦<br />
The first term can be rewritten as 1 )åj)Wj<br />
, <strong>and</strong> the last as 1 j Wj<br />
:<br />
)Wjè)Wj<br />
>Þ’<br />
4 ¦ : l<br />
4 ¦<br />
4 ¦<br />
¦ ` 1<br />
T<br />
)Wj)åj<br />
>\’<br />
jWj<br />
>Þ’<br />
j WjM ¦<br />
@<br />
l<br />
¦G<br />
L)WjÙ)åj 4<br />
l
¦<br />
R<br />
R<br />
!<br />
"<br />
in (2.94) in terms of n©'q®<br />
<br />
@<br />
À<br />
R<br />
R<br />
3 Ð R©<br />
R<br />
<br />
F<br />
@ !<br />
À<br />
"<br />
r<br />
Ö<br />
<br />
@ !<br />
À<br />
¦<br />
R<br />
F<br />
Ö<br />
'<br />
r<br />
<br />
¦<br />
R<br />
@<br />
À<br />
Ö<br />
<br />
@ !<br />
À<br />
l<br />
Ö<br />
n<br />
R<br />
Í ¢<br />
!<br />
R<br />
R<br />
><br />
!<br />
¦<br />
Ö<br />
<br />
¦<br />
R<br />
n<br />
@<br />
À<br />
Ö<br />
n<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
R<br />
'<br />
'<br />
£<br />
'BAF<br />
'BAr<br />
'BA<br />
155<br />
From which we obtain (C.13).<br />
Problem 2.7.6: Volume change inside a moving boundary<br />
Suppose that a region of space is enclosed by a moving boundary. The<br />
velocity of motion of the ) boundary, , is given at each point on the boundary.<br />
Show that the rate of change of the volume, , of that region will be equal to:<br />
!<br />
Solution<br />
Consider any volume of a moving fluid<br />
! Ö<br />
where the integration is done over an arbitrary control volume inside the fluid.<br />
Using identity (A.34), we can rewrite the latter as:<br />
¦f ¦<br />
Then by Gauss theorem:<br />
¦f ¦<br />
£‰¦<br />
£Ž¦<br />
where is a coordinate vector at the boundary R <strong>and</strong> is an element of the<br />
<br />
boundary surface area (2.1). Using the definition of velocity (1.1), we can then<br />
obtain the relation for a volume change:<br />
(C.14)<br />
£‰¦$<br />
£‰¦$<br />
£‰¦<br />
R <br />
" R<br />
Problem 2.7.7: Rotating coordinates<br />
Solution<br />
Writing out (2.93):<br />
£Žr<br />
Obtain explicit relations for the components of acceleration vectors<br />
F<br />
£ . '<br />
'*®<br />
'*® '<br />
Í]1<br />
Í ¡4<br />
" ><br />
by components yields the needed terms in (2.94):<br />
R<br />
" ><br />
R¢
R<br />
R<br />
r<br />
ÿ<br />
r<br />
"<br />
3 R¢<br />
R<br />
" > <br />
; –<br />
(C.18)<br />
P<br />
s R<br />
"<br />
R<br />
3 £¢<br />
<br />
l<br />
n<br />
£<br />
F<br />
AF<br />
R<br />
R<br />
X üR<br />
" ><br />
R<br />
n<br />
Í ¢<br />
<br />
<br />
ÿ<br />
"<br />
><br />
°<br />
£<br />
<br />
`<br />
R<br />
s<br />
<br />
`<br />
ÿ<br />
"<br />
l<br />
n<br />
n<br />
n<br />
n<br />
n<br />
<br />
r<br />
n<br />
<br />
TF<br />
F r ®<br />
r<br />
®<br />
<br />
T<br />
r<br />
n<br />
'<br />
n<br />
T<br />
)<br />
n<br />
156 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
` l<br />
£Žr <br />
(C.15)<br />
Ar <br />
Problem 2.7.8: Rotation with separated coordinate origins<br />
Consider a simple rotation with n<br />
A<br />
T<br />
˜%<br />
n<br />
ý<br />
origin of the rotating coordinate system rotate with the same around the<br />
origin of :<br />
'5nŒ- as in (2.94), but now let the<br />
Derive the expression for<br />
3<br />
Solution<br />
in this case.<br />
With these assumptions (2.89) becomes<br />
Í ÿ<br />
(C.16)<br />
> ¡4<br />
Í]1 ÿ<br />
After second differentiation<br />
>Ìn<br />
͇R<br />
Í]1<br />
Í ÿ 4<br />
the realtion (2.93) becomes<br />
(C.17)<br />
Í]1<br />
Í]1 ÿ<br />
> ¡4q4<br />
Problem 2.7.9: Nondimesionalizing energy equation<br />
Write a non-dimensional form of the heat convection equation (2.79):<br />
¦ì¦<br />
m ¦ 1<br />
¦K<br />
y ¦ 4<br />
> 8 )<br />
>])
V<br />
V<br />
)<br />
r<br />
V<br />
<br />
<br />
Since the density is constant we can replace it with ; ;<br />
)<br />
V<br />
<br />
<br />
V<br />
V<br />
s<br />
"<br />
;<br />
– s<br />
" P V<br />
s<br />
"<br />
V<br />
–<br />
P<br />
V<br />
–<br />
P<br />
s<br />
"<br />
r<br />
V<br />
V<br />
s<br />
r<br />
V<br />
V<br />
s<br />
X<br />
X<br />
¦<br />
r<br />
" V<br />
V<br />
)<br />
;<br />
<br />
V<br />
<br />
V<br />
r<br />
V<br />
X<br />
; ã s V<br />
–<br />
P V<br />
°<br />
;<br />
V<br />
V<br />
–<br />
P<br />
°<br />
)<br />
V<br />
s r<br />
<br />
s ã<br />
¦<br />
V<br />
–<br />
P<br />
><br />
–<br />
P<br />
V<br />
r<br />
V<br />
V<br />
s<br />
s ã<br />
)<br />
><br />
r<br />
V<br />
V<br />
s<br />
V<br />
<br />
<br />
><br />
) r<br />
8<br />
;<br />
<br />
V<br />
V<br />
V<br />
<br />
s<br />
s<br />
) 8<br />
V<br />
r<br />
<br />
"<br />
r<br />
V<br />
V<br />
s –<br />
P V<br />
;<br />
V<br />
V<br />
– s<br />
P<br />
V<br />
r<br />
V<br />
V<br />
V<br />
V<br />
V<br />
V<br />
<br />
;<br />
V<br />
X<br />
)<br />
V<br />
P<br />
r<br />
V<br />
'<br />
°<br />
157<br />
;<br />
Select for the pressure scale. Determine the minimum number of dimensionless<br />
parameters. Write the equation using the Eckert number as one of<br />
X<br />
the parameters:<br />
¢ )<br />
„Œz<br />
Solution<br />
Introducing the non-dimensional variables:<br />
(C.19)<br />
"<br />
"<br />
¦$ )<br />
ã " <br />
¦$<br />
ã X<br />
V<br />
ã s<br />
V<br />
ã <br />
V<br />
ã )<br />
V<br />
, <strong>and</strong> obtain:<br />
¦ì¦<br />
m ¦ 4<br />
m ¦ 1<br />
R ã<br />
)<br />
¦f<br />
R ã<br />
R ã<br />
ã " ><br />
R<br />
) ã<br />
) >«ã<br />
) ã<br />
Rearranging:<br />
¦ì¦<br />
y ¦ 4<br />
m ¦ 1<br />
R ã<br />
)<br />
¦f<br />
R ã<br />
°•"<br />
" ><br />
) ã<br />
) ã<br />
) >çã<br />
considering that the velocity scale should relate to length <strong>and</strong> time scales as<br />
, we have:<br />
R ã<br />
R ã<br />
: "<br />
(C.20)<br />
R ã<br />
8 )<br />
)<br />
R ã<br />
¦ì¦<br />
m ¦ 1<br />
¦f<br />
m ¦ 4<br />
" ><br />
) ã<br />
) ã<br />
) >çã<br />
R ã<br />
R ã<br />
This equation contains 7 dimensional 'q) 'qs ' ; ',– ' 8<br />
parameters: . According<br />
to the PI-theorem, the number of dimensionless parameters can be as low as<br />
three. A conventional choice of these parameters is:<br />
¢ )<br />
„Œz<br />
A!<br />
¢<br />
;<br />
8
s<br />
"<br />
<br />
X<br />
@<br />
s ã<br />
><br />
°<br />
P<br />
)<br />
158 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
¢ 8 –<br />
<strong>and</strong> (C.20) becomes:<br />
º(x<br />
R ã<br />
R ã<br />
R ã<br />
A! 5º_x<br />
„Œz<br />
" ><br />
A!<br />
ã<br />
) ã<br />
) >çã<br />
R ã<br />
¦ì¦<br />
„Œz<br />
m ¦ 1<br />
¦f<br />
m ¦ 4
)<br />
r<br />
s<br />
)<br />
V<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
– ;<br />
P<br />
Ä<br />
r<br />
s<br />
¦<br />
s<br />
s<br />
> 8 — R ) r<br />
® R<br />
F<br />
)<br />
1<br />
®<br />
)<br />
<br />
1<br />
®<br />
F<br />
Ä<br />
)<br />
F<br />
R<br />
s<br />
r<br />
)<br />
r<br />
<br />
)<br />
F<br />
V<br />
T<br />
T<br />
T<br />
Ä<br />
<br />
:<br />
T<br />
V<br />
<br />
F<br />
159<br />
Chapter 3<br />
Problem 3.7.1: Couette flow equations<br />
Show how to obtain equation (3.7) <strong>and</strong> (3.8).<br />
Solution<br />
Consider (3.2) <strong>and</strong> (3.3):<br />
(C.21)<br />
(C.22)<br />
(C.23)<br />
>^)Wj)<br />
¦f<br />
j<br />
9 )<br />
1 <br />
s]>])<br />
¦f<br />
j*j<br />
¦ì¦ <br />
¦G ¦f<br />
;Ãé F<br />
`<br />
º<br />
¦<br />
¦ 4 °<br />
>])<br />
y ¦ 6 ¦/<br />
Using the definition (2.17), <strong>and</strong> since the only non-zero velocity<br />
¦§%<br />
components<br />
¦Cµ%<br />
- are , <strong>and</strong> considering<br />
)<br />
continuity (2.4) <strong>and</strong> constancy º<br />
of pressure , we arrive at (3.7) <strong>and</strong> (3.8).<br />
<strong>and</strong> the only independent variable is ¦$<br />
-<br />
Problem 3.7.2: Couette plates solutions<br />
Solve equations (3.7) <strong>and</strong> (3.8) with the boundary conditions u(0) = 0 <strong>and</strong><br />
u(H) = U, s <strong>and</strong> s <strong>and</strong> .<br />
Solution<br />
1}T 4 <br />
1} 4 <br />
(C.24)<br />
r <br />
(C.25)<br />
R ®<br />
° R<br />
Aligning the coordinate origin with the lower plate (y=0) <strong>and</strong> solving the<br />
equation (C.24) with the boundary conditions: u(0) = 0 <strong>and</strong> u(H) = U, we have<br />
R ®<br />
4 <br />
®C>\Ä<br />
1UT 4 <br />
T <br />
1U 4 <br />
v<br />
Ä<br />
4 <br />
®
@<br />
1 4<br />
®<br />
s<br />
1<br />
®<br />
¥<br />
<br />
s<br />
1<br />
®<br />
` 8 4<br />
°<br />
Ä<br />
F<br />
s<br />
®<br />
r<br />
<br />
s<br />
F<br />
`<br />
®<br />
l<br />
s<br />
r<br />
F<br />
V<br />
s<br />
`<br />
<br />
s<br />
Ä<br />
F<br />
V<br />
<br />
V<br />
<br />
<br />
À<br />
V<br />
160 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
Using this solution we can solve equation (C.25):<br />
>\Ä<br />
®C>\Ä<br />
1UT 4 <br />
8<br />
° l<br />
V ><br />
(C.26)<br />
` 8 4<br />
°<br />
8<br />
° l<br />
— s<br />
®»>às<br />
V ><br />
l ><br />
Problem 3.7.3: Flow of a liquid film<br />
Ï ¿ , flowing steadily<br />
Consider a wide fluid film of ’ @‰I<br />
constant<br />
T<br />
thickness,<br />
due to the gravity down the inclined plate Î<br />
{<br />
at angle . Find an analytical<br />
expression of a fluid velocity distribution as a function of a distance from the plate<br />
) surface:<br />
. Assuming the viscosity <strong>and</strong> the density of the fluid are 8 <br />
é ° 1 ¹. 4 T WT‰T °<br />
, <strong>and</strong> ’ :< <br />
respectively, find the maximum flow velocity<br />
:<br />
<strong>and</strong> the volumetric ¢ flow rate, , per 1m of the plate. Atmospheric … pressure can<br />
be considered constant.<br />
@‰I,[<br />
ž<br />
Figure C.2: Flow of a liquid film.<br />
Solution<br />
Selecting the coordinate parallel to the plate <strong>and</strong> in the direction of the<br />
steepest decent, <strong>and</strong> ® normal to the plate, we can conclude that the steady
(C.27) )<br />
6<br />
<br />
1<br />
®<br />
T<br />
<br />
’<br />
…<br />
<br />
)<br />
r<br />
)<br />
T 8 Y ) 4<br />
® Y<br />
)<br />
V<br />
|<br />
<br />
V<br />
Î<br />
Î<br />
¤«<br />
4<br />
4<br />
<br />
r<br />
><br />
Î<br />
’<br />
Î<br />
4<br />
¡<br />
4<br />
`<br />
Î<br />
<br />
’<br />
4<br />
r<br />
l<br />
®<br />
4<br />
¤<br />
=<br />
Î<br />
4<br />
1 4<br />
Î<br />
<br />
’<br />
4<br />
)<br />
1 4<br />
®<br />
<br />
‹<br />
<br />
T<br />
state solution should satisfy the following )<br />
constraints: ,<br />
. Then the momentum equation (3.2) reduces to:<br />
161<br />
, <strong>and</strong><br />
Y X : Y <br />
Y X : Y ®<br />
8 R<br />
r ` ; defÆ 1<br />
with the solution:<br />
R ®<br />
` ; defÆ 1<br />
l 8 ®<br />
®ƒ><br />
where the constants ¡ <strong>and</strong> ¤ can be determined from the boundary conditions:<br />
1}T 4 T v<br />
T<br />
The second condition is the negligible shear stress at the free surface:<br />
` ; defÆ 1<br />
1 l<br />
,¯<br />
> 8 ¡<br />
thus:<br />
O¯Y~<br />
’‰defÆ 1<br />
¡£ ;<br />
Substituting <strong>and</strong> into (C.27) we obtain the final solution for the axial flow<br />
velocity distribution with :<br />
1 l<br />
; defÆ 1<br />
l 8 ®<br />
The maximum velocity will correspond to ®<br />
’ :<br />
; deKÆ 1<br />
The volumetric flow rate is obtained by integrating the velocity along the<br />
thickness <strong>and</strong> the width of the film:<br />
)œ|aw<br />
l 8 ’<br />
. #<br />
Ö F<br />
Ö ~<br />
;<br />
) R ® R ›<br />
À 8
¾<br />
r<br />
ë<br />
X<br />
<br />
ë<br />
r<br />
r )<br />
<br />
r<br />
)<br />
l<br />
T<br />
4<br />
162 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
A cubic dependence of the flow-rate on ’ means that the draining of the film is<br />
strongly dependent on the film thickness.<br />
The values of )W|w<br />
<strong>and</strong> …<br />
can be obtained from the following Matlab solution:<br />
h=1.5e-3 % m: film thickness<br />
theta=pi/6 % RAD: inclination of the plate<br />
mu=1.6e-3 % kg/(m s): viscosity<br />
rho=8e2 % kg/mˆ3: fluid density<br />
g=9.8 % m/sˆ2: gravity acceleration<br />
umax=(rho*g*hˆ2*sin(theta))/(2*mu) %=2.756 m/s<br />
Q=(rho*g*hˆ3*sin(theta))/(3*mu) %=0.002756 mˆ3/s<br />
Problem 3.7.4: Couette solution for non-Newtonian fluids<br />
How will the solution (3.9) change for a non-Newtonian fluid?<br />
Solution:<br />
For non-Newtonian fluids the relation between stress <strong>and</strong> strain is nonlinear,<br />
thus, instead of (3.5) we have:<br />
B<br />
which after the assumptions of Couette flow between parallel plates (Sec.3.2.1)<br />
leads to a modified equation (3.7):<br />
F ã 6 ¦<br />
j ;Ãé<br />
<br />
j<br />
¦f<br />
j*j<br />
9 1<br />
B <br />
8 — R<br />
which for any non-zero 8 <strong>and</strong> = has the same solution as (3.7). So, the solution<br />
for a non-Newtonian fluid will be the same.<br />
Problem 3.7.5: Momentum equation for Couette flow between concentric cylinders<br />
Using the assumptions on the Couette velocity profile between the rotating<br />
concentric cylinders (Sec.3.2.3) <strong>and</strong> the expression for the momentum equation<br />
<strong>and</strong> the Laplacian operator in cylindrical coordinates:<br />
R ®<br />
x_><br />
¢ >^)GH,)GFH><br />
¢<br />
)œx5)IF<br />
<br />
)IF>])Wx5)GF<br />
¼<br />
F`<br />
)GFœ)GFF<br />
)œx<br />
; ¢ > 9 1 ¾<br />
¢ r 4<br />
)GF><br />
¢ r ` )GF<br />
@<br />
¢<br />
<br />
x<br />
4<br />
x_><br />
@ r ë ¢<br />
F„F>Þë<br />
F<br />
F<br />
HH<br />
1 ¢
that )<br />
<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
<br />
¢<br />
A<br />
R<br />
R<br />
V<br />
¤<br />
r<br />
¢<br />
V<br />
<br />
x<br />
6F<br />
x<br />
A<br />
R<br />
R<br />
V<br />
)<br />
<br />
6<br />
V<br />
¼ F¥6¥x<br />
)<br />
¢<br />
<br />
)<br />
¢<br />
<br />
L)<br />
¢M<br />
x<br />
xñx_><br />
A<br />
V<br />
6<br />
V<br />
V<br />
Ç<br />
'<br />
T<br />
F<br />
<br />
T<br />
163<br />
Derive equation (3.18):<br />
T<br />
¢ r ><br />
¢ ¢ M L)GF<br />
Solution<br />
)IF, <strong>and</strong><br />
, the equation (C.28) simplifies to:<br />
)IF<br />
Renaming for simplicity: )<br />
using the assumptions of (Sec.3.2.3)<br />
1 ¢ 4<br />
1 ¢<br />
<br />
x<br />
4<br />
x<br />
<br />
x<br />
<br />
x€x_><br />
)<br />
¢ r `<br />
)<br />
¢ r `<br />
(C.28)<br />
where we used the identity:<br />
<br />
x<br />
)<br />
¢ r `<br />
)<br />
L)<br />
¢‚M<br />
Problem 3.7.6: Rotation torque <strong>and</strong> power<br />
In the system of two rotating cylinders (Sec.3.2.3) consider the torque applied<br />
to the inner rotating cylinder when the outer cylinder is (n fixed ). What<br />
is the power required to rotate the inner cylinder?<br />
Solution:<br />
In this case we need to multiply the force applied at the surface of the cylinder<br />
by its radius:<br />
(C.29)<br />
l§UA<br />
¡£<br />
where is the length of the cylinder. Since we are using a curvilinear coordinate<br />
system, the expression for the shear stress tensor used in the momentum<br />
(A.45), which in cylindrical coordinate system has a form:<br />
Ç<br />
equation is 6 <br />
°<br />
V<br />
<strong>and</strong> evaluating the expression above at ¢ƒ<br />
¦Gä% T<br />
Considering the specific form of velocity )<br />
dependence:<br />
, we have A<br />
'*)GF1 ¢ 4<br />
- (Sec.3.2.3),
I<br />
6<br />
V<br />
º<br />
<br />
R<br />
¢ OxZYVÚ`<br />
R<br />
)GF<br />
A<br />
V<br />
)GF<br />
6<br />
V<br />
<br />
ø<br />
¢ M<br />
x<br />
¢L)GF<br />
<br />
n<br />
`<br />
V<br />
A<br />
n<br />
V<br />
V<br />
¤<br />
A<br />
…<br />
V<br />
r A<br />
…<br />
F<br />
<br />
><br />
<br />
r<br />
A<br />
` V<br />
<br />
F<br />
A<br />
ÑU8n<br />
n<br />
<br />
V<br />
r<br />
V<br />
A<br />
)<br />
Ç<br />
<br />
Ñ<br />
rF<br />
V<br />
A<br />
ˆ<br />
><br />
r A<br />
1 4<br />
®<br />
`<br />
V<br />
r<br />
@<br />
A<br />
A<br />
` V<br />
ÑU8n<br />
Ä<br />
ø<br />
¢ M<br />
x<br />
ù<br />
¢L)IF<br />
F<br />
A<br />
r<br />
F<br />
V<br />
r<br />
<br />
r<br />
F<br />
Ç<br />
<br />
A<br />
`<br />
r A<br />
V<br />
n<br />
n<br />
r<br />
V<br />
A<br />
` V<br />
V<br />
A<br />
A<br />
F<br />
A<br />
r<br />
: A<br />
: F<br />
rA<br />
F<br />
A<br />
r<br />
F<br />
rV<br />
V<br />
V<br />
V<br />
`<br />
@<br />
Ï<br />
`<br />
`<br />
A<br />
A<br />
rA<br />
rF<br />
F<br />
V<br />
V<br />
`<br />
A :<br />
A :<br />
@<br />
<br />
F<br />
F<br />
<br />
164 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
¢ ù<br />
)GFF<br />
xZYVÚ<br />
Computing the derivative from (3.20), we have:<br />
xZYVlÚ<br />
— A<br />
— A<br />
>\A<br />
from which we obtain M:<br />
The power needed rotate the cylinder is:<br />
°<br />
V<br />
† <br />
V°<br />
V<br />
Problem 3.7.7 Flow between parallel plates under pressure<br />
A viscous fluid with viscosity (<br />
parallel plates<br />
8<br />
` l<br />
ωÏ<br />
) is driven between two<br />
`ÞÑ•° : 1 ¹. 4<br />
Ï @‰I<br />
¿ apart by an imposed pressure gradient of º : R R<br />
volume flow rate per 1m of the plates’ width. What pressure gradient will cause<br />
the flow to reverse?<br />
£ :< . The upper plate is moving with velocity<br />
<br />
Solution<br />
– ¹:‰.<br />
. Find the<br />
Adapting the general expression for the volumetric flow rate (3.29) to the<br />
case of the flow in a square duct of unit width <strong>and</strong> height , we have:<br />
which is a volumetric flux per 1m width of the duct. Substituting the solution<br />
(3.36), (3.37) into the above, <strong>and</strong> performing the integration, we obtain:<br />
V<br />
ÖJ—<br />
R ®<br />
à1<br />
À<br />
4 :[
ë<br />
Y<br />
r<br />
Ä<br />
<br />
r<br />
Î<br />
¥<br />
r<br />
º<br />
<br />
<br />
Î<br />
4<br />
`<br />
À<br />
A<br />
¢<br />
r<br />
><br />
ë<br />
<br />
A<br />
r<br />
r<br />
T<br />
<br />
165<br />
where<br />
l<br />
The pressure gradient causing the flow reversal at the lower plate can be<br />
computed from (3.38).<br />
8<br />
Below is the Octave (Matlab) solution to this problem.<br />
% Q=Integrate[u(y),y]<br />
% where u(y) is given by (CFM:Sec.3.2.5):<br />
% u = U/H*y*(C*y/H+1-C)<br />
% where C=Hˆ2/(2*mu*U)*dpdx<br />
% Integrating, we obtain:<br />
% Q=U*H*(3-C)/6<br />
% Express all values in SI units:<br />
U=0.15 % m/s<br />
H=0.005 % m<br />
mu=1.4e-4 % kg/(m s)<br />
dpdx=-2.55 % kg/(mˆ2 sˆ2)<br />
C=Hˆ2/(2*mu*U)*dpdx<br />
Q=U*H*(3-C)/6 %=0.0005647 mˆ2/s =(mˆ3/s)/m<br />
% The pressure gradient that will case the<br />
% reverse flow:<br />
dpdx=2*mu*U/Hˆ2 %=1.68 kg/(mˆ2 sˆ2)<br />
Problem 3.7.8 Verifying the Stokes solution<br />
Verify that the solution (3.73):<br />
(C.30)<br />
rdeKÆ<br />
l ¢<br />
',Î<br />
@ 4<br />
Ñ£<br />
A —<br />
¢<br />
1 ¢<br />
satisfies the equation (3.72):<br />
(C.31)<br />
1 "<br />
r Y<br />
¢<br />
—\Y<br />
¢ r ><br />
r ` –<br />
Solution:<br />
@ r Y<br />
¢<br />
Î Y<br />
Y Îò
166 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
Using the symbolic manipulation library GiNaC (www.ginac.org), we can<br />
easily check the consistency of the solution. Below is the example of a C++<br />
code using the GiNaC library.<br />
/********************************************<br />
This function computes the Laplacian<br />
of the Stokes solution in spherical<br />
coordinates.<br />
It should be compiled as<br />
c++ diff.cc -o diff -lcln -lginac<br />
Using GiNaC system (www.ginac.org)<br />
Running the executable produces<br />
the following output:<br />
Laplace(F)=3/2*sin(t)ˆ2*a*U*rˆ(-1)<br />
Laplace2(F)=0<br />
********************************************/<br />
#include <br />
#include <br />
using namespace std;<br />
using namespace GiNaC;<br />
ex Laplace<br />
(<br />
const ex & F,<br />
const symbol & r,<br />
const symbol & t<br />
)<br />
{ return normal<br />
( F.diff(r,2)<br />
+ F.diff(t,2)/pow(r,2)<br />
- cos(t)*F.diff(t)/(sin(t)*pow(r,2))<br />
);<br />
}<br />
int main()<br />
{
(C.34)<br />
6 x„F<br />
ë<br />
<br />
Î<br />
rdeKÆ<br />
x<br />
—<br />
`<br />
r<br />
Î<br />
<br />
A<br />
A<br />
<br />
<br />
`<br />
`<br />
À<br />
A<br />
¢<br />
<br />
><br />
<br />
A<br />
Â<br />
r<br />
r<br />
<br />
Î<br />
167<br />
symbol r("r"), t("t"), U("U"), a("a");<br />
ex<br />
F=normal<br />
(<br />
U/4*pow(a*sin(t),2)*(a/r-3*r/a+2*pow(r/a,2))<br />
),<br />
LF=Laplace(F,r,t),<br />
LF2=Laplace(LF,r,t);<br />
cout<br />
dropped into oil of density ; {<br />
<br />
T<br />
IWeW;—rZ²<br />
168 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
This function computes velocity components<br />
<strong>and</strong> viscous stress of the Stokes solution.<br />
It should be compiles as:<br />
c++ stokes.cc -o stokes -lcln -lginac<br />
Using GiNaC system (www.ginac.org)<br />
Running the executable produces<br />
the following output:<br />
Ur=1/2*(2*rˆ3+aˆ3-3*a*rˆ2)*cos(t)*U*rˆ(-3)<br />
Ut=3/4*sin(t)*a*U*rˆ(-1)-sin(t)*U+1/4*sin(t)*aˆ3*U*rˆ(-3)<br />
tau=-3/2*mu*sin(t)*aˆ3*U*rˆ(-4)<br />
********************************************/<br />
#include <br />
#include <br />
using namespace std;<br />
using namespace GiNaC;<br />
int main()<br />
{ symbol r("r"), t("t"), U("U"), a("a"), mu("mu");<br />
ex F=normal<br />
(<br />
U/4*pow(a*sin(t),2)<br />
*(a/r-3*r/a+2*pow(r/a,2))<br />
),<br />
Ur= F.diff(t)/(pow(r,2)*sin(t)),<br />
Ut=-F.diff(r)/(r*sin(t)),<br />
dU= Ur.diff(t)/r + Ut.diff(r) - Ut/r;<br />
cout<br />
¤<br />
Ü<br />
F<br />
<br />
T<br />
Ï<br />
º<br />
<br />
¤<br />
¤<br />
¤<br />
R<br />
R<br />
<br />
U[<br />
R<br />
<br />
Ü<br />
UÑ R<br />
<br />
r<br />
<br />
r<br />
¤<br />
F<br />
¤<br />
l V<br />
Ñ : l<br />
A»ˆ<br />
!<br />
@•><br />
Ð[<br />
V<br />
F<br />
1<br />
R<br />
r<br />
V<br />
r<br />
!<br />
!<br />
V<br />
4<br />
4<br />
T<br />
@<br />
Ñ<br />
I<br />
169<br />
Solution<br />
The balance of forces on the sphere when it reached the terminal velocity<br />
is: ¤<br />
<strong>and</strong> viscosity 8 T<br />
diameter is (a) R<br />
. £<br />
. Estimate the terminal velocity of the sphere<br />
<br />
if<br />
T<br />
its<br />
<strong>and</strong> (c) R ¿ .<br />
IK@<br />
IO@ ¿ , (b) R<br />
<br />
@ ¿<br />
where<br />
is the buoyancy <strong>and</strong><br />
¤is a drag force:<br />
A<br />
1 ;<br />
` ;<br />
Ĥ;<br />
;<br />
are densities of the oil <strong>and</strong> sphere respectively, <strong>and</strong> the drag coefficient<br />
Ĥcan be first assumed for a laminar<br />
'<br />
case:<br />
where ; V<br />
Ä R<br />
;<br />
8<br />
Or, alternatively the expression for Stokes drag force can be used:<br />
¤<br />
A»ˆ<br />
These equations can be solved for velocity:<br />
ÀU8 ½<br />
` ;<br />
! R<br />
1 ;<br />
@W8<br />
If the computed velocity leads to<br />
Ĥshould be used:<br />
A#<br />
then the turbulent approximation for Û¥@<br />
l Ñ<br />
Ä R<br />
A»ˆ<br />
4 ><br />
><br />
Below is the Octave solution:<br />
A!
170 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
g=9.8 % gravity<br />
denw=1000 % density of water<br />
den0=0.88*denw % density of oil<br />
den1=7.8*denw % density of the sphere<br />
mu=0.15<br />
% (a):<br />
d=0.1e-3<br />
V=dˆ2*(den1 - den0)*g/(18*mu) % =0.00025<br />
Re=den0*V*d/mu<br />
% =0.00014735: laminar<br />
% (b):<br />
d=1e-3<br />
V=dˆ2*(den1 - den0)*g/(18*mu) % =0.025<br />
Re=den0*V*d/mu<br />
% =0.147: laminar<br />
% (c):<br />
d=1e-2<br />
V=dˆ2*(den1 - den0)*g/(18*mu) % =2.5117<br />
V1=0.0<br />
% It’s a turbulent case so we loop until convergence:<br />
while (abs(V1-V)>0.1*abs(V))<br />
V1=V<br />
Re=den0*V*d/mu<br />
Cd=24/Re + 6/(1+sqrt(Re)) + 0.4<br />
Fb=pi*dˆ3/6*(den1 - den0)*g<br />
Fd=Fb<br />
V=sqrt(Fd/(pi/4*dˆ2*Cd*den0/2))<br />
end<br />
which results in<br />
Re = 48.569<br />
V = 0.78984<br />
% m/s
ß<br />
V<br />
Ö˜±<br />
( 1 ß : <br />
1<br />
<br />
T<br />
I<br />
) <br />
<br />
R Î l<br />
R<br />
<br />
( 1 ß : <br />
@<br />
R ) 8<br />
® R<br />
<br />
@<br />
`<br />
`<br />
R l<br />
R<br />
Î<br />
<br />
@<br />
L®<br />
ßM<br />
l<br />
V<br />
T<br />
I<br />
(Äkõm A"<br />
ß<br />
)<br />
<br />
<br />
À<br />
<br />
ß<br />
171<br />
Problem 3.7.11: Boundary layer analysis for cubic velocity profile<br />
Repeat the boundary layer analysis of Sec.3.5.1 with assumed velocity profile:<br />
À<br />
L®<br />
l<br />
4m A! ),<br />
4m A! ),<br />
4m A" ),<br />
Compute ( Î : <br />
1 :‰9<br />
. ©<br />
(Ĥm<br />
where A!<br />
<br />
Hint: Assume )<br />
Solution<br />
¯m¯<br />
1}T 4 T<br />
.<br />
ßM<br />
`<br />
Using the definition of momentum thickness <strong>and</strong> introducing dimensionless<br />
¢<br />
coordinate , we obtain:<br />
),<br />
A" ),<br />
® : ß<br />
` )<br />
(C.35)<br />
Ï `<br />
Ï 4 1<br />
Ï 4<br />
À‰Ô<br />
£Ö˜±<br />
<br />
L@<br />
® MƒR<br />
@‰I<br />
@‰I<br />
lyWT<br />
Similarly, for displacement thickness:<br />
Ï<br />
»><br />
R<br />
<br />
(C.36)<br />
ß” ß Ö 1<br />
ß :W<br />
R ®<br />
) :4<br />
Using the definition of the wall shear stress:<br />
(C.37)<br />
6Q<br />
@JI<br />
Ï 8: ß<br />
Thus, for the friction coefficient:<br />
<br />
Äkõ<br />
l<br />
;r 6Q<br />
8: ß<br />
À<br />
;r<br />
(C.38)<br />
lyWT<br />
— ÀJÔ
s<br />
<br />
@<br />
4<br />
<br />
@<br />
1<br />
@<br />
ß<br />
ß<br />
<br />
Ð<br />
`<br />
Î<br />
ß<br />
R<br />
@<br />
T 8 R<br />
Ñ<br />
<br />
@EÀ ;<br />
l Ö 6QR<br />
4<br />
<br />
T<br />
T<br />
T<br />
Ñ<br />
l<br />
¡<br />
<br />
4<br />
@<br />
r<br />
172 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
<strong>and</strong><br />
ß <br />
<strong>and</strong> solving this for ß , we have:<br />
(C.39)<br />
I4[Ñ<br />
<br />
Using (C.35), <strong>and</strong> (C.36), we obtain:<br />
A! Ð<br />
Substituting ß 1 <br />
from (C.39) into (C.38), we obtain:<br />
<br />
Ð<br />
<br />
A! A!<br />
@JI¢ÑT<br />
I4[Ñ[<br />
Problem 3.7.12: Drag force on a triangle<br />
<br />
<br />
@‰I Ô‰À A!<br />
ÄkõÐ<br />
A thin equilateral triangle plate (Fig.C.3) with the edge length , is<br />
l £Þ ¹:‰. l<br />
at<br />
ĤРI4[Ñ[<br />
temperature<br />
immersed parallel to a stream of air with the velocity<br />
<br />
this plate.<br />
l {<br />
Ä <strong>and</strong> pressure º<br />
Solution<br />
Using (3.125), we have:<br />
£ "<br />
. Assuming laminar flow, estimate the drag on<br />
F}É<br />
— ;Ž8<br />
l<br />
<br />
; šgg1}T 4<br />
IÁÀ‰À<br />
The drag force on one side of the triangle is: ¤<br />
l<br />
<br />
9 o<br />
6Q<br />
<br />
The area element R is , ’ <strong>and</strong><br />
. For two sides of the triangle, we have for the total drag force:<br />
R <br />
: ’<br />
, where <br />
Ç<br />
',’<br />
УdeKÆ 1U: À<br />
¡ÐУ<br />
1}T<br />
4 <br />
£mÀ : l
¤<br />
l Ö 6QR<br />
V<br />
1<br />
@<br />
l 4WÀ<br />
Üm<br />
`<br />
4<br />
r<br />
F}É Ý<br />
¤<br />
r<br />
<br />
<br />
lV<br />
l 4WÀ<br />
r<br />
r<br />
`<br />
<br />
r<br />
r<br />
`<br />
V<br />
@<br />
’<br />
:<br />
r<br />
F}É<br />
l<br />
ÀŽ’<br />
T<br />
1<br />
@<br />
<br />
V<br />
`<br />
r<br />
Ñ<br />
F}É : ÀŽ’<br />
À<br />
l<br />
r§Üm<br />
r<br />
4<br />
r<br />
F}É £Ý<br />
r<br />
r<br />
173<br />
Figure C.3: Triangular plate pulled in a viscous fluid<br />
£Ö ~<br />
¡¼ l 1}T<br />
IÁÀ‰À<br />
l 4 1 ;Ž8 4<br />
é F}É<br />
F}É<br />
R <br />
Computing the integral:<br />
: ’<br />
Ö ~<br />
Ö ~<br />
: ’<br />
Ö ~<br />
é F}É<br />
R <br />
R <br />
é F}É<br />
R <br />
F}É<br />
’ F}É<br />
£ 1 ;Ž8 4<br />
F}É<br />
1UT<br />
IÕÀJÀ<br />
Tœ1 ;Ž8 £ 4<br />
1UT<br />
1 ;Ž8 £ 4<br />
À<br />
l<br />
IW‰l<br />
IÁÀ‰À<br />
F}É<br />
À‰Ô<br />
F}É<br />
a=2 % m<br />
U=12 % m/s<br />
rho=1.2 % kg/mˆ3<br />
mu=1.8e-5 % kg/(m s)<br />
F=0.332*8/3*(sqrt(3)/2)ˆ(1/2)*(rho*mu*(a*U)ˆ3)ˆ(1/2) %=0.45 N<br />
Problem 3.7.13: Boundary layer equations<br />
Derive Pr<strong>and</strong>tl boundary layer equations (3.110) - (3.113):
F<br />
ã<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
F<br />
)<br />
r<br />
)<br />
¾<br />
F<br />
¾<br />
F<br />
–<br />
P<br />
)<br />
F<br />
)<br />
F<br />
F<br />
r<br />
F<br />
r<br />
<br />
<br />
)<br />
F<br />
ã<br />
F<br />
¦<br />
s<br />
r<br />
F<br />
)<br />
)<br />
<br />
F<br />
ã s<br />
F<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
)<br />
F<br />
F<br />
<br />
F<br />
<br />
r<br />
F<br />
<br />
V<br />
<br />
)<br />
)<br />
F<br />
s<br />
ã r<br />
s<br />
¦f“ 9 )<br />
¾<br />
F<br />
¾<br />
F<br />
<br />
V<br />
¾<br />
)<br />
F<br />
)<br />
F<br />
F<br />
s ã<br />
ã<br />
)<br />
F<br />
F<br />
r<br />
T<br />
r<br />
)<br />
r<br />
)<br />
><br />
) ã<br />
<br />
F<br />
X ã<br />
1<br />
)<br />
X<br />
><br />
¦ <br />
> ;<br />
F<br />
)<br />
)<br />
¤<br />
ã<br />
<br />
<br />
F<br />
F<br />
T x<br />
r<br />
T<br />
V<br />
T<br />
¦<br />
`<br />
r ¾ r*<br />
X<br />
) ;<br />
¾<br />
ã<br />
r<br />
X<br />
F<br />
X<br />
F<br />
<br />
V<br />
V<br />
"<br />
¦<br />
V<br />
174 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
(C.40)<br />
(C.41)<br />
<br />
) ã<br />
¦f ¦G<br />
r“<br />
rðr `<br />
(C.42)<br />
X ã<br />
) >äã<br />
) ã<br />
) ã<br />
) >äã<br />
) ã<br />
r•<br />
(C.43)<br />
<br />
sà>«ã ) ã<br />
r 4<br />
rðr<br />
) ã<br />
r<br />
using equations (3.107) - (3.107):<br />
) >çã<br />
„©z<br />
º_x<br />
¦f ¦G<br />
¦K€ `<br />
>])<br />
°<br />
;<br />
¦ 4 <br />
1<br />
s]>])<br />
¦ì¦<br />
m ¦ 1<br />
¦f<br />
m ¦ 4<br />
>^)<br />
> 9 )<br />
<strong>and</strong> scaling transformations (3.108) - (3.109):<br />
(C.44)<br />
¾ r<br />
" )<br />
r“<br />
V ã ¾<br />
ã <br />
V<br />
A F}É<br />
(C.45)<br />
A F}É<br />
9 ¾ r ¾ r<br />
r ¾ r<br />
9 ¾<br />
>\)<br />
>^)<br />
; ><br />
(C.47)<br />
¾ r<br />
r ¾ r<br />
r<br />
r `<br />
Jr<br />
9 ¾<br />
>\)<br />
>^)<br />
> 9 ¾ r ¾ r<br />
; >
)<br />
r<br />
F<br />
F<br />
<br />
<br />
F<br />
r V<br />
F<br />
V<br />
@<br />
É<br />
<br />
r<br />
<strong>and</strong> A F}É<br />
dividing by<br />
@ r <br />
) ã<br />
A!<br />
><br />
@<br />
)<br />
F<br />
A<br />
F<br />
T<br />
F<br />
r<br />
F<br />
ã ¾<br />
F<br />
r ã ¾<br />
><br />
F<br />
F<br />
@<br />
F<br />
K<br />
F<br />
F<br />
r<br />
) ã<br />
F<br />
)<br />
,<br />
><br />
r ã ¾ r<br />
F<br />
><br />
)<br />
<br />
<br />
V<br />
V<br />
r<br />
V<br />
F<br />
1<br />
r ã ¾ r<br />
r<br />
@<br />
<br />
><br />
r<br />
V<br />
><br />
¾<br />
F<br />
)<br />
r<br />
F<br />
r<br />
V<br />
4<br />
r V<br />
@ r ã ¾ r ã ¾ r<br />
F}É A<br />
@<br />
A<br />
<br />
r ã ¾<br />
F<br />
F<br />
ã ¾<br />
F<br />
<br />
F<br />
F<br />
F<br />
><br />
F<br />
F<br />
r<br />
F<br />
F<br />
r<br />
><br />
F<br />
><br />
`<br />
><br />
r<br />
)<br />
<br />
r<br />
V<br />
ã<br />
V<br />
V<br />
F<br />
r<br />
@ ã ¾ r ã<br />
A!<br />
r<br />
<br />
r<br />
V<br />
ã<br />
F<br />
F<br />
`<br />
¤<br />
@<br />
¤<br />
@<br />
x<br />
x<br />
ã<br />
F<br />
V<br />
F<br />
r<br />
ã<br />
F<br />
F<br />
<br />
V V r<br />
)<br />
V<br />
ã<br />
F<br />
¤<br />
x<br />
175<br />
substituting dimensionless variables from (C.44), (C.45), we obtain:<br />
<br />
) ã<br />
ã ¾<br />
r ã ¾ r<br />
A F}É<br />
) ã<br />
) ã<br />
) ã<br />
) ã<br />
(C.48)<br />
9 )<br />
A F}É<br />
9 )<br />
A F}É<br />
` )<br />
) ã<br />
) ã<br />
XH><br />
ã ¾<br />
ã ¾<br />
¾ r ã ¾ r ã<br />
ã ¾<br />
Using the definition of the Reynolds number (2.110), we have:<br />
<br />
) ã<br />
r ã ¾ r<br />
A!<br />
ã<br />
ã ¾ r ã<br />
A"<br />
¾ r<br />
ã ¾<br />
) >äã<br />
ã ¾<br />
X> ã<br />
) ã<br />
) >çã<br />
) ã<br />
ã ¾<br />
) ã<br />
Considering the limit<br />
we have:<br />
A!<br />
<strong>and</strong> using the definition of Froude number (2.111),<br />
) ã<br />
(C.49)<br />
¾ r ã ¾ r ã<br />
ã ¾<br />
A"<br />
b<br />
<br />
) ã<br />
) >çã<br />
X> ã<br />
) ã<br />
) >çã<br />
) ã<br />
) ã<br />
Similarly, introduce the dimensionless variables into the momentum equation for<br />
, (C.47):<br />
<br />
ã ) r<br />
ã ¾<br />
r ã<br />
@<br />
F}É A<br />
@ r ã )<br />
F}É A<br />
@ r ã )<br />
F}É A<br />
¾ r<br />
) ã<br />
) ã<br />
r `<br />
¾ r<br />
ã<br />
ã<br />
:<br />
¾ r<br />
ã ¾ r<br />
r `<br />
@ r<br />
F}É A<br />
ã<br />
ã<br />
) ã<br />
In the limit A!<br />
, we have:<br />
(C.50)<br />
b<br />
T<br />
¾ r<br />
X ã
T<br />
V<br />
s )<br />
<br />
><br />
V<br />
><br />
V<br />
P<br />
–<br />
9 P<br />
9 l<br />
–<br />
–<br />
P<br />
<br />
ã 1<br />
) s]>äã<br />
) 9<br />
s –<br />
P<br />
><br />
) 9<br />
r<br />
V<br />
–<br />
P<br />
ã s<br />
F<br />
V<br />
<br />
V V<br />
)<br />
V<br />
<br />
F F<br />
F<br />
ã s<br />
r F<br />
V<br />
<br />
F<br />
s<br />
F<br />
1<br />
V<br />
¦<br />
s<br />
)<br />
)<br />
s<br />
r<br />
F<br />
<br />
F<br />
)<br />
F<br />
><br />
<br />
F<br />
<br />
F F<br />
V<br />
<br />
F<br />
F<br />
ã r<br />
s<br />
F<br />
l<br />
)<br />
ã r<br />
s<br />
rq<br />
F<br />
F<br />
rq<br />
F<br />
r<br />
s<br />
4<br />
F F<br />
r<br />
s<br />
F<br />
)<br />
– ;<br />
P<br />
><br />
°<br />
– ;<br />
1<br />
)<br />
°<br />
s<br />
– ;<br />
°<br />
<br />
F<br />
V<br />
)<br />
P<br />
F<br />
F<br />
V<br />
<br />
r V<br />
F<br />
1<br />
s<br />
1<br />
)<br />
P<br />
r<br />
)<br />
r V<br />
ã 1<br />
s<br />
><br />
1<br />
s<br />
<br />
FðF<br />
F<br />
r<br />
ã 1<br />
s<br />
><br />
<br />
FðF<br />
)<br />
><br />
<br />
FðF<br />
<br />
FðF<br />
1<br />
)<br />
@ 1<br />
A"<br />
@ 1<br />
A!<br />
4<br />
F<br />
rq<br />
r<br />
4<br />
F<br />
rq<br />
r<br />
4<br />
F<br />
<br />
<br />
F<br />
176 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
This means that the pressure only changes in the direction of<br />
Now consider the energy equation (C.44):<br />
.<br />
1<br />
sà>])<br />
°<br />
s ;<br />
¦ 4 <br />
¦ì¦<br />
m ¦ 1<br />
¦f<br />
m ¦ 4<br />
> 9 )<br />
>^)<br />
Writing it out explicitly, we have:<br />
1<br />
sà>^)<br />
°<br />
;9<br />
r 4 <br />
rðr 4<br />
>])<br />
>]s<br />
rq<br />
r<br />
rq<br />
(C.51)<br />
>C)<br />
>])<br />
>^)<br />
>])<br />
r 1<br />
rq<br />
r 4<br />
rq r 1<br />
rq r<br />
rq r 4<br />
>C)<br />
>])<br />
>^)<br />
>])<br />
Multiplying it by 9ú: –<br />
, <strong>and</strong> rearranging the RHS, we obtain:<br />
1<br />
s]>])<br />
r 4 <br />
rðr 4<br />
>]s<br />
(C.52)<br />
P<br />
R1<br />
¦f ¦ 4<br />
r<br />
rq<br />
F<br />
r 4<br />
rq 4<br />
F<br />
>])<br />
¦K ¦G<br />
where )<br />
(C.44) <strong>and</strong> (C.45), we obtain:<br />
is zero by continuity (2.4). Transferring, to dimensionless variables<br />
rT<br />
ã s >^A!<br />
r 4 <br />
rðr 4<br />
(C.53)<br />
) >çã<br />
— l<br />
r<br />
r 4<br />
) ã<br />
) ã<br />
) ã<br />
) ã<br />
Multiplying the latter by<br />
(2.110), we have:<br />
: s<br />
<strong>and</strong> using the definition of the Reynolds number<br />
>^A!<br />
1<br />
<br />
sà>çã ) ã<br />
r“<br />
rðr 4<br />
) >äã<br />
(C.54)<br />
ã s >\A"<br />
— l<br />
r<br />
r 4<br />
) ã<br />
) ã<br />
) ã<br />
) ã<br />
>^A!<br />
1
@<br />
><br />
ã s<br />
F<br />
<br />
F<br />
ã s<br />
F<br />
l<br />
F<br />
)<br />
F<br />
ã<br />
<br />
F<br />
ã s<br />
F<br />
T<br />
) ã<br />
<br />
F<br />
rq<br />
F<br />
ã r<br />
s<br />
rq<br />
F<br />
)<br />
ã r<br />
s<br />
><br />
ã r<br />
s<br />
1<br />
@<br />
qº(x A!<br />
F<br />
F<br />
s ã<br />
r<br />
s ã<br />
r<br />
<br />
FðF<br />
><br />
ã 1<br />
s<br />
><br />
<br />
FðF<br />
><br />
1<br />
@ 1<br />
A!<br />
) ã r<br />
A<br />
><br />
s ã<br />
1<br />
4<br />
r<br />
F<br />
F<br />
rq<br />
r<br />
4<br />
F<br />
r<br />
<br />
¢<br />
)<br />
r<br />
V<br />
P<br />
s<br />
V<br />
177<br />
using the definition of Pr<strong>and</strong>tl (1.30) <strong>and</strong> Eckert numbers „§z (3.114),<br />
we obtain:<br />
: –<br />
,<br />
<br />
s]>çã ) ã<br />
r“<br />
rðr 4<br />
ã s >\A"<br />
(C.55)<br />
) >çã<br />
r<br />
r 4<br />
— l<br />
) ã<br />
) ã<br />
Collecting the terms with the same powers of A#<br />
A! q„Œz<br />
we have:<br />
) ã<br />
) ã<br />
>\A"<br />
1<br />
r“<br />
rðr<br />
,<br />
<br />
s]>çã ) ã<br />
>çã<br />
r 4<br />
A! qº_x<br />
rq<br />
º(x<br />
r<br />
) ã<br />
<strong>and</strong> considering the limit A#<br />
A! 5„©z<br />
, we obtain:<br />
„Œz<br />
„Œz<br />
r 4<br />
rðr<br />
) ã<br />
b<br />
<br />
s]>çã ) ã<br />
r<br />
) >«ã<br />
„©z<br />
º_x
¤<br />
¡©¦<br />
P<br />
j<br />
„<br />
„<br />
j<br />
P<br />
¦<br />
¤<br />
><br />
<br />
Ä j<br />
j<br />
P<br />
æ<br />
Ä<br />
P<br />
Ä<br />
¤<br />
¤<br />
P<br />
½<br />
Ä<br />
æ<br />
½<br />
j<br />
¤<br />
<br />
<br />
T<br />
¤<br />
P<br />
j<br />
¦<br />
'<br />
j<br />
P<br />
¡<br />
<br />
j<br />
<br />
T<br />
½<br />
'<br />
¡<br />
178 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
Chapter A<br />
Problem A.4.1: Check tensor expressions<br />
Check if the following Cartesian tensor expressions violate tensor rules:<br />
¡©¦/ ¤<br />
Answer: term (1): ik = free, term (2): pk=free<br />
P æ<br />
jê><br />
½ <br />
Answer: (1): ijq=free (2): p=free (3): kp=free<br />
P æ<br />
æÉæ<br />
jÛ><br />
¦/<br />
¡“Ù¤<br />
¦/¡©¦M¤Œ ¦/É<br />
`à½<br />
Answer: (1): i=free (2): none, (3): i=free, j = tripple occurrence<br />
Problem A.4.2: Construct tensor expression<br />
¡t¦/ ¤§¦/ ½ ¦7<br />
j
£<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
j<br />
¦<br />
><br />
£<br />
¦<br />
£<br />
£<br />
£<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
<br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
j<br />
j<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
¦<br />
<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
j<br />
<br />
¦<br />
><br />
£<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
><br />
£<br />
Problem A.4.3: Cartesian identity<br />
Prove identity (A.15).<br />
Proof<br />
Integrating (A.5) in the case of constant transformation marix coefficients,<br />
we have:<br />
179<br />
(C.56)<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
£<br />
>A¦<br />
where the transformation matrix is given by (A.4):<br />
ã<br />
(C.57)<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
¢ Y ã<br />
Y j<br />
By the definition of the Cartesian coordinates (C.58) we have:<br />
(C.58)<br />
ß ¦/<br />
j ¦ £ j £<br />
Y ã<br />
¦ Y ã<br />
<br />
¦<br />
Let’s multiply the transformation rule (C.56)<br />
<br />
by . Then we get:<br />
£<br />
Y <br />
Y <br />
£<br />
ß <br />
¦<br />
<br />
¦<br />
£ <br />
¦<br />
A¦<br />
¦<br />
A¦<br />
¦<br />
A¦<br />
ã<br />
j<br />
Differentiation this ã over<br />
, we have:<br />
¦<br />
üY <br />
Now rename index¨into ° :<br />
Y ã<br />
Comparing this with (C.57), we have<br />
üY <br />
Y ã<br />
which proves (A.15).<br />
Y ã<br />
Y <br />
<br />
Y <br />
Y ã
(C.60)<br />
~<br />
<br />
j<br />
p<br />
j<br />
P<br />
¤<br />
<br />
P<br />
ß<br />
j<br />
j<br />
p5¦<br />
Pæ<br />
Ä<br />
P<br />
j<br />
~<br />
ß<br />
j<br />
æ ¡ P<br />
æ<br />
Ä<br />
j<br />
p<br />
<br />
æ<br />
j<br />
æ<br />
æ<br />
Ä<br />
j<br />
æ<br />
P<br />
`<br />
j<br />
ß<br />
j<br />
j<br />
¤<br />
j<br />
æ<br />
æ<br />
Ä<br />
Ä<br />
P<br />
Ä<br />
P<br />
æ<br />
ß<br />
Ä<br />
j<br />
j<br />
P<br />
Ä<br />
Ä<br />
æ<br />
æ<br />
æ<br />
4<br />
æ<br />
ß<br />
j<br />
P<br />
4Û`<br />
Ä~<br />
'<br />
j<br />
j<br />
j<br />
¤<br />
¤<br />
ß ¡<br />
j<br />
P<br />
P<br />
¤<br />
P<br />
Ä<br />
Ä<br />
P<br />
¤ P<br />
j<br />
Ä<br />
æ<br />
æ<br />
P<br />
æ<br />
180 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
Problem A.4.4: Tensor identity<br />
Using the tensor identity:<br />
(C.59)<br />
p5¦/<br />
ß <br />
`]ß <br />
prove the vector identity (A.30):<br />
1~<br />
Í ¤ 4 ¡ ¤ ¡‡ž Í 1~ ~ ~ ~ 1~<br />
¡‡ž ¤ 4 ~<br />
Proof<br />
Applying (A.26) twice to the RHS of (C.60), we have:<br />
Í ¡ ¤ Í ~ 1~<br />
pm¦/<br />
¡p<br />
pm¦/<br />
æ ¡“ ¤ P<br />
From (A.24) it follows that p5¦/ j<br />
. Then we have:<br />
P æ<br />
` p5¦<br />
kp<br />
¦7<br />
(C.61)<br />
¡¤<br />
æ P<br />
Now rename the dummy indexes: b # °<br />
, so that the expression<br />
looks like one in (A.29):<br />
p5¦/<br />
¡¤<br />
¼p<br />
¦/p<br />
P æ<br />
# b<br />
¨‰'¨<br />
b °<br />
p5¦<br />
4 ¡<br />
1 p5¦/<br />
4 ¡<br />
Pæ<br />
(C.62)<br />
1 ß <br />
`àß <br />
ß <br />
`àß <br />
Using (A.10), <strong>and</strong> since ¡â邏 is the same as ¡§¦“朗¦ the latter can be<br />
rewritten as:<br />
j¡Ä<br />
(C.63)<br />
¼¤k ¡<br />
,¡<br />
P
¤ 1~ ~<br />
F Y<br />
ã Y<br />
<br />
r<br />
r<br />
¡ž<br />
Ä~<br />
<br />
®<br />
<br />
Y<br />
Î Y<br />
<br />
Y<br />
¢<br />
Y<br />
Y ® <br />
¢<br />
Y<br />
üY ® r<br />
Î Y<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
¢<br />
¦<br />
4a`<br />
Ä~<br />
¦<br />
+<br />
¢<br />
¢<br />
<br />
Î<br />
›<br />
<br />
a/cedWÎ<br />
Î<br />
GF<br />
¢<br />
®yF£¢a/cedWÎ<br />
Y + <br />
+ Y<br />
¢<br />
<br />
Î<br />
@<br />
¦<br />
¦<br />
181<br />
which is the same as<br />
¡‡ž ¤ 4 ~<br />
1~<br />
Problem A.4.5: Metric tensor in cylindrical coordinates.<br />
%§¢<br />
ã ',Î'å›ð- Cylindrical coordinate system (C.64) is given by the following<br />
transformation rules to a ('*®å',+- Cartesian coordinate system, :<br />
ä%<br />
£¢a/cedWÎ<br />
£¢defÆ<br />
Obtain the components of the metric tensor (A.40) <strong>and</strong> its inverse<br />
(A.38) in cylindrical coordinates.<br />
J¦7<br />
Solution:<br />
First compute the derivatives of<br />
'*Î'W›ñ- :<br />
¦/<br />
ä%<br />
Ú%§¢<br />
with respect to ã <br />
('*®å',+-<br />
œx<br />
F<br />
Y <br />
defÆ<br />
Y ã<br />
®
^<br />
<br />
®<br />
<br />
+<br />
ë<br />
<br />
r @<br />
@<br />
@<br />
@<br />
182 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
xñx<br />
œxqœxa>^® xq® x<br />
F³F<br />
GFWGFa>^®”Fœ®yF£¢<br />
HZH<br />
xñx <br />
F³F<br />
@ r ¢<br />
HZH<br />
Problem A.4.6: Metric tensor in curvilinear coordinates<br />
Using Mathematica, write a procedure to compute metric tensor in curvilinear<br />
coordinate system, <strong>and</strong> use it to obtain the components of metric tensor, ,<br />
(A.40) <strong>and</strong> its conjugate, , (A.38) in spherical coordinate system ( ' ë_',Î ):<br />
¢<br />
¼¢defÆ<br />
ÎŒa/cydåë<br />
(C.65)<br />
ÎŒdeKÆ<br />
¢arcedåÎ<br />
¢defÆ<br />
Solution with Mathematica<br />
NX = 3<br />
(* Curvilinear cooridnate system *)<br />
Y = Array[,NX] (* Spherical coordinate system *)<br />
Y[[1]] = r; (* radius *)<br />
Y[[2]] = th; (* angle theta *)<br />
Y[[3]] = phi; (* angle phi *)<br />
(* Cartesian coordinate system *)<br />
X = Array[,NX]<br />
X[[1]] = r Sin[th] Cos[phi];<br />
X[[2]] = r Sin[th] Sin[phi];<br />
X[[3]] = r Cos[th];<br />
(* Compute the Jacobian: dXi/dYj *)
^2×%Ž%<br />
T<br />
'<br />
T<br />
'<br />
T<br />
T<br />
'<br />
'<br />
¢<br />
r<br />
'<br />
r<br />
é ¢<br />
T<br />
'<br />
T<br />
'<br />
T<br />
'<br />
T<br />
'<br />
r<br />
1 ¢ 4<br />
rdefÆ<br />
r Î<br />
Î<br />
4<br />
183<br />
J = Array[,{NX,NX}]<br />
Do[<br />
J [[i,j]] = D[X[[i]],Y[[j]]],<br />
{j,1,NX},{i,1,NX}<br />
]<br />
(* Covariant Metric tensor *)<br />
g = Array[,{NX,NX}] (* covariant *)<br />
Do[<br />
g [[i,j]] = Sum[J[[k,i]] J[[k,j]],{k,NX}],<br />
{j,1,NX},{i,1,NX}<br />
];<br />
g=Simplify[g]<br />
(* Contravariant metric tensor *)<br />
g1 =Array[,{NX,NX}]<br />
g1=Inverse[g]<br />
With the result:<br />
âä%Ž%<br />
% T<br />
% T<br />
@‰'<br />
-Q'<br />
-Q'<br />
-Ž-<br />
% T<br />
% T<br />
'ard=a1<br />
@‰'<br />
-Q'<br />
-Q'<br />
¢ r -Ž-<br />
Problem A.4.7: Christoffel’s symbols with Mathematica<br />
Using the Mathematica package, write the routines to compute Christoffel’s<br />
symbols<br />
Solution<br />
(************* File g.m *************<br />
The metric tensor<br />
<strong>and</strong> Christoffel symbols<br />
*************************************)
184 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
DIM = 3<br />
(*<br />
The metric tensor<br />
*)<br />
g = Array[,{DIM,DIM}] (* covariant *)<br />
g1 =Array[,{DIM,DIM}] (* contravariant *)<br />
Do[<br />
g [[i,j]] = 0;<br />
g1[[i,j]] = 0<br />
,<br />
{j,1,DIM},{i,1,DIM}<br />
]<br />
(*<br />
Cylindrical coordinates<br />
*)<br />
Z=Array[,DIM]<br />
Z[[1]] = r<br />
Z[[2]] = th<br />
Z[[3]] = z<br />
g [[1,1]] = 1<br />
g [[2,2]] = rˆ2<br />
g [[3,3]] = 1<br />
g1[[1,1]] = 1<br />
g1[[2,2]] = 1/rˆ2<br />
g1[[3,3]] = 1<br />
(*<br />
Christoffel symbols of the first <strong>and</strong> second type<br />
*)<br />
Cr1 = Array[,{DIM,DIM,DIM}]<br />
Cr2 = Array[,{DIM,DIM,DIM}]<br />
Do[<br />
Cr1[[i,j,k]] = 1/2<br />
(<br />
D[ g [[i,k]], Z[[j]] ]<br />
+ D[ g [[j,k]], Z[[i]] ]<br />
- D[ g [[i,j]], Z[[k]] ]<br />
),<br />
{k,DIM},{j,DIM},{i,DIM}<br />
]<br />
Do[<br />
Cr2[[l,i,j]] =
185<br />
]<br />
Sum[<br />
g1[[l,k]] Cr1[[i,j,k]],<br />
{k,DIM}<br />
],<br />
{j,DIM},{i,DIM},{l,DIM}<br />
Problem A.4.8: Covariant differentiation with Mathematica<br />
Using the Mathematica package, write the routines for covariant differentiation<br />
of tensors up to second order.<br />
solution<br />
(************** File D.m *******************<br />
Rules of covariant differentiation<br />
********************************************)<br />
(*<br />
B.Spain<br />
Tensor Calculus, 1965<br />
Eq.(22.2)<br />
*)<br />
D1[N_,A_,k_,X_,j_]:=<br />
(*<br />
Computes covariant derivative<br />
of a mixed tensor of second order<br />
with index k - covariant (upper)<br />
*)<br />
Module[<br />
{i,s},<br />
s = Sum[Cr2[[k,i,j]] A[[i]],{i,N}];<br />
D[A[[k]],X[[j]]] + s<br />
]<br />
Dl1[N_,A_,l_,X_,t_]:=<br />
(*<br />
Computes covariant derivative<br />
of a mixed tensor of second order
186 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
with index l - covariant (lower)<br />
*)<br />
Module[<br />
{s,r},<br />
s =Sum[Cr2[[r,l,t]] A[[r]],{r,N}];<br />
D[A[[l]],X[[t]]] - s<br />
]<br />
D1l1[N_,A_,m_,l_,X_,t_]:=<br />
(*<br />
Computes covariant derivative<br />
of a mixed tensor of second order<br />
with index m - contravariant (upper) <strong>and</strong><br />
index l - covariant (lower)<br />
*)<br />
Module[<br />
{s1,s2,r},<br />
s1 =Sum[Cr2[[m,r,t]] A[[r,l]],{r,N}];<br />
s2 =Sum[Cr2[[r,l,t]] A[[m,r]],{r,N}];<br />
D[A[[m,l]],X[[t]]] + s1 - s2<br />
]<br />
D2[N_,A_,i_,j_,X_,n_]:=<br />
(*<br />
Computes covariant derivative<br />
of second order tensor with<br />
both m <strong>and</strong> l contravariant (upper)<br />
indexes<br />
B.Spain<br />
Tensor Calculus, 1965<br />
Eq.(23.3)<br />
*)<br />
Module[<br />
{s1,s2,k},<br />
s1 =Sum[Cr2[[i,k,n]] A[[k,j]],{k,N}];<br />
s2 =Sum[Cr2[[j,k,n]] A[[i,k]],{k,N}];<br />
D[A[[i,j]],X[[n]]] + s1 + s2<br />
]<br />
D2l1[N_,A_,i_,j_,k_,X_,n_]:=<br />
(*<br />
Computes covariant derivative<br />
of third order tensor with<br />
i <strong>and</strong> j contravariant (upper)
187<br />
<strong>and</strong> k contravariant (lower)<br />
indexes<br />
B.Spain<br />
Tensor Calculus, 1965<br />
Eq.(23.3)<br />
*)<br />
Module[<br />
{s1,s2,s3,m},<br />
s1 =Sum[Cr2[[i,m,n]] A[[m,j,k]],{m,N}];<br />
s2 =Sum[Cr2[[j,m,n]] A[[i,m,k]],{m,N}];<br />
s3 =Sum[Cr2[[m,k,n]] A[[i,j,m]],{m,N}];<br />
D[A[[i,j,k]],X[[n]]] + s1 + s2 - s3<br />
]<br />
D4l1[N_,A_,i1_,i2_,i3_,i4_,i5,X_,i6_]:=<br />
(*<br />
Computes covariant derivative<br />
of 5 order tensor with<br />
4 first indexes contravariant (upper)<br />
<strong>and</strong> the last one contravariant (lower)<br />
B.Spain<br />
Tensor Calculus, 1965<br />
Eq.(23.3)<br />
*)<br />
Module[<br />
{k,s1,s2,s3,s4,s5},<br />
s1= Sum[Cr2[[i1,k,n]] A[[k,i2,i3,i4,i5]],{k,N}];<br />
s2= Sum[Cr2[[i2,k,n]] A[[i1,k,i3,i4,i5]],{k,N}];<br />
s3= Sum[Cr2[[i3,k,n]] A[[i1,i2,k,i4,i5]],{k,N}];<br />
s4= Sum[Cr2[[i4,k,n]] A[[i1,i2,i3,k,i5]],{k,N}];<br />
s5=-Sum[Cr2[[k,i5,n]] A[[i1,i2,i3,i4,k]],{k,N}];<br />
D[A[[i1,i2,i3,i4,i5]],X[[i6]]]+s1+s2+s3+s4+s5<br />
]<br />
Problem A.4.9: Divergence of a vector in curvilinear coordinates<br />
Using the Mathematica package <strong>and</strong> the solution of Problem A.4.8, write the<br />
routines for computing divergence of a vector in curvilinear coordinates.<br />
Solution
188 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
Using the algorithms of covariant differentiation developed in Problem A.4.8<br />
we have:<br />
189<br />
(\cite[5.102-5.110]{SyScTC69})<br />
*)<br />
V = Array[,NX]<br />
Do[<br />
V[[i]] = PowerExp<strong>and</strong>[V0[[i]]/g[[i,i]]ˆ(1/2)],<br />
{i,1,NX}<br />
]<br />
(*<br />
Transform vectors<br />
as first order contravariant tensors<br />
*)<br />
U = Array[,NX]<br />
SetAttributes[RV1,HoldAll]<br />
RV1[NX,V,U]<br />
(*<br />
Compute first covariant derivatives<br />
of vectors<br />
*)<br />
DV = Array[,{NX,NX}];<br />
Do[<br />
DV[[i,j]] = D1[NX,V,i,Y,j],<br />
{j,1,NX},{i,1,NX}<br />
]<br />
(* Divergence *)<br />
div=0<br />
Do[<br />
div=div+DV[[i,i]],<br />
{i,NX}<br />
]<br />
div0 = div/.th->0<br />
Problem A.4.10: Laplacian in curvilinear coordinates<br />
Using the Mathematica package, write the routines for computing Laplacian<br />
in curvilinear coordinates.<br />
solution<br />
Using the algorithms of covariant differentiation developed in Problem A.4.8
190 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
we have:<br />
¡<br />
¤©¦<br />
æ P<br />
(C.68) „<br />
„<br />
Ä<br />
j<br />
¤<br />
¦<br />
æ<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
`<br />
P<br />
P<br />
><br />
><br />
¤<br />
j<br />
½<br />
½<br />
Éj<br />
P<br />
¦<br />
<br />
Ä<br />
j<br />
P<br />
Pj<br />
Ä<br />
æ<br />
j<br />
<br />
³<br />
j<br />
Ä<br />
æ<br />
<br />
æ<br />
<br />
æ<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
½<br />
j<br />
<br />
<br />
Ä j æ<br />
¦ÉP<br />
¦<br />
jÉP<br />
¤<br />
P<br />
¦ì³<br />
æ<br />
]<br />
DDQ = Array[,{NX,NX}];<br />
Do[<br />
DDQ[[i,j]] = Sum[DDP[[k,l]] J1[[k,i]] J1[[l,j]],{k,NX},{l,NX}],<br />
{i,1,NX},{j,1,NX}<br />
]<br />
(* Laplacian *)<br />
(*** lap=lap+Sum[g[[i,j]]*Dl1[NX,DS,j,Y,i],{i,1,NX},{j,1,NX}],*)<br />
lap=Sum[DDQ[[i,i]],{i,NX}]<br />
lap0=lap/.th->0<br />
191<br />
Problem A.4.11: Invariant expressions<br />
not:<br />
Check if any of these tensor expressions are invariant, <strong>and</strong> correct them if<br />
(C.66)<br />
¦<br />
<br />
Ä j<br />
<br />
³<br />
j<br />
¡§¦M¤<br />
½ <br />
(C.67)<br />
¦7<br />
<br />
j<br />
î¦<br />
j ¡<br />
¦<br />
<br />
<br />
Answers:<br />
A corrected form of (C.66) is:<br />
¡§¦³¤<br />
½ <br />
Equality (C.68) requires no corrections. A corrected form of (C.68) is:<br />
¦M¤<br />
½<br />
¦<br />
Since there are two combinations for an invariant combination of dummy<br />
indexes (Corollary A.3.5), there can be several different invariant expressions.
¡<br />
¦<br />
¡ X<br />
<br />
¦<br />
¡<br />
<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
<br />
X<br />
<br />
¦<br />
¤<br />
j<br />
<br />
<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
¡<br />
<br />
<br />
¤<br />
¦<br />
j<br />
¤<br />
j<br />
<br />
¦<br />
<br />
192 APPENDIX C. SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS<br />
Problem A.4.12: Contraction invariance<br />
¦<br />
¤©¦¼¡§¦M¤<br />
Prove that ¡<br />
Proof<br />
, <strong>and</strong> both are invariant, while ¡§¦M¤©¦ is not.<br />
Using the operation of rising/lowering indexes (A.42), (A.43), we have<br />
¤§¦$‡<br />
¡“ ¦<br />
¤ j <br />
j ß ¡“Ù¤<br />
¡“Ù¤ j ¼¡¤<br />
¦7<br />
¦/<br />
which proves that both forms have the same values. If we now consider the first<br />
form then:<br />
¤§¦$<br />
¦X<br />
Y Wj<br />
ß <br />
£¡<br />
¤Œ¡<br />
¤©¦<br />
Y <br />
which proves the point.<br />
YX<br />
Consider now :<br />
¡§¦³¤§¦ YX<br />
¤§¦$ïY <br />
¡QY Wj<br />
j<br />
which can not be reduced further <strong>and</strong>, therefore is not invariant, since it has a<br />
different form from the LHS.<br />
YX YX<br />
¡§¦X
Appendix D<br />
Midterm Exam Topics: Laminar Flow<br />
Solutions<br />
Items surrounded in brakets: [. . . ] will not be available during the exam. Other<br />
items will be available.<br />
1. Formulate the equations for incompressible flow [(3.1)], [(3.2)], [(3.3)].<br />
2. Give the definition of hydrostatic pressure [(3.4)].<br />
3. Write the expression for the viscous stress tensor for a Newtonian incompressible<br />
fluid [(3.5)].<br />
4. Give the definition of a laminar flow [(Definition 3.1.1)], <strong>and</strong> specify the conditions<br />
when it may occur.<br />
5. Formulate the equations for momentum <strong>and</strong> energy for the incompressible<br />
flow between parallel plates: [(3.7)], [(3.8)].<br />
6. Obtain the solution for velocity <strong>and</strong> shear stress for the flow between parallel<br />
plates: [(3.9)], [(3.10)].<br />
7. Solve Problem 3.7.3.<br />
8. Give the definition of a friction coefficient, ÄŒõ , <strong>and</strong> express it in terms of<br />
Reynolds number for the steady flow between parallel plates: [(3.11)].<br />
9. Give the definition of a Poiseuille number, <strong>and</strong> obtain its value for the flow<br />
between parallel plates: [(3.12)].<br />
10. Give definition of a Brickman number [(3.13)].<br />
193
194 APPENDIX D. MIDTERM EXAM TOPICS: LAMINAR FLOW SOLUTIONS<br />
11. Obtain equation of motion for axially moving concentric cylinders: [(3.14)]<br />
on the basis of general NS equation in cylindrical coordinates.<br />
12. Obtain the solution [(3.16)] to equation (3.14).<br />
13. Show that the problem of pulling an infinite rod does not have a steady-state<br />
solution [Remark 3.2.1].<br />
14. Obtain equations of motion for axially moving concentric cylinders: [(3.17)],<br />
[(3.18)] on the basis of general NS equation in cylindrical coordinates (Problem<br />
3.7.5).<br />
15. Obtain the solution for the flow between axially moving concentric cylinders,<br />
[(3.20)], on the basis of equation (3.18) <strong>and</strong> the appropriate boundary conditions.<br />
16. Obtain solutions for the flow inside <strong>and</strong> outside of a rotating cylinder: Remarks<br />
[3.2.2] <strong>and</strong> [3.2.3].<br />
17. Obtain the pressure distribution in a flow outside a rotating cylinder: [(3.23)]<br />
on the basis of the solution (3.22) <strong>and</strong> equation <strong>and</strong> the appropriate momentum<br />
equation [(3.17)].<br />
18. Solve problem 3.7.6.<br />
19. Derive the equation for axial velocity in a fully developed flow region [(3.25)]<br />
using the appropriate assumptions <strong>and</strong> equation (3.2). Write a non-dimensional<br />
formulation of the boundary value problem [(3.26)].<br />
20. Formulate a boundary value problem for a Poiseuille flow in a circular duct<br />
[(3.27)] on the basis of a NS equation in cylindrical coordinates, <strong>and</strong> obtain<br />
the Poiseuille solution [(3.28)].<br />
21. For a Poiseuille flow through a duct (3.28) compute the volumetric flow rate<br />
[(3.28)], the wall shear stress [(3.30)], the skin friction coefficient [(3.31)]<br />
<strong>and</strong> Poiseuille number [(3.32)].<br />
22. For combined Couette-Poiseuille flows formulate the equation of motion<br />
[(3.33)], obtain the solution [(3.36)], <strong>and</strong> formulate the criterion of separation<br />
[(3.38)].<br />
23. Solve problem 3.7.7.<br />
24. Give a definition of a hydraulic diameter [(3.39)].
4<br />
<br />
<br />
4<br />
<br />
r<br />
l<br />
<br />
Ç<br />
4 :nm<br />
<br />
4<br />
195<br />
25. Formulate the equation for the fluid oscillating above an infinite plate [(3.44)],<br />
<strong>and</strong> obtain the solution for the case of oscillating plate [(3.47)] <strong>and</strong> an oscil-<br />
. @<br />
lating fluid [(3.48)]. Hint: Use the identity: # F}É<br />
, where #¢ m<br />
26. Obtain the solution for an unsteady flow between two infinite plates<br />
1<br />
[(3.65)].<br />
Hint: relation:x\"defÆ<br />
Use integral . "a/cyd1<br />
<br />
deKÆ 1<br />
1 #<br />
l<br />
`<br />
> @<br />
4a`<br />
R <br />
27. Formulate the assumptions of creeping flow, <strong>and</strong> show how to obtain the<br />
Laplace equations for pressure [(3.67)] <strong>and</strong> vorticity [(3.68)].<br />
28. Using the expressions for pressure (3.76) <strong>and</strong> shear stress (3.77) of a Stokes<br />
flow around a sphere, compute the total drag force [(3.80)], <strong>and</strong> the drag coefficient<br />
as a function of the Reynolds number [(3.81)]. Hint: Use the integral<br />
.<br />
1arced1<br />
relation:xNdefÆ 1<br />
454 : @<br />
4a`<br />
R <br />
À<<br />
Ô{a/ced1<br />
29. Using the assumptions of the lubrication theory, derive the equation for pressure<br />
distribution in a flow between moving plates with a non-uniform gap<br />
[(3.91)].<br />
30. Derive criteria of validity of equation (3.91): [<br />
›<br />
], [(3.92)].
196 APPENDIX D. MIDTERM EXAM TOPICS: LAMINAR FLOW SOLUTIONS
Appendix E<br />
Final Exam Topics<br />
Items surrounded in brakets: [. . . ] will not be available during the exam. Other<br />
items will be available. Abbreviations used: CFM=”<strong>Concise</strong> <strong>Fluid</strong> <strong>Mechanics</strong>”,<br />
A.Smirnov (http://www.mae.wvu.edu/cfm), VFF=”Viscous <strong>Fluid</strong> Flow”, F.White, 2nd<br />
Edition, McGraw-Hill, 1991.<br />
E.1 Fundamental Laws<br />
1. Definition of substantial derivative <strong>and</strong> derive its expression [(1.7)].<br />
2. Give definitions of strain tensor [(1.9)], vorticity tensor [(1.10)] <strong>and</strong> vorticity<br />
vector [(1.11)].<br />
3. Derive the conservation of mass in explicit form [(2.2)] <strong>and</strong> in substantial<br />
derivative form [(2.3)], <strong>and</strong> for incompressible flow [(2.4)].<br />
4. Define the stream-function in 3D [(2.6)], [2.8)], <strong>and</strong> 2D case [(2.9)]. Describe<br />
its realtion to the mass-flow rate [(2.10)].<br />
5. Derive general equation of momentum [(2.22)] based on the definition of<br />
viscous stress tensor [(2.19)], <strong>and</strong> it’s incompressible limit Navier-Stokes<br />
equation [(2.24)].<br />
6. Derive a vorticity formulation of the incompressible Navier-Stokes equation<br />
[(2.34)].<br />
7. Derive the Poisson equation for pressure for constant density flows [(2.61],<br />
<strong>and</strong> describe the boundary conditions.<br />
197
; R ’<br />
(E.1) "<br />
R<br />
Y<br />
"<br />
Y<br />
~<br />
j<br />
<br />
p5¦<br />
æ P<br />
Ä<br />
X R<br />
" ><br />
R<br />
<br />
P<br />
ß<br />
s<br />
<br />
j<br />
æ<br />
`<br />
Ä<br />
X<br />
¦<br />
æ<br />
ß<br />
j<br />
P<br />
Ä<br />
¦<br />
198 APPENDIX E. FINAL EXAM TOPICS<br />
8. Formulate the energy equation in terms of temperature [(2.74)] <strong>and</strong> enthalpy<br />
[(2.75)]. Explain the meaning of each term.<br />
9. Problem CFM.2.7.5: Using the energy equation (2.77):<br />
ã 6 ¦/<br />
1 °<br />
¦ 4 ¦<br />
m ¦<br />
>^)<br />
<strong>and</strong> momentum equation (2.21):<br />
(E.2)<br />
1 ; )<br />
1 ; )<br />
4 ¦<br />
j<br />
6 ¦<br />
j >Úã<br />
<br />
j<br />
¦ 4<br />
¦<br />
>^)Wj<br />
>\š<br />
derive the strong formulation of the Bernoulli’s equation.<br />
10. Derive the expression for Coriolis forces [(2.93)].<br />
11. Problem CFM.A.4.4: Using tensor identity:<br />
p5¦/<br />
ß <br />
`]ß <br />
prove the vector identity (A.30):<br />
Í ¤ 4 ¡ ¤ ¡‡ž Í 4a` 1~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 1~<br />
¡‡ž ¤ 4 ~<br />
¦<br />
¤§¦$¼¡§¦M¤<br />
12. Problem CFM.A.4.12: Prove that ¡<br />
¡§¦M¤©¦<br />
is not.<br />
, <strong>and</strong> both are invariant, while<br />
1~<br />
E.2 Analytical Solutions<br />
13. Formulate the equations for incompressible flow [(3.1)], [(3.2)], [(3.3)]. Write<br />
the expression for the viscous stress tensor for a Newtonian incompressible<br />
fluid [(3.5)].<br />
14. Formulate the equations for momentum <strong>and</strong> energy for the incompressible<br />
flow between parallel plates: [(3.7)], [(3.8)]. Obtain the solution for velocity<br />
<strong>and</strong> shear stress for the flow between parallel plates: [(3.9)], [(3.10)].
F<br />
<br />
T<br />
¾<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
1 4<br />
®<br />
r<br />
ë<br />
X<br />
<br />
ë<br />
<br />
r<br />
l<br />
E.2. ANALYTICAL SOLUTIONS 199<br />
15. Problem CFM.3.7.3: Consider a wide fluid film of constant ’ thickness, ,<br />
flowing steadily due to the gravity down the inclined plate at Î angle . Find<br />
the velocity )<br />
distribution, , <strong>and</strong> the volumetric flow … rate, . Atmospheric<br />
pressure can be considered constant.<br />
16. Obtain equation of motion for axially moving concentric cylinders: [(3.14)]<br />
on the basis of general NS equation in cylindrical coordinates.<br />
17. Obtain the solution to equation (3.14) for the case of axially moving concentric<br />
cylinders [(3.16)]. Show that the problem of pulling an infinite rod does<br />
not have a steady-state solution [Remark 3.2.1].<br />
18. Problem CFM.3.7.5: Using the assumptions on the Couette velocity profile<br />
between the rotating concentric cylinders (Sec.3.2.3) <strong>and</strong> the expression for<br />
the momentum equation <strong>and</strong> the Laplacian operator in cylindrical coordinates:<br />
x_><br />
¢ >^)GH,)GFH><br />
¢<br />
)œx5)IF<br />
<br />
)IF>])Wx5)GF<br />
¼<br />
F`<br />
)GFœ)GFF<br />
)œx<br />
; ¢ > 9 1 ¾<br />
¢ r 4<br />
)GF><br />
¢ r ` )GF<br />
@<br />
¢<br />
<br />
x<br />
4<br />
x_><br />
@ r ë ¢<br />
F„F_>Þë<br />
1 ¢<br />
Derive equation for )IF, [(3.18)],<br />
rotating concentric cylinders, [(3.20)], on the basis of the appropriate boundary<br />
conditions.<br />
F<br />
F<br />
<strong>and</strong> obtain the solution for the flow between<br />
HH<br />
19. Problem CFM.3.7.6: In the system of two rotating cylinders (Sec.3.2.3) consider<br />
the torque applied to the inner rotating cylinder when the outer cylinder<br />
is (n fixed ). What is the power required to rotate the inner cylinder?<br />
20. Derive the equation for axial velocity in a fully developed flow region [(3.25)]<br />
using the appropriate assumptions <strong>and</strong> the momentum equation (3.2):<br />
¦<br />
Write a non-dimensional formulation of the boundary value problem [(3.26)].<br />
¦f<br />
j<br />
F ã 6 ¦<br />
j ;Ãé<br />
<br />
j<br />
` ;Ãé F º<br />
>])åj)<br />
21. Formulate a boundary value problem for a Poiseuille flow in a circular duct<br />
[(3.27)] on the basis of a NS equation in cylindrical coordinates, <strong>and</strong> obtain<br />
the Poiseuille solution [(3.28)]. Compute the volumetric flow rate [(3.28)], the<br />
wall shear stress [(3.30)], the skin friction coefficient [(3.31)] <strong>and</strong> Poiseuille<br />
number [(3.32)].
Ñ<br />
ˆ<br />
<br />
4<br />
<br />
)<br />
1<br />
®<br />
Ä<br />
<br />
r<br />
®<br />
4<br />
r<br />
<br />
F<br />
<br />
r<br />
l<br />
@<br />
<br />
Ï<br />
I<br />
º<br />
4 :m<br />
<br />
4<br />
200 APPENDIX E. FINAL EXAM TOPICS<br />
22. For combined Couette-Poiseuille flows formulate the equation of motion<br />
[(3.33)], obtain the solution [(3.36)], <strong>and</strong> formulate the criterion of separation<br />
[(3.38)]. Using the obtained solution, consider a viscous fluid<br />
<br />
with<br />
Ï<br />
viscosity<br />
) driven between<br />
¿<br />
two parallel plates<br />
apart<br />
`ÞÑ•° : 1 ¹. 4<br />
(<br />
by an imposed pressure gradient 8 º : R of R<br />
£ :<br />
(Problem 3.7.7).<br />
@‰I<br />
The upper plate is moving velocity<br />
<br />
– ¹:‰.<br />
with . Find the volume flow<br />
rate per 1m of the plates’ width. What pressure gradient will cause the flow<br />
to reverse?<br />
` l<br />
ωÏ<br />
23. Formulate the equation for the fluid oscillating above an infinite plate [(3.44)],<br />
<strong>and</strong> obtain the solution for the case of oscillating plate [(3.47)] <strong>and</strong> an oscil-<br />
. @<br />
lating fluid [(3.48)]. Hint: Use the identity: # F}É<br />
1 #<br />
l<br />
, where #a¢ m<br />
`<br />
24. Obtain the solution for an unsteady flow between two infinite plates<br />
1<br />
[(3.65)].<br />
Hint: relation:x\!defÆ<br />
Use integral . "a/ced1<br />
<br />
defÆ 1<br />
> @<br />
4a`<br />
R <br />
25. Formulate the assumptions of creeping flow, <strong>and</strong> show how to obtain the<br />
Laplace equations for pressure [(3.67)] <strong>and</strong> vorticity [(3.68)].<br />
26. Using the expressions for pressure (3.76) <strong>and</strong> shear stress (3.77) of a Stokes<br />
flow around a sphere, compute the total drag force [(3.80)], <strong>and</strong> the drag coefficient<br />
as a function of the Reynolds number [(3.81)]. Hint: Use the integral<br />
.<br />
1arced1<br />
relation:xÞdefÆ 1<br />
4q4 : @<br />
4a`<br />
R <br />
À <br />
Ôßarced1<br />
27. Using the assumptions of the lubrication theory, derive the equation for pressure<br />
distribution in a flow between moving plates with a non-uniform gap<br />
[(3.91)], <strong>and</strong> derive criteria of its validity: [ ], [(3.92)].<br />
›<br />
Ç<br />
E.3 Boundary Layers<br />
28. Using integral analysis derive the expressions for displacement thickness,<br />
[(3.94)] <strong>and</strong> momentum thickness [(3.95)]. Define the skin friction [(3.96)]<br />
<strong>and</strong> drag, [(3.97)] coefficients, <strong>and</strong> derive their relations to the momentum<br />
thickness [(3.98), (3.99)].<br />
29. Using the parabolic velocity profile:<br />
V<br />
obtain the boundary layer growth rate as a function of [(3.104)], [(3.105)].<br />
>\Ä<br />
®C>\Ä<br />
4
F<br />
ã<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
–<br />
P<br />
)<br />
F<br />
ã<br />
r<br />
<br />
<br />
‹<br />
¦<br />
s<br />
r<br />
1<br />
)<br />
¦<br />
)<br />
F<br />
F<br />
)<br />
<br />
V<br />
<br />
)<br />
s<br />
¡<br />
<br />
V<br />
¾<br />
r<br />
)<br />
)<br />
r<br />
)<br />
)<br />
X<br />
¦ <br />
> ;<br />
r<br />
<br />
<br />
V<br />
T<br />
¦<br />
X<br />
) ;<br />
r<br />
<br />
V<br />
V<br />
"<br />
¦<br />
E.3. BOUNDARY LAYERS 201<br />
30. Problem CFM.3.7.13: Using equations (3.107) - (3.107):<br />
¦f ¦G<br />
¦f“ 9 )<br />
¦K€ `<br />
>])<br />
°<br />
;<br />
¦ 4 <br />
¦ì¦<br />
m ¦ 1<br />
¦f<br />
m ¦ 4<br />
1<br />
s]>])<br />
> 9 )<br />
>^)<br />
<strong>and</strong> scaling transformations (3.108) - (3.109):<br />
r<br />
¾ r“<br />
r ¾ r/<br />
" )<br />
A F}É<br />
F ã<br />
ã<br />
ã <br />
V<br />
V ã ¾<br />
A F}É<br />
)<br />
r“<br />
p<br />
Ä<br />
202 APPENDIX E. FINAL EXAM TOPICS<br />
35. Problem CFM.3.7.12: A thin equilateral triangle plate with the edge length<br />
of is immersed parallel to a 12m/s stream of air at l T {<br />
<strong>and</strong> 1atm,<br />
as in Fig.C.3. Assuming laminar flow estimate drag of this plate (in N).<br />
l Ç<br />
First give an answer in symbolic form in terms of 8 , ; ,, <strong>and</strong> Ç . And then<br />
compute it to a number.<br />
E.4 Turbulence Modeling<br />
36. What’s the difference between RANS <strong>and</strong> LES turbulence modeling. Apply<br />
Reynolds averaging to the Navier-Stokes equation to obtain the RANS<br />
equation [(4.10)]. Formulate the Boussinesq approximation [(4.11)].<br />
37. What assumptions are used in LES turbulence models. Formulate the governing<br />
equations for the Smagorinsky LES model [(4.2)], [(4.3)], [(4.4)].<br />
38. What assumptions are used in RANS turbulence models. Formulate governing<br />
equations for the turbulent model [(4.17)], [(4.18)], [(4.19)],<br />
[(4.20)], [(4.21)].<br />
°Ó`
Index<br />
Acoustic problems, 13<br />
Algebraic Reynolds stress model, 109<br />
Associate tensor, 130<br />
Bernoulli’s Equation, 24<br />
Bernoulli’s equation, 38, 51, 152, 154,<br />
198<br />
Blasius equation, 90<br />
Blasius stream function, 92, 96<br />
Boundary conditions, 29<br />
Boundary layer, 85, 87<br />
Boundary layer blow-off, 92<br />
Boussinesq approximation, 108<br />
Brinkman number, 56<br />
Bulk modulus, 13<br />
Cartesian Tensors, 119<br />
Christoffel’s symbol, 132<br />
Coefficient of bulk viscosity, 20<br />
Coefficient of thermal expansion, 13<br />
Coefficient of viscosity, 9, 10, 93<br />
Conjugate metric tensor, 129<br />
Conjugate tensor, 40, 130, 134<br />
Continuity equation, 16, 32<br />
Contraction of indexes, 123<br />
Contraction operation, 130<br />
Contravariant index, 117<br />
Contravariant tensor, 133<br />
Contravariant vectors, 116<br />
Convective derivative, 4<br />
Coordinate system, 116<br />
Coriolis force, 42, 43<br />
Couette flows, 54<br />
Covariant differentiation, 132<br />
Covariant index, 117<br />
Covariant vectors, 117<br />
Creeping flow, 71, 76<br />
Cross product, 124<br />
Cylindrical coordinates, 138<br />
Darcy friction factor, 62<br />
Dependent variable, 9<br />
Dependent variables, 1<br />
Direct numerical simulation, 106<br />
Dirichlet boundary, 30, 61<br />
Displacement thickness, 82, 90, 100<br />
Divergence operator, 127, 133, 138,<br />
139<br />
Divergence-free vector field, 16<br />
Dot-notation, 2<br />
Drag coefficient, 83, 98<br />
Drag force, 74<br />
Dummy index restriction, 123<br />
Dummy indexes, 122<br />
Eckert number, 52, 87, 157, 177<br />
Eddy viscosity, 106, 108<br />
Enthalpy, 7<br />
Enthapy, 8<br />
Entrance effect, 60<br />
Entropy, 6<br />
Equation of state, 5, 7, 32<br />
Euler equation, 28, 29<br />
Eulerian description, 1<br />
Falkner-Skan equation, 92<br />
Falkner-Skan wedge flow, 91<br />
First law of thermodynamics, 6<br />
Flow separation, 64<br />
203
204 INDEX<br />
<strong>Fluid</strong> element, 3<br />
<strong>Fluid</strong> particle, 1<br />
<strong>Fluid</strong> particles, 1<br />
<strong>Fluid</strong> properties, 8<br />
<strong>Fluid</strong> velocity, 2<br />
Flux, 9<br />
Fourier series, 70<br />
Fourier’s law, 10, 35<br />
Free boundary, 31<br />
Free indexes, 121<br />
free jet, 95<br />
Friction coefficient, 55, 90, 93<br />
Froude number, 49, 50, 87, 175<br />
Fully developed flow, 60, 61, 65<br />
Fundamental tensor, 129<br />
Gas constant, 6<br />
Gauss theorem, 16, 19, 35, 36<br />
Gibbs rule, 6<br />
Gradient, 9, 127<br />
Gradient approximation, 9–11<br />
Heat conduction coefficient, 10, 39,<br />
49, 93<br />
Heat conduction equation, 38<br />
Heat conductivity, 10<br />
Heat convection equation, 39<br />
Heat dominated flow, 39<br />
Hydraulic diameter, 64<br />
Hydrostatic pressure, 53<br />
Ideal fluid, 28, 152<br />
Ideal gas law, 6<br />
Incompressibility condition, 16<br />
Independent variables, 1, 6, 8<br />
Inlet boundary, 30, 34<br />
Integral momentum relation, 101<br />
Internal energy, 6, 8<br />
Invariance, 39, 116, 128<br />
Invariant, 40, 130, 132<br />
invariant expressions, 39<br />
Invariant forms, 40, 128, 131<br />
Inviscid flow, 28<br />
Irrotational flow, 23, 27, 29<br />
KE turbulence model, 111<br />
Kelvin’s theorem, 152<br />
Kinematic variables, 1<br />
Kinematic viscosity, 10, 43<br />
Kronecker delta tensor, 118<br />
Lagrangian description, 1<br />
Laminar flow, 56<br />
laminar flow, 53<br />
Laplace equation, 24, 27, 28, 71<br />
Laplace equation for pressure, 33<br />
Laplacian, 61, 66, 72, 73, 102, 128,<br />
134, 138, 139, 162, 199<br />
Large eddy simulation, 106<br />
Law of circulation, 152<br />
Law of similarity, 43, 46<br />
Lewis number, 12<br />
Lift force, 74<br />
Lowering indices, 130<br />
Lubrication theory, 76<br />
Mean wall shear stress, 64<br />
Metric tensor, 40, 128, 131<br />
Momentum equation, 131<br />
Momentum flux, 29<br />
Momentum thickness, 83, 90, 100<br />
Momentum transport, 9<br />
Moving boundaries, 30<br />
Nabla, 17, 28, 47, 48, 86, 126, 138<br />
Natural convection, 13<br />
Neuman boundary, 30, 33<br />
No-slip boundary, 30, 61<br />
Non-dimensional parameters, 46, 47,<br />
49<br />
Non-dimensional variables, 48, 49<br />
Non-inertial coordinate systems, 41<br />
Non-Newtonian, 10<br />
Nusselt number, 49, 93
INDEX 205<br />
One equation turbulence model, 111<br />
Order of a tensor, 117, 121<br />
Orthogonal coordinate system, 137<br />
Orthogonal coordinates, 40, 134<br />
Oseen approximation, 76<br />
Outlet boundary, 30, 34<br />
Parabolic equation, 66<br />
Particle trajectory, 2<br />
Permutation tensor, 123<br />
Physical component, 137<br />
Physical components of tensors, 39<br />
PI-group, 46<br />
PI-theorem, 46, 47, 157<br />
Poiseuille flow, 62<br />
Poiseuille number, 56, 62<br />
Poisson equation for pressure, 33<br />
Potential flow, 23<br />
Pr<strong>and</strong>tl number, 11, 38, 92, 177<br />
Primary dimensions, 44, 46, 48<br />
Properties of the fluid, 1<br />
Quasi-equilibrium approximation, 5<br />
Raising indices, 130<br />
Rank of a tensor derivative, 127<br />
Rank of a term, 121<br />
RANS models, 108<br />
Renaming indexes, 123<br />
Renaming of dummy indexes, 123<br />
Reynolds analogy, 92, 93<br />
Reynolds averaged Navier-Stokes equation,<br />
108<br />
Reynolds averaging, 108<br />
Reynolds decomposition, 107<br />
Reynolds number, 44, 49, 54, 55, 60,<br />
61, 75, 85, 94, 105, 175<br />
Reynolds stress model, 108, 111<br />
Reynolds stress tensor, 108<br />
Scalar product, 40, 122, 123, 130, 131<br />
Schmidt number, 12<br />
Second law of thermodynamics, 34<br />
Shear layer, 94<br />
Similarity solution, 88<br />
Skew-symmetric tensor, 124<br />
Skin-friction coefficient, 62, 83<br />
Slip boundary, 30<br />
Smagorinsky constant, 106<br />
Smagorinsky model, 106<br />
Solenoidal vector field, 16<br />
Solid body rotation, 58<br />
Spatial derivative of a tensor, 126<br />
Specific heat, 8, 11, 38, 93<br />
Speed of sound, 12<br />
Stanton number, 93<br />
Stokes flow, 71, 80<br />
Stokes paradox, 76<br />
Stokes theorem, 152<br />
Strain rate tensor, 4, 20<br />
Stream function, 17, 72<br />
Streamline, 2<br />
Stress tensor, 19<br />
Stretching factors, 135, 138<br />
Substantial derivative, 3, 40<br />
Surface area vector, 16<br />
Surface tension coefficient, 31, 50<br />
T-s relations, 7<br />
Taylor number, 105<br />
Tensor, 117<br />
Tensor derivative, 127<br />
Tensor equality, 121<br />
Tensor expression, 120<br />
Tensor identity, 125<br />
Tensor notation, 116, 120<br />
Tensor rules, 120<br />
Tensor terms, 120<br />
Thermodynamic properties, 1<br />
Thermodynamic variables, 1<br />
Time derivative of a tensor, 126<br />
Transformation matrix, 117, 119<br />
Transformation rule, 116
206 INDEX<br />
Transport properties, 1<br />
Transport property, 9<br />
Turbulence dissipation rate, 112<br />
Turbulence model, 111<br />
Turbulent closure, 110<br />
Turbulent kinetic energy, 108<br />
Two equation turbulence models, 111<br />
Two-equation turbulence models, 112<br />
Vector product, 124<br />
Velocity circulation, 50, 151<br />
Velocity potential function, 23, 29<br />
Viscous flow, 27<br />
Viscous stress tensor, 20, 33<br />
Volumetric flow rate, 62<br />
von Karman, 101<br />
Vorticity tensor, 4<br />
Vorticity vector, 5<br />
Wake, 96<br />
Wall shear stress, 62, 90<br />
Weber number, 50<br />
Wedge flows, 91